Author: davenkross2026

  • 10/27/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. What’s happening everybody? Hope everybody’s having a great day. We’re getting started here. Uh a little bit early obviously. We’re working on the uh still getting started on the back end, but go ahead and comment where you are calling in from, guys. Comment in the chat where you are calling in from. Eric says, “Portland, Oregon. Love the uh Pacific Northwest. beautiful up there. Uh, Daniel Melbourne. Did I say it right, Daniel? Melbourne. Melbourne, Australia. I think I think Americans call it like Melbourne. Melbourne, but I think it’s Melbourne. Uh, Claudine, Missouri. Allison, Houston, May, Grand Rapids, Michigan. Ryan, Seattle. Awesome. I I lived up in uh Washington, up in the Pacific Northwest there for a while. It wasn’t quite Seattle. It was just outside of Seattle, but it was it was quite nice up there. Beautiful. Uh um camping, hiking, etc. Maggie, Southern California. Arnell, Idaho. Christina Burlson, Texas. Andy, Mterrey, California. Hey, that’s where I was born. I was born in Monterey, California. Got a lot of family there as well. Very cool. Very cool. Love Monterey. Dawn, Florida. Dena, Utah, USA. Charlie, uh TA, New Mexico. Jackie, Seattle. Brent, Iron Mountain, Michigan. Or yeah, Missouri. There we go. Yeah, Michigan. Wendy, Missouri. Scott, Montgomery, Alabama. Travis, Northern Arizona. Wilfred, Philippines. Nice. Hey, good morning to you. Uh, Wilfred DJ Durant, Michigan. Carl, hi from UK, England. April, Southern Oregon. Elsa, Austin. Robert, Peach Tree Corners, Georgia. Stefan, Ontario, Canada. Uh, my mya Texas, Carl, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. David, Indiana. Shirley, Washington State. Phil, Chandler, Oklahoma. Doug, Northern California. Richard, Massachusetts. Uh, Julie uh, Barry, West Chicago, Illinois. Terry, Vancouver, Canada. Stephanie, Massachusetts. Joita, Los Angeles. Mark Caro, Michigan. Angel Y. Portland, Oregon. Carlton, Albuquerque. Kevin, Baltimore, Maryland. Na, Detroit, Michigan. Beanie, Lynwood, Washington. Uh, Andrew, uh, Burlington, Ontario. Matt, Bowling Green, Missouri. Awesome, guys. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay, next question I’ve got for you. I see Elco, Nevada here. Oh my goodness. I used to live close to Elco, Nevada. I used to live in Crescent Valley, Nevada, which is a very very tiny basically dead uh mining town, like ex mining town. Maybe maybe they maybe it’s it it’s uh uh not as dead anymore, but yeah, it’s just outside of Elco Elco, Nevada. Yeah. And then I uh there’s like a polar bear restaurant there. A restaurant with a giant polar bear in there. That’s like pretty cool place. But anyways guys, um uh

    uh go ahead and comment uh what is the number one problem that you’re having when it comes to YouTube right now? What is the number one problem that that you’re having

    when it comes to YouTube? Like what is uh what is stopping you from progressing on YouTube or what is stopping you from getting started if you haven’t gotten started already? Like what is that thing? What is that? What is that problem? Okay. Um Daniel says, “You said it right. It’s a running joke here from the movie Rainman. You have to go to Mel Melbourne, Australia.” Nice. Nice. I’ve heard I’ve heard great things about Melbourne. Also have some some good friends there. There’s some of the best uh YouTube strategists are from uh Melbourne, Australia. So, uh, yeah, have some great great friends that they keep telling me I I got to go visit. So, maybe I will. Brandon, East Texas, Maryland, Whittier, California. Jane, St. Petersburg, Florida. Robert, lived in Monterey for 5 years. Sorry, I didn’t know you then. Well, I was I was pretty young when I when I lived there to be fair. So, uh, Chelsea from Kansas. Awesome. Colem, Ireland is too small for a niche. No, it’s not. Not. Oh, definitely. No, no, no, no, no, no, no. That’s that’s totally incorrect. Yeah. So, so probably one of the one of the um one of the like giants and and the uh absolute best people ever in the in the I I guess like in information product space is uh Sam Ovenans. He’s from New Zealand. You know, New New Zealand is a a very tiny, you know, it’s pretty pretty small country, right? um populationwise, but uh it it didn’t matter. Obviously, it didn’t matter. And he started off, of course, in New Zealand, like he was serving a New Zealand audience, and he expanded from there. So, we’ll talk about how to do that right now. Okay, scrolling down, guys. Um, editing, procrastinations, not being on it, editing, says Casey. Eric, low viewership. Arnell, unfamiliar, feels unattainable. Andrew, finding my niche and passion. Um, Carlton, getting started. Andy, uncertainty on how to get real revenue. Joe, haven’t started yet. Sharon, haven’t tried it yet. Scott, DPM. Michelle, uh, knowing the steps to monetize. Clint, fear of failing. By the way, guys, how’s my audio right now? Is my audio good? Let me know. Fear of failing. Uh, says Clint. Robert, knowing where to start. Um, Stephanie, finding a niche. Shirley unfamiliar. Claudine, too much to learn. Mark, having a daily plan to build up a YouTube channel. Shereice, no direction. Uh, employment remote. Don’t know how to start. Shauna, don’t understand how to start. April, I’m just getting started. Just retired from pharmacy after 21 years. Hey, congrats, April. Love to hear. Of course, I’m a I’m a pharmacist as well. Ex-armarmacist. Pharmacist, I guess. Uh, I I’ll always be a pharmacist on some level, right? So, uh, congrats on that, April. That’s That’s great. Annie, guidance step by step to make money with YouTube. Brent, proper niche. Sheila, uh, you stopped before you said me. Well, yeah, I I I’m not going to read every comment from every single person. Sheila, uh, Casey, pinpointing my niche. Joe, earning curve. Uh, Herb, haven’t started. Don’t know how. Christina, just doing it. Maggie, never thought of it. I’m out here out of curiosity. Elizabeth, not knowing what to do. Uh, Michael, no discernable skill to talk about. Kevin, not sure where to start. Uh, Huzifa, um, which channel idea to pursue. Apologies if I’m getting the, uh, pronunciation of the names wrong. I do my best. Scott, don’t feel like I have anything to talk about. All right, guys. One last thing. What is the number one thing that you want to get out of uh, tonight’s uh, live training? What is the number one thing that you want to get out of tonight’s live training? Go ahead and comment in the chat real quick. I think I did that opposite, by the way, Aaron. Please note that.

    I think I did it the opposite of the way I usually do it. Get the coffee over here.

    Okay, we’ve got ide uh money getting uh ready to retire as a pharmacist in Corona, California. Hey, congrats Oscar. Good stuff. Janet ideas. Shauna retirement gig. Christopher, where to start? Andrew, knowledge. Elizabeth, focus. Irene, knowledge. Uh, Angel, clear tips. Brian Jarvis, reality. Christa, where and how to start. Elsie, how to make money. Ryan, a plan to, uh, start and stick with. Arnell, confidence and a pathway forward. Shirley, the how-to. Joshua, motivation to get started. Mike, selecting a topic. Uh, Aloyio, uh, passive income. Uh, Angela, learn how to get started and move. Carlton, uh, changing my beliefs. Travis, niche identification and how to get started. Maggie, basic info and knowledge. Eric, how to make my channel profitable. Uh Allison, number one thing, clear direction. Uh very cool. Very cool, guys. All right. Well, hey, let’s get let’s get it going. Let’s get it started, guys. Uh going to share the screen here.

    Should be able to see the screen.

    And it should say how to start on YouTube step by step for beginners without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this you use this hybrid model and you follow one simple rule. Now, one thing I want to say right off the bat because I uh always get this question and I do address it later in the presentation, but I do want to say it right off the bat right here. One, yes, this is a live session. If you logged in a little bit late, I was just reading everybody’s names out loud and like bantering back and forth with them on like Melbourne, Australia, and like all kinds of different stuff. So, yes, this is absolutely a live session. If it was a pre-recorded session, we would let you know this is not a AI session. This is this is not a pre-recorded session. This is live. I’m right here right now in a hotel in Bangkok, Thailand because I’m at a business conference uh delivering this to you early in the morning. So, I woke up very early to do this. Hopefully you guys appreciate that. All right, number two. This is for you if you’re a complete beginner, right? I’m going to teach you the right things from the beginning, the fundamentals, the first principles, the most important stuff on YouTube. And that way you don’t have to unlearn bad habits. Okay? And uh you know if if it if you know let’s just say you’ve watched a lot of YouTube videos, you bought a course before or something like that, you might have to forget a lot of what you’ve already learned up to this point because a lot of it just doesn’t apply to this particular type of YouTube channel and this particular system that I’m going to teach you. Okay? And it’s probably the reason that you’re spinning your wheels overthinking and stuck in analysis paralysis. Okay? But this also works if you already have uh some success on YouTube or you already, you know, somewhat experienced on YouTube. Maybe you started a channel and it’s dead. uh you know, you had a little bit of success early on and then it kind of died uh or you haven’t really gotten results yet. You you know, but you posted a bunch of videos or you’re getting views, but maybe you’re struggling with monetization, right? This is still going to work for you. Okay? It also even works if you’re a big YouTuber who’s crushing it, but you want to crush it even harder. I’ve consulted with YouTubers who are already doing millions of dollars a month, and I’ve helped them do even more money, right? So, this system works whether you’re a complete beginner or whether you’re extremely advanced on YouTube. Okay? It works if you want to pivot niches as well, right? If you’re in a niche that you don’t like or you want to switch or adjust. We’ll talk about exactly how to do that later with the niche 2.0 and the hybrid personal brand. It also works if you are a business owner, both online or in person, like a realtor, a cosmetic dental clinic, a financial adviser, or a law firm. Uh, and of course, all kinds of different online businesses such as coaches, agency owners, online service providers, etc., etc. And it works whether you’re doing this as a side hustle, a second income, a oneperson business, or to scale your existing business or to help your other marketing efforts, right? This system uh specifically the thread that brings all this together is this system is designed to help people solve problems on YouTube. I am not teaching you how to make entertainment content, prank content, uh uh you know, uh like uh brain rot content, okay? I’m teaching you how to make content where you are helping people solve problems. Okay? And there’s a very specific reason that we recommend making that type of content. We’ll get into that later on. Well, and and the biggest reason is because well, the biggest reason that you’re probably interested in is because it’s way easier to make money if you’re helping people solve their problems. Okay? Uh but yeah, as long as you’re making educational content specifically, right, that helps people solve their problems, that is what this is built for. And we’re going to give you a lot of examples later on if you’re wondering, oh, is this for me or not? Okay, we’ll give you a lot of examples later on. But that’s the the thread that ties everything together is this is educational content. And a lot of the time we work with people who are, you know, uh, very successful. They’re on the older side in many cases because obviously in order to have wisdom, to have knowledge, and to be able to educate other people, uh, if you’re a little bit older, you probably have more of that. But we also work with the younger people who are overachievers as well, right? I’ve got a couple examples of like 18, 19 year olds that we’ve helped get great results for. But typically, we do work with people who are a little bit on the older side because by definition, you’re going to have more experience, more wisdom, and more knowledge if you’re on the older side and you’re going to be able to help other people, right? With that being said, let’s talk about why you’re here today, guys. So, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about one of these things. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. So, the first one is going to be views. Uh, do whatever emoji reaction you want if you’re excited about getting views.

    All right. All right. Okay. Good amount of people excited about getting views. Good to see. But how about the second one? Actually making some money. Okay. How about making some money? Do the thumbs up or emoji reaction, whichever one, if you’re excited about making money. All right, that’s great. I know that you guys came from my YouTube channel. That one is much more popular than the views. Okay, so I I I have to do a little bit less educating today. This is great because as you guys know, if you’ve watched my YouTube channel, you will know that uh getting views does not mean making money. There are tons of people who get lots of views and they are broke. Okay? And there’s also on the flip side, lots of people who don’t get that many views at all and they’re making tons of money on YouTube, right? So, uh that that’s good that you guys know that. But how about this third one? Having an impact. basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. How about that one? Do the emoji reaction for that one. All right. Hey, that one’s very popular as well. That’s great. So, if you take care of the impact, impact is what happens when you give value to people and the way that you give value is by helping them solve problems that they have. That is the functional definition of value or or having impact, right? is when you help people solve problems. So just as an example, let’s just say you have a brain rot, you know, entertainment you prank channel or something, right? And you get millions and millions of views a month. One of the reasons why those types of channels almost never make any money is because of the fact that they’re not actually giving any value, right? They’re not actually helping people solve problems. In fact, you could make a good argument that they are wasting other people’s time because they’re kind of just like doom scrolling and just watching this content that’s never going to actually help them. It’s just like mindless self-indulgence, right? And so because of the fact that they’re not actually giving any value, that is why they don’t actually make money. Cuz generally speaking, the more value you give, the more money you are going to make. Like that just generally speaking, it’s not always perfect. It’s not always one to one, but generally speaking, the more value you give, the more money you’re going to make, right? So, it’s really good to see that you guys want to have an impact cuz you that’s definitely the types of people that I want to work with. So, that’s awesome. Now, before we start, let me be straight with you. Speaking of the types of people I want to work with, I have got two jobs today. Job one is to teach you the best YouTube lesson that you’ve ever gotten for free right here with no catch. Okay. Job two, at the end, I’m going to offer you a way to work with us directly, which is our coaching program, okay? Our mentorship program. This is where my team and I handhold you to grow and make money on YouTube, just like the 1,000 plus uh community members that we’ve worked with before, okay? And I’ll be honest, it is not cheap. It is expensive. So, here’s the deal. If I don’t give you the best lesson today, do not book a call. Don’t give me a dollar. Okay? But if I do, if I actually change how you see this, then you owe it to yourself to take a look. And if the paid thing isn’t for you, then stay anyways. Learn everything. It is yours for free. Now, if that is fair, drop deal in the chat. Okay? Drop deal in the chat if that sounds fair. Okay. Awesome. Katherine says, “Deal, Brian, Brad, Naren, Dean, Keith, Will, John, Rich, Allison, Wendy.” Okay, Karen. Very good. Very good. All right. Now, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you will get a chance to walk away with our most popular and most famous tool ever, which is the niche validator pro. And we actually made it in both the chat GPT version as well as the cloudi version. So, you can get it in either one or both of them if you want. Okay? Whichever one you like to use. And this is the newest version yet, and it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. This is something that I have personally spent probably hundreds of hours um quality controlling. hundreds and hundreds of hours quality controlling this tool. Okay, so um this most popular tool of all time. This is the tool that we’ve literally gotten thousands of comments from people raving about how much they love this tool. Okay, and this is the newest and best version yet. You’ll also get 61,400 an opportunity for $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. All right. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions, but then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? Most people don’t even get started. Okay? So, if you’re here watching this right now, you’re already ahead of the majority of people. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Mazekeeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. It does not matter, right? An iPhone, for instance, is more than good enough. We have lots of people who’ve gotten results literally just recording on the webcam on their laptop, right? But that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality, you could just focus on a few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically, you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly. Okay? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way that you could get from start to finish, just like this. Okay. So, I’ll kind of outline this a little bit. Just like that. Oh, oops. Okay. That’s without making any mistakes right there. Okay, that is the fastest way that you get you could get from start to finish if you entered the maze. But actually, it’s not the fastest because you don’t have to enter the maze. There is another way. You can go around the maze. It is faster, easier, and safer. And that’s pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route because this is we learned from a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. And what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results and you go above the the maze, right? That’s what I want to show you today. Now, one thing I want to say about this part right here, um, just as a side note, a lot of other YouTuber advice out there, I don’t think most of them are purposely giving you bad advice. Um, a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc., etc., right? So, like Mr. Beast, for instance, I think he gives great advice if you’re trying to start like an entertainment uh style channel, right? But there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels, right? And I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with because Mr. Beast spends like5 or$10 million on every single video. Okay? It’s that’s not very attainable. That’s not very easy to spend millions of dollars per video. Okay. But this type of channel that I’m going to teach you is the type of uh uh YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. Before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034 and now uh this is this is where it was right here. And now they’re saying it’s going to be worth about $1.6 trillion by 2034. So that’s a 60% increase. Okay. Uh okay. And it is uh grown that much in just the last year. Okay. So the projections are just going up so much faster than even experts uh expected. And by 2035, it’s going to be worth $2 trillion. Right? So, this is growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle bloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, uh, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush even harder. people that own software companies or SASS, location specific businesses like cosmetic dental clinics, uh financial adviserss, law firms, real estate, uh professionals, uh like realtors, etc. We’ve even helped, uh commercial real estate professionals, right? Uh people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-and-mortar business owners um and uh even people with disabilities do this. We’re going to show one person later on that we help do this, right? So, this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about 4 million subs. And he revealed on a podcast tour last year, but he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. And he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay. Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video, and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. I’m going to show you an example later on of something even more extreme than that. Sometimes it’s 100 views per video and they’re making millions a year, right? But there are also people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, and stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos, uh, or you frustrated because you haven’t even started uploading videos, uh, because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first, you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret, just like Michael from the office here. Okay, so let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. Okay, and by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Because an example of a total beginner was my very own brother, Zach. So, I don’t just pra I I don’t just practice what I preach myself, but I literally taught my very own brother, Zach, how to do it, who’s a who’s 50 years old. Uh he’s been in uh the trades for almost 30 years, and he had an HVAC business. Okay, so he owned an HVAC business. That’s heating, ventilation, and air conditioning. All right, so he’s an example of a total beginner. Um and let’s check this out. So, Carlton, mental health therapist. Awesome. Sean, finance and credit. Uh I’m I’m not going to read all of them, guys. I’m just going to kind of skim through here. from management consulting. Enrique, we’re going to have uh one of our case studies uh later on. Davis came from management consulting. Um Christa just retired early. Hey, congrats Christa. Love to hear it. Gian grant writer. Uh Christine, dentist. Awesome. Dan, UX research. Uh Charlie, physician. Uh Steven, mortgage banker. Randy, estimator. Matthew, roofing. Uh Zeifa, market research. Debbie, retired. Mary, currently unemployed, previously human resource. Lisa, missionary in Brazil. Katherine, program manager for money, historian by degree and in my heart. Very cool. I love history as well. Of course, I try to integrate history into my content because I love history. Um I I just I could just read history books for fun all day basically. So yeah, love that. James, contractor, Kim, travel tatus, electrical engineer. Very cool. Uh business service specialist. Um, that’s Sabrina. Okay, let’s see. Handyman and house slipper Dean. Nice. Okay. Scott says, “Worked with thousands of people and my favorite thing was helping others be better.” Yeah, for sure. It’s very rewarding. Very rewarding. Um, Angel owner operator cleaning service. Awesome. Very cool. Very cool. Okay, cool. Uh, Oscar, pharmacist. Hey, I’m pharmacist as well or ex-harmarmacist I guess now but yeah very cool uh angic nurse very cool okay so I see a lot of health care professionals here m makes a lot of sense I’m I’m a healthcare professional like tends to attract likes so I think a lot of people uh are you know are attracted to my content because of that um a lot of people that are you know business professionals it a lot of people in technology a lot of business owners here um both online and in person um STEM people, people that related to to STEM somewhat. Really cool stuff. So, let’s talk about um you know, a lot of these people that are almost retired as well. So, basically, a lot of you are experts, right? You’re people that have wisdom, knowledge, experience. You’re people that can actually use your the current wisdom, knowledge, and experience that you already have to help other people overcome problems that they have, which is great. And here’s an example of someone as well who did just that, right? at my brother’s act. So, I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my own brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy. He’s never made a video in his life. And first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead. Because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. my body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body. Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. it’s going to work for you. And the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That’s a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish off his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing, not just AdSense. And you know, sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. AdSense, by the way, are the ads that pop up on your YouTube channel, uh most of the time, if you watch like uh YouTube income reveal, that’s what you know they’re showing you is like the AdSense money. And I’m here to tell you like for for us, for instance, that’s probably about 1 or 2% of the money that we make, right, on on our channel, which is great. It’s awesome. We made probably about $50,000 last month from AdSense, and that was maybe about, you know, 2% or something like that. like it it’s it’s a very small percentage of the total money we make from the channel, right? So, um so yeah, AdSense is great, but there are way way better monetization methods out there. Now, I just want to emphasize something very quickly here, guys. So, I started my own YouTube channel, got great results with that YouTube channel, okay? Had nothing to do with teaching other people how to do YouTube. It had to do with helping people get remote jobs. We helped thousands of people get remote jobs. Then I helped a bunch of other people also get results on YouTube. Okay, so lots and lots of case studies and testimonials. But you know, people out there were saying, well, you know, you got you got lucky, Shane. You know, like so so I helped a bunch of other people get results. But then they were saying, well, you know, these other people, maybe they got lucky, too, right? You know, they were just in the right right place, right time, that kind of thing. Maybe they got lucky, too. Okay, so what I did is I started a second YouTube channel and I documented the entire process. I’m going to show you here in a bit. and I grew that YouTube channel uh to $42,000 in the first month. So my goal was $10,000 in the first month. Stretch goal was $30,000. We blew past even the stretch goal and made about $42,000 in the first month starting that channel, right? So, I documented all of that as well on Twitter X uh and also YouTube, but I still had people saying, “Well, you know, uh well, you’re really good at YouTube, you know, uh you know, you couldn’t do this with a somebody else who’s not you, or you know, you had a little bit of an advantage because, you know, people maybe recognized your face or something from your main channel, even though I didn’t like promote it from their main channel, but maybe people recognized your face.” So, I was just like, “Okay, holy cow, what could I possibly do uh to prove to even the most negative people that this works, right?” And so, I literally just picked a random 50-year-old in my family, you know, who’s not tech-savvy, who’s not particularly uh, you know, charismatic or anything like that, and I just taught them the system, and I blew up their channel as well, right? And I documented all of it on Twitter X as well as YouTube, too. Okay? So, you know, I I can’t like there there is no higher form of proof than all of the case studies and testimonials we have as well as me literally, you know, documenting growing other people’s channels like this in lifetime. Right now, this is also for you if you’ve tried YouTube before, but it didn’t work uh and your channel died, right? Maybe you uploaded for months or even years and every video got the same thing. Maybe you had a little bit of success at the beginning, but most of them were just like a few hundred views and you didn’t really get that many subscribers and you weren’t make weren’t making much money. So, you stopped, right? And maybe you told yourself, “Well, YouTube just isn’t for me.” Okay. Well, I want to show you someone who is in this exact same spot. Meet Magda. Magda is a kidney nurse stuck at a few hundred views for years until we dialed in her niche. And now, she averages 34,000 views a video. She g just crossed 100,000 subscribers and she had her first $10,000 month. And she even had more views than my channel last September, which is awesome. Now, the cool thing about Magda is she actually has she’s running two businesses from this YouTube channel. Her original business is a uh dialysis training center. So, people fly out uh to her diialysis training center to get uh basically nurse diialysis training. And she gets a lot of people like that from this YouTube channel who sign up for that. That’s awesome. That’s more of a kind of like traditional business. And then the second business that she started from this channel, which she’s actually more excited about, is the online business component. And now her online business is making nearly as much, if not even more profit than her main traditional business. Okay? So her online business is just purely online. She could do it totally remotely. She does not have to be in any place. So she has complete uh travel freedom uh you know and much more financial freedom and just freedom in general, right, from that online business, right? And that’s what she’s most excited about. And you know, I don’t want to like, you know, spoil anything for her, but she’s probably going to end up like selling the first business here pretty soon. But yeah, it just it this just goes to show that it works either way. It works for in-person businesses as well as online businesses, right? And she even had more views than me uh a few months ago, which is great. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that is Davis. So, we uh just had a a management consultant. Someone commented they were a management consultant in the chat. I think maybe even a few people said that Davis came from a management consulting background. Okay. So, we helped Davis get to six figures uh on YouTube and uh uh he helps people get into management consulting, six figures a month on YouTube and he helps people get into management consulting and he did it without paid ads and now he barely works on his YouTube channel at all and he makes you know tons of money from it. Right? So, in his particular case, like I said, he helps people get into management consulting jobs. In his particular case, he actually has multiple businesses. So, he has kind of like a small portfolio of companies. Um, and uh, he was spending a way too much time on just one of his businesses and he really wanted us to just help him like really dialed in the processes and just get it down to the point where he barely has to spend any time at all on the business, right? All he has to do is just show up and record. Everything else is taken care of. He shows up and records once a month. Everything else is taken care of. But then we took it even one step further because he’s a big systems guy. He loves just like systemizing things and operationalizing things. We took it one step further and he we just had somebody else start recording the videos on his channel. So he just even outsource that part to the point where he wasn’t even recording himself. So he’s spending literally zero hours a week on his channel. We can teach you how to do that, too. This is also for you if you want to network so you can land highpaying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Um, and as they say, uh, your net worth is your net worth. There is a lot of truth to that. And there is one and only one way to basically, uh, shortcut, you know, 20 or 30 years of just going networking, having, you know, going to dinner with people, uh, going to parties, going to events, etc., etc. There’s one and only one way to shortcut that, and that is having a YouTube channel. Okay? So Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it is literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually you have to apply to these jobs. But the companies were reaching out to him. So he got an offer from several different fang companies and Fortune50 companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan which was his dream company or dream country uh to live in. Uh, and he was, you know, working a remote job, making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel just kept going. It got to 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month, and eventually he scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point, right? And I like this example because it goes over every single stage. just getting started as a beginner use using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job. Uh so the intangible benefits of YouTube, right? That network is your net worth, right? Uh starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month, and then scaling that business up. And one thing I’ll say is, uh, you know, obviously everyone knows that you can make a ton of money directly from YouTube, but even the indirect, the intangible benefits are insanely valuable. the people that I’ve gotten to meet, the doors that have been opened to me, the events that I’ve been invited to sometimes to speak on stage, uh, you know, get paid to speak on stage, uh, when everyone else is paying $50,000 to be a part of the the mastermind, right? Um, and I get in for free, plus I get paid to speak. Um, they I’ I’ve got an equity in a company that might end up getting sold for hundred million or even a billion dollars. And again, none of this would have happened if it wasn’t for my YouTube channel, right? YouTube channel is an absolute cheat code when it comes to networking and it helps with making money directly and indirectly too. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s that easy, then why do most people fail?” Because most people who try to start on YouTube absolutely do fail. Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you need to have a fancy studio. Three, oh, we had a little bit of an internet connection issue there. Okay. Little bit of an internet connection issue. Am I back? I think I am back. Okay, good stuff. Good stuff. Okay, so uh these are the myths that that stop people from having success on YouTube. I’ll say that part again, right? It’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you need to have a fancy studio. Three, you need to be good-looking, charismatic, and you always have to show off your handsome or beautiful face, right? Four, it takes 40 hours to create one video. Five, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. Now, these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. And just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel, right? 42,000 to be exact. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to 100,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soon-to-be trillion dollar opportunity. and I’m going to help you mind this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harmarmacist. I have a 1.7 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it right here. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses and their owners get to 100K per month on YouTube from complete scratch. Okay, this is like starting from absolute scratch. No YouTube channel, no business. I’ve helped over 20 people get to 100K plus per month, right? I’ve also helped countless businesses that were already successful or YouTube channels that already had some success but then kind of died down. I’ve helped countless amounts of those types of situations and those types of people have success on YouTube and make lots of money from that. And I’ve also helped tons of beginners get to part-time income, side hustle income, second incomes, oneperson businesses, uh things that build into a full business later on, but make money right off the bat, too. I’ve helped countless people in that situation as well. And I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. So, here’s a few of the companies that I worked with. Corsera and Course Careers. Course Careers actually liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to them. That’s the company that I was talking about before. And we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. And before this, I lived in section 8 housing, trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. Uh this is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in in Lawrence, Kansas, right here. And uh I had one and one and only one goal. Uh and that is I did not want to be poor anymore, right? So I did what society told me to do cuz I did not ever want to be poor again. I went to college. I became a pharmacist. I got a doctorate. And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went $300,000 in student loan debt to get a good job, right? A six-figure job. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games, watch movies, or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money, right? Because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, uh, you know, on top of being super busy, as you can imagine, being a healthcare worker during the pandemic, um, we also got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, this was, uh, one of the videos of us getting robbed here. So, overall, uh, you know, on top of being burnt out and everything else, overworked, burnt out, stressed, depressed, etc., I was also in fear of my physical safety. So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious, how burnt out I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake, right? And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, drop shipping, Amazon FBA, uh, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, uh, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. Here’s one of them that I tried, the booty kit. It’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. Uh, so I tried selling this one on Amazon FBA as well as Shopify drop shipping and had a little bit of success here and there with some of these. You know, made some a few sales here and there, but nothing sustainable. I pretty much failed at all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of them sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD. I’ve been diagnosed twice with ADHD and always just, you know, trying a bunch of different things, right? I kind of had shiny object syndrome as well, right? But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. And I was living in an area where my uh uh the rent was $1,700 a month. So, I had less than than I needed less uh money in my bank account that I needed for rent in this particular picture. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles, right? See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store, right? Or think of it kind of like trying to sell something without anybody knowing that you exist, right? It’s almost impossible to sell if nobody knows that you exist. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. Another way of saying this is you need distribution. This is a term that they use in business, right? Uh distribution is like owning the store, right? So in instead of owning the products at the store, you just own the store itself, right? You own the shelves, okay? And it doesn’t really matter what products are on the shelves that much, right? because people are going to go to the store and they’re going to buy milk. They’re going to buy one of the milks that are that are on the shelf. Okay? Um and if you own the distribution, then they’re going to buy something that you recommend, right? So, this is a term that they use in business. It’s a very important term. And when you have a YouTube channel that’s helping people solve their problems, you have distribution because people know that you exist. And because of that, I give YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, at the time, I was basically in a house full of seven guys. And one of the guys, he moved here from Lebanon. He was an immigrant and his name was Sam. And he started a wedding photography business and he barely even knew English. And he started this YouTube channel where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month kind of from necessity because he had to have a business. He couldn’t actually get a job. So he basically had to have a business. And this was from his YouTube channel as well as his wedding photography business, right? And uh the YouTube channel, I think it was like less than 10,000 subscribers at the time that I met him. Um, and he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas on the West Coast. Now, before this, I’d spent some time in LA and I’d met influencers who had a lot of followers. They had a lot of subscribers and they were getting millions of views, but they weren’t making any money. And so, I was like, Sam, how are you making money from YouTube even though you have a small channel? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looked like. He showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 to 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they are making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. Now you might be thinking, Shane, you’re exaggerating. There’s no way you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. And you’re right. I am exaggerating in the opposite direction. Here’s an example of somebody who got a couple hundred views and made $100,000 from a video. Carla, right? So, she made a video that got a couple hundred views from a small channel, about 1500 subscribers. You can see here, right? 4 weeks ago, 17 views. Uh, I think her highest view video here was about 215 views. And she wasn’t even uploading that often. It looks like it was about once a month or so, right? Uh, so most of her videos were getting 100 to 200 views. And yet she made a video that got a couple hundred views from a channel that has only 1,500 subscribers and she landed $106,200 a year ongoing contract. Right? So this is not a one-time contract. This is an ongoing contract. There’s a very high likelihood that the person will renew the business will renew next year as well. Right? So uh this could end up being 200,000 or even $300,000 a year because basically she works in the outsourcing uh industry, right? She helps big businesses hire uh for very specific types of roles and often times they will renew those contracts year-over-year. Um they’re it’s a very sticky service, right? So uh you know, if she gets that initial contract, there’s probably like an 80% chance they’re going to renew, right? So there’s a very good chance that this one video will end up making her 200 or even $300,000 and it only got 100 to 200 views. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $31,000 from AdSense because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos uh you know in the last week, last month. Uh basically like several videos a week that get you know less than 10,000 views but make 40 to $50,000 from all income streams, right? So just as an example, this one right here, 8,000 views, uh and it made about $48,000. Now, this particular one right here, um this is not special, right? We had a video, I think it was probably about a month and a half ago that made over $300,000 and it got, you know, it got more than 8,000 views, but it wasn’t that much more. It was less than 100,000 views, right? So, this this is not that special and this is something that’s very repeatable. And that’s kind of the secret, right? Because this video right here is not repeatable. It’s very difficult to get a 4 million view video. It doesn’t matter how good you are at YouTube. Uh especially when it comes to educational content, it is very difficult. It’s it’s impossible. There’s nobody in the world that can consistently and reliably get 4 million view videos, right? But this video right here, you can consistently and reliably replicate the success of this video, right? You I can make these types of videos all day long, right? Only only having to get like 8,000 views. That’s not hard to get, right? And it made $48,000. So, I can re I can replicate this video over and over and over again and make similar videos to it and I can reliably make money from that, right? And that’s really the secret, like I said. Okay? Uh don’t try to reproduce videos that get 4 million views. Try to reproduce videos like this. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about 3 plus years ago. Um so, three Septeers ago, made about $283,000. This is from my business that where I was helping people get remote jobs. Okay? Then one September after that, two Septeers ago, I made about $325,000. Then last September, I made about $1 million. Okay? So, I’m not trying to say this to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because I have started multiple sevenfigure businesses from YouTube. And there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel themselves. They’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers, teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually done a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started uh teaching other people how to do it. I did not have to fake it till I made it, right? My first channel had nothing to do with YouTube. It was helping people land their dream remote jobs. Here’s some examples of the tons and tons of people that we helped get results for and help them land their dream remote jobs, right? I have we have literally over a thousand verifiable documented uh testimonials, right? Um and yeah, we help people grow their personal brands and land those jobs and we have thousands of documented verifiable testimonials to prove it. And that is before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube. And I made millions of dollars teaching people to get their dream remote job. And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. Uh, and this is me in the San Juan Islands just off of, uh, British Vancouver, Columbia, Canada. Uh, whale watching, orca watching specifically, right? Really good time. Highly recommend doing that if you’re ever over there. Now, I choose to work more than 4 hours a week. Uh, because I genuinely enjoy what I do. I enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people, right? But I only have to work four hours a week. That’s the key difference. I only have to work four hours a week. And there’s been many cases where I’ve gone uh weeks or a month or even there was one time where I went two months at a time without working. Uh you know during one of those stretches I actually had a pretty serious health issue. I couldn’t really work and uh you know I spent pretty much zero hours on my business that entire two-month period and the business actually grew. No inperson employees, no office uh necessary. It grew, right? I could do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I’d create a video just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I’d watch it and I’d be like, “hm, I don’t really think this works for most people.” Maybe it would work for a gaming channel or for a prank channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels, right? And one of the reasons, by the way, that like I said, uh, you know, uh, uh, I can kind of do whatever I want and my business just keeps going up and up is because every single time I post a video, it’s like a little piece of digital real estate. It’s almost like I, you know, may maybe that video took me one hour to make, right? I spent one hour to purchase a piece of little digital real estate and then that piece of digital real estate is just going to keep getting views, keep getting subscribers, and keep making money for the next 5, 10, 15, 20 plus years, right?

    But yeah, uh I I started making these videos and uh uh you know, just telling people what I was doing and you know, I saw other videos online and I just I didn’t think it was uh going to work for most channels. Okay, so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me, just like this video right here. And every time I do that, I get comments, emails, DMs. Uh, everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me? Hey, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” And I turned them all down because I was too busy. I didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe it works for my niche, but not for other people’s. But I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day I decided, you know what? I’m going to do it. So, I decided to do a cohort where I worked with the most diverse set of people. A professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who was crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on, right? The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, but most had absolutely zero knowledge of how YouTube works. They were starting from complete scratch. They did not have a YouTube channel and they, you know, they’re just starting from uh total complete scratch. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel, right? So, same proven way of making thumbnails. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails and titles and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people. And then they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, we got about $24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And again, our goal was to make $10,000. Stretch goal was $30,000. So, we blew past even the stretch goal. And we documented all of it live on YouTube. You can still see those videos if you go back. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So if I had started an entertainment channel, I would have made somewhere between $24 to $73 if I had gotten 24,000 views like my second channel. So education channels, uh, so so yeah, $1 to $3. $24 to $73. Not that great. Right now, education channels in general, they make about $20 per 10,000 views. So right off the bat, it’s like 10 times more. So it’s like 10 times better. Okay, so $20 per 10,000 views. That’s about $484 total if you have that same 24,000 views. Now, that is a side hustle income. It’s pretty decent income, but it’s still not, you know, it’s it’s it’s nothing to write home about, right? This is, you know, maybe go out to dinner a few times. Like, it’s it’s it’s decent. It’s a little bit of money to add, but it’s but it’s not it’s not a full-time income. It’s not even really a a good side hustle, right? However, with my niche authority channel that I started from scratch right off the bat, it got 24,000 views and made $1,736 per 1,000 views and that was $42,000 total. Okay, that is the power of making this type of content. Literally making nearly a,000 times more than you would make from entertainment style content, right? And this was just the first month, right? So the first month we made about $1,736 uh per 10,000 views. We actually got this channel to about uh somewhere between around $4 to $6,000 per 1,000 views. Um so it got even better uh from there after the first month, right? And so with educational content, right off the bat, you’re already making like 10 times more than entertainment content. But there’s a better type of educational content which is niche specialized educational content uh or what I like to call niche authority content where you are properly monetizing your channel. Now you can do a little bit more mass market education channel and you can properly monetize your content and still make a heck of a lot more money than this. So just as an example on my main channel it has 1.7 million subscribers now and I make about $400 per 1,000 views on average. And this is despite the fact that honestly I talk about whatever I want on that channel now because I can. But the point is that I want to make is I started the channel off niche. Okay, that’s the important thing. I started off very very niche and that’s what I highly highly recommend that you do as well. Later on you can make the decision if you want to to talk about different stuff or go more mass market, expand your niche, pivot niches, etc. And I’ve done that many times on my channel and that’s definitely something that you can do. But what I recommend people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first, right? And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set up your channel with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment. So, let me give you some examples of niche educational content. This is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 43 to $119,000 a month. And that’s just from AdSense alone. Those are the ads that pop up on your channel, like I said before. Um, and that is according to view stats. Right now, usually these tools such as view stats actually underrepresent how much money people are making, especially educational channels. For instance, if you look at my channel right now, it’ll probably say I’m making like 10 to $20,000 a month when last month we made about $50 to $60,000 from AdSense. So, it’s definitely underestimating how much money people are making because educational channels make more money from AdSense alone. So, let’s just say that he’s making about $43 to $119,000 a month from AdSense alone. And if he’s properly monetizing even remotely, well, he’s making about $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. And that means he’s making $136 to $273,000 a month from this channel total, right? That’s a very conservative estimate. Extremely conservative. Um, now the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 177 days. That’s nearly 5 months. Okay? And that’s actually more than 5 months. and he was still making that much money from the channel passively without uploading anything. Now, remember what I said before. This is because he’s been uploading these videos for a long time and each video is like a little piece of digital real estate that just goes out and makes him money forever. So, he has a whole portfolio of videos and they all make him a little bit of money every day. And that little bit of money adds up. It might just be a few dollars per day passively from the videos. You know, you typically get like a spike when you first upload a video and then it it kind of levels off and you get just like you get it down to maybe it’s making a few dollars per day, but that’s passive. That’s actual passive income. Uh, and when you have a 100 videos or a thousand videos, it really adds up. So, here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he’s making content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I’m not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. you could definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and he helps them with different car related products and services. And that is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. Now, that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff’s dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. Now, this is one of the craziest stories right here. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement and you can see how bad they are. He’s got like a blurred face. Uh, you know, it looks like it was recorded with a potato. Both the audio and the video, there’s terrible lighting. You can’t even see the whiteboard in some of these ones. Um, these are the actual thumbnails right here. The thumbnails are atrocious. Um, but it didn’t matter, right? He started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. Basically determines what schools you get into, what careers you get into, etc., etc. So, it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US. And he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests. And at first, he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India standardized test only very specific how he was tutoring people and he started making these videos and he kept going and then he launched a company from his YouTube channel that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla it’s an educational app and it’s now worth $5.2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos now he is probably richer than Mr. beast and that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this and there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. We call this the niche 2.0. Now generally speaking uh there are three niche categories out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche category to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. And please don’t comment health, wealth, or relationships. Those are niche categories, not not your niche. Right? So, go deeper than that. And I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. Right? And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. Okay. Uh Isan uh says shoes. Uh McKe Mikey’s says uh let’s see, music production. Uh Red Smith 401k rescue. Duan Penn learn AI after 40. Awesome. Andy, how to set and stick to personal spinning budget. Very cool. Maria, career coach for uh project managers. Very cool. Um let’s see. Randy says, “How to buy flooring.” Uh Fizz, parenting newborns. Yolanda, uh vitamin supplements. Tom, parenting. Uh Privet, ministry and education. Christopher, sales engineering for cyber security. Very cool. Keith, public safety and law enforcement. Daniel, banking, treasury, economics, and funds management. Allison, what if you have no idea? Totally fine. Uh, Momism. Michael, video game collecting and history. Uh, E. Bernard, character development. Elizabeth, film making. Very cool. Uh, Mary, how to how to get hired into your first job. Um, I’ll I’ll kind of scroll down here. Dr. Ray says, “Hormone therapy.” Awesome. Um, Wendy, sobriety and ADHD. Very cool. Very cool. Okay. Awesome. All right. So, um I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche, which is exactly what happened. And I don’t blame you for that. But that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what some people would traditionally call a niche, but I call it a market. Okay? And that’s going to be your X. Okay? A specific market. Then you’re going to pick one problem in this market. Now, this mark this market might have, you know, 30, 300, 3,000 different problems. You are not going to try to solve all 3,000 of their problems. That’s a terrible idea. Okay? You pick one problem that isn’t being solved very well. It’s a really big problem or it’s a really painful problem. Okay? And then you’re going to pick that specific problem. That is your why. Okay? And then you’re going to find solution for that problem. So, it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. But the important part is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well. Okay, that is the foundation of how markets work. Markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people in your market as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically because for some reason, I’ve worked for so many accountants. So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are people that are my clients. I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So, that is more of a mass market channel. Uh, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So, I’m going to start uh a bit more on the mass market side and go more and more niche, go deeper and deeper, right? So, but this one is kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but it’s for accounting. And this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to about seven figures a year, and they’ve been doing it for a very long time, and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now let’s go to the second level which is accounting specifically uh for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics walla but for accounting and in the US instead of India. So that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. And you can see that, you know, people that are interested in like general accounting knowledge wouldn’t necessarily be interested in how to become a CPA. Okay. Third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. That’s another business owner that I know and they are making multiple seven figures a year. Okay. So, who’s in the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry- level job. That’s the market. So, that is going to be different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge of accounting or study accounting because they’re taking an a test in accounting for their school don’t want to get an accounting job. Okay? So, it’s totally different types of content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Then you’ve got your fourth level down, right? Is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make $200 or even $300,000 a year. So it’s totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally, the fifth level, which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience and the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different types of niches. So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche. It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? you probably would have said, “Oh, my niche is accounting.” Right? Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche and they probably said something relatively short like plant education or marriage relationship or teaching mathematics or something like that, right? And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. You need to know who you’re helping and what problem you’re helping them solve. You must know those two things. Now, did you find that valuable? Right? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator AI that we’re going to be giving out here in a short while, both in the chatbt or the cloud version, that’s going to help you pick your niche in the first place. Or if you already have one, it’s going to help you make it 10 times better. Awesome. Good stuff. Okay. And that’s going to help you pick your niche hypothesis statement and dial in your niche 2.0. And I forgot to mention, people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants. Okay, so now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, right? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Because you probably know what personal branding is, but when you mix personal branding with the correct niche in our YouTube automation AI system, you’re going to have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement. But I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHEL X do Y hypothesis statement. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So let me show you example. Alex Mosie when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago his niche hypothesis statement was I help gyms do marketing and sales and now he can talk about anything now obviously he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses but now he can talk about his unconventional diet this is why you’re h this is why you’re not happy right he talks about his book launches he talks about how to stop wasting time so he’s like a productivity YouTuber now etc etc and I mean now he can talk about anything that he wants but the point is is that he started off niche. And if he tried to do that from the beginning, if he tried to talk about anything from the beginning, he wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. But he started off being the king of a puddle, then he became the king of a small pond, then the king of a lake, and then a river, and then the sea, and then the ocean, right? But you got to start small. You have to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways you can monetize your channel. There’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Just as an example, Alexi opened up basically like an investment fund. He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products, right? The point is all these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution, people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel, right? Because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems, aka you’ve given a lot of value to them, right? So they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases, right? So let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro launched this website called carsandbids.com from his YouTube channel. It’s a very large YouTube channel. He’s been doing it for over 10 years now. And he’s basically just reviews cars. You probably know about Doug Demiro. You’ve probably seen some of his videos. And then he sold that website that he launched, cars.com. He sold the website for $80 million. Now, here’s the interesting part. This was an online car auction website. And when he first started on YouTube, online car auction was such a tiny niche. It was so small it was almost wasn’t even worth doing, right? Everybody who did online car auctions or sorry, everybody who did auctions just did inerson auctions, right? You can go, you can see the car, you can sit inside of it, you can open up the hood and and look at the engine, uh, etc., etc., right? It’s just and it’s it’s way more fun to do inerson car auctions, right? Um, so this niche wasn’t that big, right? Everyone was just doing in-person car auctions. But during COVID, you couldn’t do in-person car auctions anymore. And this niche absolutely exploded. It got really big. And he was positioned in such a way he was able to launch his website, promote it hard on his YouTube channel, and then sell it for $80 million. But the point here is when Doug first started his his channel, his YouTube channel, he had absolutely no idea that an online car auction website was going to be his big break. And I promise you, he had no idea that it was going to work. So, this is a secret way of building your channel where as things happen in the world, as products and services that you sell change, and as the popularity of certain things changes, as trends change, and as you grow and evolve as a human being, because let’s be honest, we are all growing, breathing, evolving human beings. uh and we want our business and our YouTube channel uh to be able to grow and evolve with us over time, right? So you might change your interests over time and you might change what type of content you want to make over time and you want to build your YouTube channel in such a way where it can evolve with you and this gives you the ultimate advantage which is a channel that can adapt to changing circumstances. Right? This is the ultimate advantage you can possibly have. That’s the way you want to build your YouTube channel and your business. And by the way, when we say YouTube channel, obviously this is about YouTube, but we can also uh build it so that the YouTube channel is at the center and then you can syndicate your content to all the other different platforms like LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram, etc. And we’ve been doing this with extreme success and AI does like 95% of the heavy lifting. It’s pretty much automated or semi-automated, right? We’ve had lots of success on Twitter X, um Instagram, uh Facebook, uh LinkedIn, uh etc. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong. Here’s some examples from our clients. This worked for Weaqen. So we was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of different uh random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of different stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major, but he wasn’t really making any money, right? We basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and wait list customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people who wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? We joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy, right? As a freshman. Now, usually we we typically work with people that are on the older side because quite frankly, like people on the older side, generally speaking, they just have more knowledge, wisdom, expertise, etc. But sometimes we’ll work with younger people who are overachievers. And here’s one example, Wen, right? Here’s another example. Richard was a product manager at a Fortune50 company working 80 plus hours a week doing like hundred million dollar launches. Uh also had a brand new baby. Also had a bunch of real estate uh properties that he was managing uh you know investment properties and he could only work about 2 hours a month on his channel. One of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with, right? He couldn’t even respond to my emails. He was so busy half the time, right? And yet we were still able to help him grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite him being very, very busy. Here’s another example. Guy, this one’s a really cool story. He’s disabled. He has tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. Uh my dad has it, too. Uh very common for veterans to have it. My dad’s a veteran. And it’s very debilitating, right? So, he made this channel uh guy uh with a goal of just making a couple extra, you know,$1 to $2,000 a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich. And he made it to $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers. 446 to be exact, right? Okay. And now he’s getting closer to 13,000 uh 13,000 subscribers. So, he’s making way more than this now. But the whole point is is that he made his goal of getting to uh one$1 to $2,000 a month with less than 500 subscribers, right? So, if you think that you uh if you don’t think that you can make money from YouTube with a small channel, you absolutely can. One more thing about him, this is a really beautiful story and it happens a lot in our program. Life gave him lemons and he turned it into lemonade. So if you have problems in your life, you can help other people solve those problems and make their lives better as well. Okay? And that is one of the most common ways that we see people having success in our program. They literally just look at the problems that they already had in their life and they just help other people overcome those problems that they were able to overcome. Or some in some cases you can’t overcome the problem, but you can manage it. You can make it better, right? And and they can help other people with that as well. And that’s really the silver lining of having that problem. So, one simple rule guys to make this happen, start simple and scale fast, okay? You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. You do not need a fancy camera. You don’t need fancy editing. You don’t need a million-dollar studio or high production quality or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content that has lots of editing and lots of storytelling and and like like expensive sets and all this kind of stuff, right? Expensive cameras. No, you don’t need that. Here’s what you do need. These are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails that get clicks. Then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that is a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry and basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly and then he would buy those businesses, fix them and uh sell them for much more than what he bought them for. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance and I applied it to YouTube. So I was the first person to ever do this. And what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, that means they have a big audience and that means that they’re that audience is probably going to watch anything that the channel puts out, right? So, they had a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. Uh the door is in better focus in the background than his face. Um, his audio was really bad and his videos was were really bad. Basically, it was recorded with a potato. Um, yeah. And he was drunkenly ranting about college degrees for 25 minutes while literally drinking beers in the video, right? So, it was not exactly a super good piece of content, right? And yet, even though it came from a small channel, about 10,000 subs, it got 760,000 views. Okay? Even though it came from a small channel and it was an objectively bad video. Uh this was the thumbnail right here by the way. Right? So what you want to do is you want to steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. Right? So the most worthless college majors. You could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. You make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. So I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing now for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. For instance, you can use the icon method on uh videos with revenue instead of views. So, there’s ways of predicting the revenue that a video made, and you can do it with revenue instead of views. You can also do it with content on other platforms. So, there are more advanced versions of the icon method and there’s other ways of doing it. But again, this is the gist of it. This is the most important one. Okay. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine. So, type ready in the chat if you’re ready to hear what it takes. And also if you found the icon method to be valuable, type ready in the chat if you are ready to hear what it takes. Okay, awesome.

    Awesome. Good stuff. Okay, with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing without having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one-day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you are not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we are only giving to people to get this early access to. And you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shinhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of the CG uh inside of CGE uh content growth engine. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses right here. Uh you’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who’s booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. And also, you guys should only book one call. One person, one email, and one call. Booking two does not get you anything extra, okay? The bonuses are tied to you, not to how many calls you book. All a second booking does is take a slot away from someone else here on this workshop. And our team cancels duplicates anyway. So, you might even lose the time that you actually wanted. Now, we always have more people that want to join our program than we actually have spots for. That’s one of the reasons why we do these live trainings. We make it harder for people to try to join our program cuz we want to find the absolute best people that will have the highest chances of getting results on YouTube, right? There’s a certain type of person that we look for. Um, and there’s certain things that we look for that we just know correlate with much much higher chances of getting results on YouTube, right? Um, so this is you applying to join our program, okay? This is not a guarantee by any means that you’re going to get accepted to join the program. This is you applying and we accept, you know, on the main YouTube channel, we probably accept about 18% of people who try to book calls. It’s probably less than that. On these uh live trainings, it’s a bit higher than 18%, because again, uh someone made it through like an hour, hour and a half. They’re more likely to be uh the type of person who would be a good fit to join the program, right? Cuz we kind of tell you exactly what we do and what we don’t do on these live trainings. So, you’re more likely to be a good fit, right? So, you will have a higher chance of uh making this. With that being said, don’t book multiple calls, okay? If you accidentally book twice, keep the time that you like and cancel the other one. The call is, with that being said as well, the call is free and it is valuable. A lot of people actually dial in their niche on the call itself. Um, but it is not a guarantee that you’ll join the program. Um, we there’s a lot of different things we look at before we give anyone an offer. And guys, last time we did this, we were fully booked and we couldn’t open up more slots even if I wanted to. Um, we basically get fully booked out every single time we open up an opportunity to join the program. Um, so yeah, once I drop those bonuses, people are just going to swarm the calendar. If there’s any spots left after that, once I send the replay out to the email list, like tons of people are going to join that as well, right? So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So first, we are going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you’re passionate about.

    Okay. All right. Had a little bit of an internet disconnection there. Uh hopefully it wasn’t too bad. Uh admins waiting for you to post the results. Haven’t seen that yet. Um yeah, I had a little bit of a disconnection there. Um but yeah, first we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. Uh we have a bunch of YouTube coaches, the absolute best of the best. All of our YouTube coaches have 100k subscriber plaques. Um and they’ll help you pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, but also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the mindset section. You might be having a hard time starting even though you know that you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposter syndrome and it helps you take action fast, right? Um, which is important. Okay. And uh, you know, this is actually when I ask people these first two modules are usually their favorite modules, the niche selection and then the core foundations/theindset section. Um, you know, even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, you know, people coming into the program, usually they’re not telling us, oh yeah, we need mindset help, right? But then when they actually take go through the program, they tell me that the mindset section is the most valuable one, right? So uh you know uh the core the core foundations as well basically just teaching you how business works in in general like the science of business, right? How it actually works. And once you know this, it’s just you just internalize it and it’ll just become a part of you. And this is going to help you understand that if you follow our su uh our system, success is inevitable, right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted, right? That’s it. One video, one shot, 800,000 plus views, blew up his channel, and the rest is history. He’s making a full-time income ever since then. But for some people, it makes it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. Uh this shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think that this is the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And I just got word the slots are almost gone. We only have a few left. So do not wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching ashenhomes.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. Next is the holy trifecta. This is where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So, all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Next is the script writing alchemy system. This is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI. Uh, so just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system, right? That exact script that got him 800,000 views. I watched him write it and it took him less than 15 minutes. Next is the viral video creation system. This is where we actually turn things into a system. This is what makes it possible to only have to work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. Now, the niche validator that I’m going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem you can imagine on YouTube. Just as an example, a lot of people get settings wrong, right? The upload settings or their channel settings, they get that wrong. And we have an AI that where you can literally just copy and paste all of your upload settings and your channel settings into the AI and it’ll give you feedback on those. Some of them are pretty obvious, others are a little less obvious. You know, they’re pretty personalized depending on your niche, right? But, uh, you know, I’ve seen tons of people that either push the wrong button or they don’t push the right button, and that’s what’s stopping their channel from growing in some cases, right? So, we made an AI for that. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. So, I think we might have a few slots left now, guys. So, take those spots right now. Go to go.shynomomas.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat right now. Um, and uh, yeah. Yeah, I I’m waiting for admins here. It looks like Yeah, we had about 30 spots or so and we’ve already had about 100 uh, submissions. So, so yeah, um, def definitely take those uh those spots if if there are even any left. And that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. You don’t just get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom AI tools, cloud skills, all built with one thing, which is growing, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time, and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run chatb or claude, there is a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside.

    Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peak inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Uh, another person uh, finally got to 100,000 subscribers. Another one just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another person crossed 5,000 subscribers, uh, 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subs, etc., etc. Right? This isn’t a course that you just buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day, right? It’s almost like an online country club for for YouTubers, like the absolute best of the best. Okay? And these are just a few. This is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, book a call with us now. We’ll look at where your channel’s at, see if you’re a fit, and map out what it would actually take to get you results like this. So, go to go.shenhomes.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to10k in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1k subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s this is the system that’s also responsible for results like this. Right? So, I’ll just kind of go through some of these. Uh, this person right here had been posting on YouTube for years. They’d never had a single video that got over 100,000 views. First video with us, got 180,000 views. Boom. Right. This person right here, brand new, started this channel about a month and a half before this screenshot was taken. And, uh, already got 350,000 views, 8,000 subs. And you know, you do have to apply to the partner program, but and sometimes that, you know, takes a little bit of time. It might take a week or two. Um, but they applied to the partner program and they started earning. So, they’re already at about a,000 uh dollars from AdSense, plus they were doing other stuff outside of AdSense to make money. Now, let’s go to, you know, so this is an example of a total beginner. This is an example of someone posting on YouTube for years and like struggling, not getting much results. This right here is a person who’s absolutely crushing it. So, this is what’s called a category king. So, we have a lot of category kings and category queens in our program. This particular person is number one in a very, very competitive niche. This is one of the top five most competitive niches on YouTube. And they are number one. So, this person has 8 million views, 50,000 uh uh they’re making about $50,000 a month uh just from AdSense alone. 8 million views mostly long form content. And there, and just to kind of put in perspective, when you’re properly monetizing and you build the type of channel that we recommend that you build, um, they made they make about $4 to5 million a month with this channel, right? So, $50,000 a month from AdSense, that’s probably about 1% of the total income that they’re making, right? This person right here was also a complete beginner. Okay? So, they are a complete beginner, never had a YouTube channel, never had a business outside of their YouTube channel either. Um, they booked five calls from the channel right away. They were selling a $1,000 uh product, which is a 90-day program, and they closed four out of five right away. Okay? Uh that’s 80% close rate. So, if you guys have ever done sales, you know that that is absurd. Uh anybody who’s ever done sales will tell you when you first start, you’re probably going to close maybe 10 or 20% of people. Um if you get really good, you might be able to close like 30 to 40%. Right? This person was closing 80% right off the bat. These are unheard of numbers and this is not coming from someone who’s very, you know, they weren’t very skilled. They’re still closing 80%. And that is because when you get people coming from YouTube, they already know, like, and trust you and they’re they’re basically just ready to buy already. So, you’re essentially a cashier. So, this isn’t this is a problem that a lot of people have in our program. It’s not really a problem, but it’s a quality problem to have. But that is they have more people that want to work with them than they can even handle, right? So, they have more people that want to give them money than they can even handle. And so, they have to shut down their enrollment, right? We do this all the time. We don’t accept everybody into the program. Uh we can only accept a certain amount of people at a time. And that allows us to be very picky about who we let in. And so we can let in people that are very, very likely to be successful because of that, right? That’s a really good place to be as a business owner. Bill here transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. He’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically he said that Shane helped me out with this keyword research titles and thumbnails as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business. So he turned his YouTube channel from a liability sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn was stuck making about $30,000 a month and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. So he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. Next is Cheryl. She helps people uh Shawn, by the way, is another category king. He’s number one in the Amazon KDP niche. Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message, but no strategy. Uh we gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching so that she could stop spinning her wheels. And uh she went from 50 to over 9,000 plus subscribers in just a few months and got monetized and actually started making money. One video hit over 100,000 views and now she’s making money from YouTube. Right? This is what happens when you stop guessing. You stop spinning your wheels. You stop getting stuck in analysis paralysis and you start following our system just like Jen here who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. no idea what to make, no experience, never started a YouTube channel, didn’t like never uploaded a video in her life, never did any business online, never made a single dollar outside of her job, her career, right? And her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet. And now she’s got over 60,000 subs. Her channel’s got over 10 million views already. Three of her videos already went over 900,000 views.” And I spoke with her and she told me that one, she quit her job, her nursing job, which was very stressful and burning her out. Two, she’s now traveling all over the US and internationally in her camper van, which was always her dream. And three, she records part-time while traveling inside the van itself. And she records literally on her laptop webcam, right? So, if you don’t think you have the right tools and the right, you know, you need a fancy studio. She’s just recording in the back of her camper van, okay? And she’s recording with a webcam on her laptop, right? You don’t need fancy stuff, okay? Uh, and last month, she made $10,000 just from AdSense alone. And these are number numbers that most creators chase for years. And she started just like you guys a few months ago. She attended the live training wondering if this is for her or not. Then she took the leap of faith. She booked a call and she built all of it on what she already knew which is healthcare navigation. So if you’re a healthcare professional or a professional in general, this could be for you. And this is what happens when you follow the system. So I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases, working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract. Right now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. I have some friends that do this and they’re basically like one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really know what they’re doing and they’re charging about $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies. They build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody out for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works. They get it going, uh, get it super successful, and then they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out for them to run it on autopilot, right? and they charge $300,000 to do that. Uh there’s another company in Silicon Valley that does kind of the same thing with startups and they charge a million dollar right now. I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two and these are extremely valuable and I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to go.shm.com/coaching. Click the link in the chat or scan this QR code right here. And I just got to know guys, uh, we had, let let me see here. Let me see the the latest here. Uh, we had, yeah, well over 100, yeah, around 150 plus people. We only had about 30 spots open. We had 150 people apply. So, we did open up a few more spots. Okay. So, we had a bunch of people apply. We did open up a few more spots. Um, we expanded the time availability as well. So, if you couldn’t find a good time before or if you tried the calendar and there weren’t any spots available um or you, you know, like you just couldn’t find a time that was convenient for your schedule, we respect that. We have a lot of busy people that apply um you know, so click the link again. We open up a few more. You can also refresh the screen and uh we’ll we’ll find hopefully you can find a time that works for you. We did open up more, right? After that, I don’t think we can open up any more though, right? So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Uh click link in the chat or scan this QR code. All right, bonus one. And this is a big one. you get a one-on-one YouTube niche breakthrough call with me personally. Let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.6 6 million subs and over $10 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. So this is what the actual coaching looks like. And I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. Go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the niche title generator. This is easily worth $7,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you are looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you are paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas in your niche, uh, for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this is not generic AI spitting out random titles. It is built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version of it. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chat GBT version and a claw AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you are covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shen.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chatb or cloud, we built it for both. You give it a video that’s uh you give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. And then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenhumus.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the voice command script writer AI Deluxe. This is worth $8,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways. Both ChachiBT or Claude, whatever you already use. Now, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, go to go.genomous.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what it looks like. Uh, this is the same tool running in both chatb. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shm.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the hummus thumbnail system deluxe. This is worth $10,000. This is a oneofone thumbnail system. It’s unlike any other in the entire world. So the thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail does not stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it does not matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re paying $1,500 a month easily for part-time work. That is $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming but not for educational content because there is a difference, right? Uh, you know, there’s a real psychology behind every thumbnail. the the types of thumbnails that might get the most views because they’re attracting people that want to be entertained aren’t necessarily the thumbnails that going to get the best views, right? And you want to get the right views, the best views, not the most views, right? So, this is my entire thumbnail system. It’s designed to get the right views. Uh the guide, the templates, the swipes, the uh the swipe files, the frameworks, you get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. On the left, you will get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it is yours, right? And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shen.com/coaching, com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the behind the scenes of my 1 million subscriber YouTube channel stats and breakdowns. This is worth $6,997. So, this is something that I’ve never shared publicly. You’re getting full access to my analytics, my stats, my breakdowns, everything. What videos performed, which ones flopped, what I would do differently if I started over, etc., etc. Most creators are guessing. You’re going to see exactly what a 1 million subscriber channel looks like uh under the hood, right? The strategies that I use, the mistakes that I made, the numbers behind every decision. People pay consultants $500 an hour just to look at their own analytics. Now, imagine getting to look at mine. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. You can compare your stats to my stats and see like how your early videos are doing compared to my early videos, etc., etc. And it just gives you a lot of confidence and gives you a lot of perspective. Bonus six is the six and seven figure YouTube channel case study vault. This is worth $4,997. So this is where you stop guessing and you start modeling. These are real channels, real niches making six and seven figures. And you get to see exactly what they did, what niche they picked, what videos they posted, how they monetized, all of it. So hire YouTube strategist to reverse engineer 10 successful channels. That is $500 to $1,000 per channel audit. That’s five uh you know that’s that’s about $5 to $10,000 easily. or you do it yourself, right? Months of trial and error, guessing at what works, burning time that you don’t get back. We already did the work. You just get the notes. Okay? Uh most people have no idea what a profitable YouTube channel actually looks like behind the scenes. This shows you, right? This this shows you what it looks like in different niches, selling different types of things, etc., etc. Most people have no uh and by the way, once you once you see it, you can’t unsee it, right? The patterns are going to be everywhere here, right? So, you’re not going to be reinventing the wheel. You’re going to be copying what’s already working and making it your own. So, go to go.genomous.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the niche monetization launchpad AI. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and it maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense. We’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That’s backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get in both Chat GBT and Claude, whatever you are to use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, got to ask, you ask for it, they’ll give it to you and then you get it, right? Go to go.n.com/coaching. com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. This is our second most popular AI tool ever, right? People absolutely love this one. Second you show up to the call, you just ask for it and you get it, right? You get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chat or cloud, you can use this either way. You can even get both if you want them, right? So, this is not some watered down freebie. It is the same tool that we use inside the content growth engine. It is yours for life. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus eight is the 90-day CGE. Oh, oops. Bonus eight is the 90-day CGE advantage money back guarantee. This one’s priceless. Here’s how it works. You got 90 days. You follow the program. You do the work. You show up. And if it does not work for you, you get your money back. We have about a 1% monthly refund rate in our program. That means that 99% of people who join stay because it works. And we surveyed all of our clients inside the program and we asked them one question. Do you feel like you got an ROI from this? 91% of them said yes. You can also check our Trust Pilot. It’s got a 4.8 star rating, you know, etc., etc., right? We’ve helped people generate over hund00 million on YouTube. So, I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. We are so confident that this system works that if you’re the right person, which of course there’s a lot of people who apply. We don’t accept everybody, right? But if we do give you an offer, we think that you’re the right type of person. Uh we are willing to give you a uh 90-day CGE advantage money back guarantee, right? Uh, and that’s how confident we are that the system works, right? So, very few people take us up on this, but it does happen, right? People do take us up on it, and that’s why we have this, and it’s it’s totally fine, right? So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Uh, now remember, bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus seven, the niche monetization launchpad AI. You only get that if you book a call and you actually show up to it. That’s it. Okay. I’m probably going to get questions about this even though I said it like three times now, but that is it. Okay. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. And this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So, if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that is totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. Even if you have to reschedule, right? You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code right now, book your free strategy call, and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, use some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell. Uh the call is free and it is valuable. With that being said, of course, not everybody’s going to get the offer, but that’s totally fine. We want to make sure that that it’s free and valuable for you whether or not we’re a good fit to work together or not, right? But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So go to go.json.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or easiest thing to do is probably just click the link in the chat that the admins posted. And one last thing, this is important. Once you book the call, you’re going to get two emails. Okay? One of them is from Calendarly. One is from the consultant that you booked with. Both are titled CGE MasterClass calls. So check your inbox right now. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders. Sometimes they hide there instead of your main inbox. Those emails have your call details. So find them and open them. Okay? Very important you do that. And with that being said, I am now going to take questions. Okay? So go ahead and ask me any questions you guys have about this. I do have a flight that I need to catch here pretty soon, so I’m not going to take questions as long as I typically do. Um, but yeah, uh, go ahead and ask, uh, any questions you guys have and I will answer them to the best of my ability. So, of course, questions about, uh, CGE or questions about YouTube in general, more than happy to take those.

    Yeah, do the call with Lewis, which is the 45minute call. Samuel

    Anag unable to click on the date since it shows only October 1 to 6. Yeah. Um, we don’t we don’t open dates after that. That that’s like we we open up a few more days. Yeah. We don’t we don’t open dates after that. That’s that’s our only availability. Um,

    yeah, just go ahead and book the call. Yep. Uh, with the available meetings. Yeah, Ashley. Um, the bonus you get just for booking is the niche monetization launchpad AI.

    Joselyn says, “Is monetization only over 100 subs?” It’s over a thousand subs. You need to have a thousand subs to get monetized on YouTube. With with that being said, guys, um the word monetization, what when most people say that, what they are referring to is the YouTube partner program. Okay? So, for the YouTube partner program, where you basically get to get paid from the ads that show up on your channel, that’s what most people think of when they think of monetization. Okay? There are many other forms of monetization. Many, many, many other forms. Like I said, with us, it’s probably like maybe 2% of our income comes from uh the ads that pop up on YouTube, right? We’ve got clients where only 1% of their income or even less than 1% comes from the ads, right? And they’re making way more money. So, if you do those other forms of monetization, you can make money even with a tiny channel, like zero subscribers, you could you could make money, right? Technically, right, with with other forms of monetization. But if you’re talking about the YouTube partner program, which is, you know, a lot of people want to be a part of that, um, that is 1,000 subscribers. The workshop is free, Margaret. You do not have to pay for the workshop.

    Okay. Kicked up. How much does the program cost? Okay. So, I will answer this one time and one time only. And if you have any other questions, you will have to just watch the replay or just book a call to find out anymore. Okay. We are totally transparent about pricing. With that being said, we have different pricing for different levels of of people’s needs. Okay? So, just as an example, probably about 5% of people who attended this call, you guys saw the the the professions and the careers. There were some people that were like CEOs, executives, etc., right? Probably about 5% of people who attend these calls are going to fall under that category where they’re thinking about doing a YouTube channel for a big business, right? Either a startup or a big business. and they’re either the CEO executives, maybe they’re the marketing manager or some high up marketing position or they’re someone who’s been tasked to start a YouTube channel within the company and they want our help doing it. Okay, we don’t take on very many of those types of people. And uh but when we do, it’s going to be at least a six-figure contract. That’s the absolute bare minimum. Like bare minimum would be a six-figure contract, right? And it’s because of what it entails, right? the actual deliverables are are tremendous. Right? So we have to go into their company. We have to work with the people that they already have in the company. We have to understand everything about their company. Right? Then we have to integrate our team into their systems. Right? So they might some of them are using like custom CRM, custom project management manager software, right? We have to integrate our team into their custom software. And then we have to integ like work with their team. Sometimes we have to hire new people for their team. And then we have to make sure that everything is uh process uh like all all of our processes are uh modified for their business so that their processes work with our processes. We have to make sure all the different departments work with each other etc etc. It’s very very complicated and difficult to do that. Right? So for something like that that’s going to be hundreds of thousands of dollars at least for us to even think about doing it. Right? One company that I worked with, I got equity in the company because they liked working with me so much and they really didn’t want to, you know, stop working with me, right? So, they got e I got equity in the company. I’m on their board of directors, right? Okay. So, that’s that’s what that is. Maybe about 5% of people who attend would fall into that category. Then, we have a program that is going to probably be amount around maybe 20 to 30% of people who attend. And that particular program is what’s known as a build and release offer. So what this is is we basically will um come into uh uh this is typically for like by the way this is typically for like six, seven, eight figure business owners. Sometimes like really busy people like doctors, executives, lawyers, etc. will also go for this one. And this is really designed for like very very busy people. So this is designed to where essentially what we what we want to get you to is you show up once a month, you record for a few hours, and then you’re done. That’s it. So, it’s like we can get you down to as little as two hours a month doing this. Okay. So, that is a build and release offer and that requires us to build out your entire YouTube channel, your systems, your processes, uh get the entire machine running, right? It’s just we set up the entire system and sometimes we’ll hire like video editors or people to like run the system for you so that all you have to do every month is you just show up, you record videos, and everything else is taken care of. Right? That’s it. That’s all you got to do. Okay? So, that particular offer, uh, again, it’s not for everybody, but for the right type of person, that’s going to be really good. That particular offer is going to be at least $30,000. And honestly, we’re thinking of doubling or even tripling the price on that. So, if you wanted to get in for that offer, you probably want to get in very quickly cuz we are it’s in very difficult to deliver that offer, right? It’s a lot of work for us to deliver, right? But it’s going to be at least $30,000. Then, we’ve got the offer where we basically just teach you how to do it yourself. Okay? So, this particular offer, um, you know, with with this one, it’s kind of like we fish for you. This top one with this middle one here, we, uh, teach you how or or we sorry, we build the machine that fishes for you, and we even hire the person to run the machine, right? Um, and then this offer down here, it’s honestly, it’s probably the most valuable one out of all of them. When it comes to value, this is the most valuable offer. And that’s where we literally just teach you how to fish or we can even teach you how to build the machine that fishes you, fishes for you, right? So, we just teach you how to do it, do it all, you know. Um, it takes a little bit more time. We recommend about 4 hours a week for that particular offer. Um, but it’s one-on-one intensive coaching. This is basically like the online, it’s like an online country club for people that are high, you know, high achieving people who want to give value and, uh, want to help other people solve their problems, etc. Kind of like an online country club and you get one- on-one dedicated coaching. Very, very difficult to deliver that, right? You have to find, we had to find like insanely good people, pay them a ton of money to deliver this one-on-one dedicated coaching, and they give you extreme amounts of attention. You’ve got a one-on-one group chat, you’ve got all of it, everything you could possibly need to make it as easy as possible for you to get the results. With that being said, we’re teaching you how to do it. Okay. Um, that particular offer is about $9,800 right now. We’re in a uh my my executives and I are at a retreat in Bangkok right now. Well, two of them just flew off, but I’m about to fly off as well. But we’re in for the last week, we’re in Bangkok at a retreat right now. We are very likely going to double this price very soon. Okay? And people think I’m kidding sometimes. It’s like some kind of like sales game. It’s not. Okay? We’re almost certainly going to double this price very soon. We’re either going to increase it by 50% or even double it cuz again, the results that we’re getting, absolutely insane results. um the like the the value that we give with this like where you get one-on-one coaching from someone who’s extremely successful and the success rate that we have, it just does not make sense for us to do this at the same price point that we’re doing it right now, right? So, we’re almost certainly going to be doubling the price, but right now it’s about $9,800. Okay, so that is the price. Um we do have payment plans. We can get it down to like $1,000 a month if we think you’re a good fit to work with us. We even have an in-house uh payment plan. uh in-house financing basically with 0% APR financing. We can get it down to like $500 a month, right? So, if we think you’re a good fit, money really is not an issue, right? If we think that you’re a good fit to work with us, we’ll we’ll figure out how to work with you. With that being said, we also don’t want to put people in a bad financial place. So, so if money is a big issue for you, we’re we’re probably not going to give you an offer uh to work with us, right? We don’t want to put you in a bad financial place, right? So, uh, with that being said, uh, you know, totally transparent about the pricing, like I said, um, but there’s different pricing for for different levels. So, hopefully that answered the, uh, the question. Okay, Ean, I have 14 uh subscribers. Very cool. Great place. Great start.

    I have mentioned I had the call today. Will the person I met with send the bonus content? Did you ask them? Did you talk to them? Of course. If you ask them, of course they will.

    Yeah. Just re reach out to that person that you talked to. Okay.

    Ike, how can you help me monetize? Did you watch the training? I I literally went over step by step exactly how to help you monetize. David, your story just inspired me to make it no matter what. Love it, David. Love to hear it. That that that really makes my day when I hear stuff like that, David. That that’s amazing. Darren, why are thumbnails so important? It’s the first thing that people see. So, it’s like let’s say you walk up to a restaurant and there it’s you’re not like like you and there’s like 10 restaurant options in a in some kind of plaza and you’re hungry, right? And one of the and it’s not clear what the restaurant serves. You’re probably not going to go into the restaurant. It’s the same thing with thumbnails. Why do I don’t know why I use all these food analogies. I’m so sorry, guys. Making you hungry right before bed or in the morning if you woke up in the morning. I don’t know why I do this. I use way too many food analogies. Um,

    I guess food is something that we can all relate to, right? Okay. Awesome. What about people that love to talk a lot? Hey, if you love to talk a lot, can be really good. You just got to get good at talking to a camera. Uh, Sarah, any ideas for autoimmune disorders or emergency management response? Yeah, check out the niche validator, Sarah. Um, that’ll give you a ton of different ideas. Just just, uh, download that niche validator. Um, it should be in the chat. Just scroll up or scroll down. Um, but of course, there’s a lot of opportunities for like autoimmune disorders. That’s something that, you know, hundreds of millions of people uh suffer from and uh, you know, there there’s certain things that you can do to to make it a lot better. Uh, James says, “Can a total tech idiot learn this stuff? Like, I don’t even know how to upload a video on YouTube.” Sad, I know, but it’s true. Yeah, 100%. Like a lot of the people that we work with are a bit on the older side and technologically like they’re they’re not that good. Um and it really doesn’t matter. Like my brother was the same way. He’d never uploaded a video in his life. He’s over 50. Uh not that techsavvy. Um nurse Jensen, she’s 60, right? She’s not that techsavvy. This is a very simple system when it comes to the tech. Um and of course like it’s, you know, we can have any people jump on with you one-on-one to help you any time that you need, right? Okay. So, anytime like if you don’t know how to upload a video for instance, we could literally have people jump on one-on-one with you and tell you step by step every single step on the screen to upload a video. This is hightouch one-on-one coaching, right? This is not like a, oh, go watch this, you know, 1 hour video on how to upload a video. This is like we will literally have people jump on with you and tell you step by step how to do it if you need that. Um, Cindy, is the first call I booked different from the call with Shane? Yeah, you you’re definitely not going to get a call with me, Cindy. Uh, if you’re talking about the one-on-one YouTube niche breakthrough call with me, uh, I I’ll I’ll say this one more time. I think I said it three times, but I I’ll say it one more time just in case maybe you were going to the bathroom or weren’t paying attention. So, this is for five of the first people who book. Okay, if you’re right, it is randomized, but if you book earlier, you have a higher chance of getting this call. And so, um, uh, if you’re if you’re looking at this right now, you are super early still. So, this is super early. Uh, once we send out like the replay and and you know, that kind of stuff, we we get lots of call bookings. By that time, it’s it’s probably a bit too late, but yeah, this is still super early and so you’ll have a much higher chance of getting that, but it is randomized, but it is five for five of the first people who book a call. Okay. Um,

    Ned says, “Some online criticism is that coaches just read from the scripts that aren’t intimately familiar with actual skills needed to properly explain and coach.” Uh, yeah. I mean, that’s an online criticism that a lot of coaching programs get, but that’s why we hire people that have 100k subscriber plaques. Uh, right. Like, so it’s impossible for them to not know what they’re doing. And of course, hiring people like that is very expensive, right? It’s not easy to find people with 100K subscriber plaques. Um, Ken, I got my spot officially joining Friday. Awesome, Ken. Love to hear it. Love to hear it. Good stuff. That is that is amazing. Denny, was there some sort of bonus for all of us who stayed until the end? Yep. Absolutely. Scroll up, scroll down, Denny. And also, admin Aaron uh responded to your comment, too. So, uh, yeah, that’s the niche validator. So, niche validator, uh, pro, that is the most popular tool we’ve ever put out. Put a ton of effort into it. It’s going to help you pick your niche in the first place, or if you already have a niche, it’s going to help you make it 10 times better. The niche monetization launchpad AI, that’s the second most popular tool we’ve ever made. That one you get for free just for booking the call and showing up to it. That’s it. You book the call, you show up to it, then you ask for it, and you get it for free. Right? So, those two are insanely valuable AI tools that we’ve made. Gary got one slot uh Sunday’s presentation for Wednesday. Do I need to Nope, you’re good, Gary. No need at all. You are good.

    Colleen, what is the price of the program? Already answered that. Hey guys, I’m going to scroll to the the bottom here and I’m going to uh anybody who is on the fence about joining the program. If you are on the fence about joining the program, uh let me know why are you on the fence. And also go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Uh scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. But if you are on the fence about joining the program, let me know why. Lonnie, these numbers are so far out of reach for the average person. Um let’s see.

    I mean, guy, for instance, made it to like 1 to 2,000 bucks a month. I don’t I don’t really see why that’s out of reach. If if physics walla from India can make a channel that makes made him worth5 billion dollars then you know even though he’s from India and he’s serving an Indian audience which gives him a huge disadvantage then you can definitely make a channel that makes a few thousand a month especially if you’re from a first world country okay like it’s it’s really not that out of reach especially if you serve like a very niche niche like like extremely niche uh the more more niche you go the better like yeah you can definitely do that Melissa curious is the way people mostly make money as selling service from a YouTube channel similar to what you are doing wanted to know what comes from YouTube and what comes from enrolling into a program uh there’s all kinds of different ways that people make money I you know this actually kind of segus into an important part guys if you’re curious about all the different ways to make money after you sign up there’s going to be this thank you page here okay so uh it’s going to look like this or it’s going to look like uh this right here. This one’s a little bit shorter video. This this other one’s a little longer video. Plus, it has FAQs, frequently asked questions. Um but it’s going to look kind of like that, right? And then under this, you’re going to have uh instructions, right? So, I want you to watch this video, of course, but then I want you to follow the instructions here. It’s very important that you follow the instructions under this, okay? Um so, I want you to follow these instructions. Very easy. The video’s 30 seconds and then the instructions might take you another 30 seconds. It doesn’t take that long at all. Okay? This one’s a little bit longer, but still it won’t take you that long. And you know, the FAQs are optional, but it’s it’d be good to to if you’re wondering about those things to watch those videos, okay? So, make sure you follow the instructions. And then when you’re done with that, you’re going to see down here case study after case study after case study after case study after case study of people getting insanely good results. Okay? So, you all your questions are going to be answered with this. Okay? like so many of your questions will be answered like um you know does this work in the French market or or markets outside of the you know the United States. Yes, it does. Thomas was selling to the French market. Um you know you might be wondering does this work if you’re a busy dad you know working a full-time job. Yeah it does. Does Jud was a busy dad. Um you know uh let’s see. Uh Seth Seth was selling an online course. Does this work if you’re selling an online course? Yes, Seth was selling an online course. Um, does this work if you have an online service provider business? Yes, Carla has an online service provider business, OSP, right? Uh, does this work if you are so uh from Germany? You have a German accent? Yes, it does. You’re selling to Germany, right? Uh, does this work if you’re in the spirituality niche? Yes. Uh, does this work if you’re in the productivity niche? Yes. Worked for Danielle. Uh, does this work if you have a small coaching program? Yes. Andrea had a small coaching program. Um, just on a Does this work if you serve women specifically? Yes, Nicole was serving women specifically. Uh, does this work if you’re selling physical products? Yes, it works if you’re selling physical products. Tiffany was selling physical products, right? Uh, does this work if you’re in kind of like an artistic niche where you’re helping people do art better? Yes, Isaiah was helping people sing better. Okay, just on and on. I could go on and on, but really just just look just watch the case studies, right? Just look at the case studies. This is going to answer so many of these questions that you have like, okay, what what’s the way that most people make money, right? It depends on the niche. It depends on your own lifestyle, what you want, right? There’s so many different ways. The whole point is that you have distribution with YouTube, right? It’s like owning the store. The products that get put on the shelves. You can put any product you want on the shelves. If you own the store, people are going to come to the store and they’re going to buy the stuff that you have at the store. So, there’s so many different products that you could put on the shelves, but you own the distribution. That’s the whole point. any of these different side hustles, these different oneperson businesses, these different ways of monetizing work when you have a YouTube channel. They all work and we tell you how to do each one of them that you want, right? So, that’s the whole point. So, yeah, definitely take a look at this, guys. Um, also, I am going to uh shoot, I’m having a little bit of trouble here with the uh uh Okay, there we go. And I’m going to put this in the chat. So yeah, go ahead and click the uh link in the chat guys to book a call. But I am putting this in the chat. Also, I am going to be leaving here in the next 5 minutes or so, guys. I’m going to be leaving very very uh quickly. Um so uh yeah, I I put the thank uh the link for the thank you page in the chat. I’m also going to uh click this apply. Oops. Okay. I’m also going to click this and I’m going to put the link to apply to the coaching program. I’m putting that link in the chat as well. So, you can save those links, the uh the thank you page links, the the link to the coaching program. You can save all those links as well. Um I do have a flight here in about 3 hours or so. International flight as well. So, I uh should probably get going here pretty soon. Um but yeah, save those links in the chat. You can bookmark them, just copy paste them, like whatever. Make sure you save those links in the chat. You can also screenshot this screen right here. Uh let’s just say you’re doing dishes right now or something. You can’t sign up right now or you just don’t want to miss a thing. You don’t want to miss a moment of my presentation. Uh and you don’t want to click the link uh for that reason. Well, just go ahead and save that link and then uh you you you can uh click on it right after the presentation. Um

    okay.

    Okay. All right. I’m scrolling up here. Getting back to the questions. Greg says, “No guaranteed to make that money back.” Yeah, absolutely. Well, first of all, like guaranteeing that you would make money is impossible because I mean, hypothetically, you could pay for the program and then walk outside and get hit by a meteor, right? You know what I mean? No offense. I know that’s a bit morbid, but like that of course we can’t guarantee, right? like like that that’s that’s literally illegal to to guarantee that people make money as well. So you literally like if anyone does do that like that’s that’s a um you know that that’s a pretty big red flag anybody who’s serious about business, right? So uh we can’t guarantee that you make money. With that being said, we have a guarantee that uh you can get your money back if you if you don’t think the program is worth it, right? You can get your money back. Uh it’s a pretty straight it’s a very straightforward guarantee. Like I talked about it before. That’s a 90-day guarantee. And uh you know, if within the first 90 days, if you do the work, you you don’t get results, and you want your money back, we’ll just we just give it back to you, right? We don’t have that many people take us up on that because we do such an amazing job. But we do have people take us up on it. It’s about 1% per month or so, somewhere around there. Probably less less than 1% per month. Um we do have people take us up on it. And uh that’s that. So that is what we can do. Of course, nobody can guarantee success. like I can’t make you post I can’t make you record the videos and post the videos, right? So of course I can’t guarantee it. Um so hopefully that makes sense. Ka, it sounds wonderful as I need the support doing something new, but we’re moving soon so I can’t commit till we get resettled. All good, Ka, totally understand. Melissa, thanks. Uh that’s perfect. I’ll check it out after call. Awesome. Melissa, uh employment room. I’m excited but it’s out of reach financially. All good. Enjoy my uh free content. it can help you um get a good job and once you have a good job uh you can apply for the program. Uh Raul on the fence only because the results are a bit unbelievable. Totally worth it if it works. I believe my talents and solutions I’m offering. We have tons of people in the program that have you know made it to like a few thousand bucks a month or something like that. But I I don’t understand why that would be unbelievable. I mean there’s so many niches out there that are are it’s so easy to get to like a few thousand bucks a month. It’s a little harder to get to a h 100,000 a month or something like that. But there’s tons of people that have just gotten to like 100, you know, like a few thousand bucks a month or 5,000 or 10,000 bucks a month.

    Teddy says, “I’m a wedding photography.” It sounds like your mentor was too. A wedding photographer. Uh, sounds like your mentor was, too. Hopefully, you’ve got some great ideas for me. Of course I do. Yeah, lots of really good ones in wedding photography. Definitely. Yeah, book a call for sure. And uh yeah, he’s uh yeah, shout out to Sam. Yeah, he’s great. Um Annurro, I signed up for 7:30 a.m. on October 30. Awesome. Good stuff.

    Leanne says, “Thanks, Shane. Have safe travels.” Awesome. You got it, Leanne. Matt, thanks. You got it, Matt. Carrie, thank you. Raul, safe travels. Thank you. Thank you for your time. Sharice, have a a safe flight and thank you. Awesome. Appreciate you, Sharice. KitK was very informative. Thank you. Awesome. KitK, appreciate you. Samuel, thank you. Shane, you got it. Samuel Allen, where’s the skill doc on those pro link pages? Uh, yeah, admin just responded. Yeah, shout out to the admins as well, guys. Shout out to uh admin Aaron, admin Steven, admin Alexis, admin Kevin. Uh, really hard workers. uh you know making sure all of your comments get responded to. We got five people plus myself, so six people total doing these live trainings. We don’t have to do these, right? We have plenty of people that want to join the program. We don’t have to do these. We do these because first of all, we want to give value to you guys whether we end up working together or not. Um you know, maybe you’ll refer a friend to us or maybe you will uh join in the future even if we don’t work together right away. We want to give value to you guys. Plus, we want to kind of curate the types of people that uh we want to join the program. So if you maybe see like if you you know we’re kind of making it pretty clear types of people we want to join the program. So if you see somebody like that um maybe you would refer them to us and stuff like that, right? Uh but oh yeah and also admin Justine. I forgot about him. Yep. Just kidding. Uh admin Justine the intern. Um but uh yeah so uh yeah we we work very hard on these lot a lot of people on these things. We don’t have to do these. So shout out to the admins. Uh, what is the origin of your last name? Oh, you’re talking about Hummus. So, my last name is Hummus. H U M A S O N. But my nickname has always been Hummus uh since high school. Uh, like no one could pronounce my last name um correctly. So, people started calling me Hummus. I think it started in football practice and it just stuck. And so, I was just like, “All right, that’s better than people constantly mispronouncing my last name.” Yeah, my last name is Homson. I think the origin is like Scandinavian.

    Okay. Uh, Samuel, thanks for the info. Appreciate the time and hope you have safe travels. I look forward to the follow-up call and learn more. Awesome, Samuel. Love to hear it. Gary, next time use Nasa Court. Yeah, the the air is pretty bad here in Southeast Asia, unfortunately, right now.

    Yep. already answered the question very very thoroughly on what the price was. Um, so if you missed that part, watch the replay or just book a call and we can talk about it on the call. Katherine, what level of Chachi Peter Claude AI do you need to use to get the bonus the most basic level possible. If you can if you can text on your phone or talk on your phone with with somebody else, then you can use it. Uh, David, I’m coming to see you personally after I get my channel up and start generating income so I can afford to fly out and see you. And thank you personally, brother. I’m getting to work right now. Love it, David. Hell yeah. I love that. I love the spirit. Good stuff, Samuel. Again, I’m not that Sam. You are not that Sam. Yes, you are. That that is correct. You are not that Sam. Yep. I just booked a call. Awesome, David. Good stuff. Okay, guys. Uh I’m going to be jumping off now. Um again, I’m going to drop the thank you pages one more time. Uh so yeah, click that link in the chat, guys. Uh this this will be the last chance you get. I’m dropping the thank you pages one last time and uh I’m also dropping the link to apply for the call. You can again highly recommend you save those also if again if for whatever reason you’re doing dishes right now or whatever you can screenshot this page save that as well and then just uh use that to sign up later on. Uh you do want to save this. This is a special link. Um this you’ll have a much higher chance of actually getting a call if you use this link. Okay. Uh, and you do want to do it within the next 23 hours now. I think it’s like 22 and 1/2 hours. You want to do it within that or Yeah, 23 hoursish. Yeah, 20 22 hours and 45 minutes or so. Yep. Make sure you do it by then. And with that being said, guys, thank you so much. Shout out to the admins again. Admin Aaron, admin Steven, admin Alexis, admin Kevin, and also even the intern admin Justine. Shout out to all the admins. Um, and uh, thanks uh, Jocelyn, thank you Catherine. Uh, thank you uh, KitKa, Samuel, uh, Justine, Stephen, Aaron. Appreciate you guys. Cheers, Christina. Uh, intern admin. That’s right. Stephen, Christina, appreciate you guys. Have a good one. Take care and we’ll see a few of you guys inside of the program. Thank you so much, guys. Take care. Bye.

  • 10/27/2026 – Robinhood Markets, Inc. Q3 2026 Earnings Call

    one for joining Robin Hood’s Q3 2026 earnings call. Whether you’re tuning into the live stream or here with us in Menllo Park, with us today are chairman and CEO Vlad Tennvive, CFO Shiv Verma, and VP of corporate finance and investor relations Chris Kaggel. Vlad and Shiv will offer opening remarks and then open the call to Q&A. During the Q&A portion of the call, we’ll answer questions from the audience, which includes institutional research analysts, finance content creators who may hold an ownership position in Robin Hood, and both institutional and retail shareholders. As a reminder, today’s call will contain forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from our current expectations, and we may not provide updates unless legally required. Potential risk factors that could cause differences, including regulatory developments that we continue to monitor, are described in the press release we issued today, the earnings presentation, and our SEC filings, all of which can be found at investors.roinhood.com. Today’s discussion will also include non-GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations to the GAP measures we consider most directly comparable can be found in the earnings presentation. With that, please welcome Vlad.

    All right, thank you guys for coming. This is awesome and it’s great to see so many people in person. Uh we’re back at our headquarters in sunny Menllo Park. So, thank you again for being on this journey with us and and uh showing up in person and to everyone watching remotely. So uh as you probably know at Robin Hood we have a singular goal. We believe in ownership. We want to make everyone an owner and we think that broad ownership is actually essential to a free, stable and prosperous society. So in order to execute on this vision, we have our three-part strategy. So to recap that uh the first part we want to build the number one active trader platform. So we want to allow customers to own any tradable asset. Uh and really an active trader should feel like they’re at a disadvantage trading elsewhere. So we’ll have more about that later. Second, strategic arc number one in wallet share for the next generation. So we want to build our customers financial home and not just for them but for their families as well. Then the third number one global financial ecosystem. So take the ownership that we’ve been able to deliver and grow in the US and expand it everywhere around the world. Q3 we made a lot of progress. So our our product velocity continued across each of these three arcs and we saw strong business and financial results. So for for active traders again the idea is if you’re an active trader you’re at a disadvantage trading elsewhere. So uh what have we done for active traders? Last month we held our third annual Hood Summit event in Houston, Texas and we launched not one not two but 17 new products and new services to our customers. So I’ll hit a couple of highlights. uh Agentic trading which is near and dear to my heart literally I’m wearing the vest right now. So uh our Agentic offerings have really increased in scope uh over the the course of the year. If you remember we started with our MCP um which has grown quite well and now we’ve got aic trading directly in the app. So you no longer need to use your external tool like your cloud code or codeex. Um you can do it within the app. And we’ve also allowed customers to uh extend their MCP connectivity to Robin Hood Legend. So Robin Hood Legend is now in scope for our MCP connectors as well. So, we’re just continuing to make it easier for anyone to trade on our platform, whether it’s you directly or your agent. And while we’re still very early in the inapp capabilities and the harness tooling, we’ve been seeing really strong early adoption across the entire suite of Agentic products. So, customers have over 250 million in Agentic accounts. Remember, this is the accounts start at zero. So you have to make a choice to move money into them. And we look at the adoption curves both across usage and trading. And they’re sort of uh following an an accelerating curve which um gets us very excited about the future of these products. And as we continue to add more asset classes, more features, those curves appear to be steepening. Next, perpetual futures. So we became the first US broker to offer what we call true perpetual futures. So these are perpetuals powered by our global derivatives exchange Bitstamp and uh they settle continuously around the day. So 15minute settlement. Um we’re also working on adding earnings contracts to our prediction markets hub. I think this this will be particularly relevant for this audience because they’ll allow you to trade EPS and revenue on individual companies as well as you know KPIs that are company specific. And of course uh something I’ve been very excited about for quite some time. We announced 24/7 equity trading that’ll be coming to Robin Hood uh later this year. And again, this is something I I think we’ll be the first to offer this as well. And these are just a few of the many items we’ve shipped. So, um, there’s there’s a lot more and I encourage you all to check out the full keynote on YouTube or X if you haven’t already. So, let’s let’s move to wallet share. Uh, a couple of things that I’d like to highlight here. Trump accounts achieved a really important milestone in Q3 autoenrollment. So, um, as we’ve said before, we’ve got nearly 70 million children in the US under the age of 18 that are eligible for the Trump account. And now the US Treasury has opened accounts for all of them, for all these children. And because of the generous gift from uh Michael and Susan Dell through their foundation, 25 million of those children already had $250 invested for them uh by by the Dell Foundation. So we’re excited about this initiative. Um it’s one of those things where, you know, it’s it’s just been snowballing and we’re we’re doing more. So there’s just uh a ton of roadmap ahead. One of the things I’m particularly excited about is um I think it can become the default vehicle for philanthropic giving in this country, right? And and we’re already seeing the beginnings of that with with uh with the Dells, but also the other donors and uh we don’t really have a great default option. I think Trump accounts can become that. So, we’re going to be doing more there in partnership with BNY and uh and the US government. We’re also continuing to make progress with Robin Hood Gold, which today is one of the largest paid membership programs in uh consumer finance in the US. So, a couple of years ago, we set out to actually completely revamp our gold product. And what we wanted to do is put something in gold for our mass market customer. So, so that you didn’t have to be an active trader to benefit from gold. And I think we’ve we’ve been able to achieve that. Um, so in this quarter, uh, Robin Hood Gold reached 5 million subscribers. Okay, we see it really paying off. We see it paying off. We’ve got 5 million gold subscribers, and that’s up over 30% year-over-year. And it’s a 4x increase from when we began the journey to revamp the gold program uh just about 4 years ago. So that gets us to uh about an 18% overall gold adoption rate when you look at our customer base. uh but 40% if you look at in quarter so of the customers that joined Robin Hood in quarter uh much higher adoption and and that’s really great to see because then we see a path as we continue to grow gold will just uh continue to increase and I think there’s actually much more room to grow. our big bets for for growing the gold value proposition are banking and credit. Um and and those are still despite getting to large scale not generally available yet. So there’s still limited release. Um and and we’ve been really investing in more integration points. So things like easy sign up for banking and gold card if you’re signing up for Robin Hood. um contextual upsells so that we, you know, detect when banking and credit is going to be appropriate for you uh when you’re using the Robin Hood app and kind of putting it there. Um so we we think we’ve got plenty of room to run. These can become even more meaningful drivers of of higher gold adoption. Finally, let me get to global financial ecosystem. So uh on July 1st, just a few months ago, we launched the Robin Hood chain mainet. And in its first quarter, it’s already a top five chain by volume and revenue. So far, we’ve seen over a 100red billion in DEX volume. So it’s 100 billion in decentralized exchange trading volume and over 50 million in chain fees. Defi perpetuals, it’s a interesting innovative product have seen uh solid growth on the chain as well. So in recent weeks we’ve been seeing DeFi perpetuals volume of over a billion dollars per day uh on the chain. So it’s clear customers have demand for these tokenized assets on chain and you know we we think we not only believe we we’re building Robin Hood chain to be the best place to own and trade uh all of these tokenized assets of course starting with uh stock tokens and and perpetuals but expanding much much broader from that. We’re also expanding our brokerage infrastructure globally and we’re excited with that to announce that we received authorization from the Dubai Financial Services Authority to launch Robin Hood in the region. This will broaden our international footprint even further. The product velocity that you’ve been seeing uh and the focus on the customer experience have led to really strong business results. Market share continues to grow up double digits year-over-year for each of the main assets, equities, options, crypto, and margin as well. Revenues grew 12% year-over-year to a record 1.4 billion. Adjusted Ebida, that’s up 9% record of over 800 million. And then net deposits 16 billion in quarter and uh with a strong start to Q4 which sh will talk more about we have already exceeded our annual goal of 20% net deposit growth and that’s with 2 months left to go. So we’re pleased with the strong results for our customers and for our business. We’re pushing hard to make Robin Hood your financial super app. So with that I’ll ask Shiv to come up. How are you doing sir? doing all right. All right.

    So, thank you Vlad. Uh before we get into the results, I just wanted to share three big takeaways from Q3. Uh first, as Vlad said, the core business is firing on all cylinders. This led to our highest quarter ever for both revenue and adjusted IBIDA. And really great to see platform assets were nearly 400 billion. And on top of that, we set new records for equities, options, event contracts, and margin. So going well all around. Uh second, our product is driving a more diversified business. We’re now up to 14 cylinders that have reached 100 million or more of annualized revenue as Rthera, our prediction markets exchange, hit this number in just its full four full first full quarter of operations. So really nice to see Rthera scaring well. And then finally uh we drove another quarter of strong growth, profitability and scale. So we’re a rule of 80 company but at our scale of over five and a half billion of annualized revenue. So we remain disciplined on expenses even while investing for growth which is which is fantastic to see. So let’s get to our Q3 results and uh all of these will be compared to a year ago. So revenues were up 12% to a record 1.4 billion and this was driven by strong growth in both new products and existing products as well. uh transaction revenues were a record as trading volumes were new highs across equities, options, and margin. Each of these was up around 50% year-over-year, and this was on market share gains. And the event contracts continued to scale really nicely. This was up 7x year-over-year. Additionally, the Robin Hood chain in its first quarter of adoption saw really strong uh usage as Vlad mentioned before. So that was another driver of transaction revenue in the quarter. And then on NIM or net interest revenues, really strong growth in margin, credit card book and Robin Hood banking and these grew to new record balances and our total interest earning assets on the platform also hit new highs. So really nice to see both transaction revenue and the interest earning assets do well. And then finally in other revenues as Vlad shared before, gold subscribers reached a new all-time high of over 4 million subs, which is which is great to see. And then additionally as we continue to build and expand the Trump accounts uh for customers uh that generated some additional revenue as well. And so while revenues grew to a quarterly record uh we also see discipline on cost. And so adjusted OPEX and SBC was managed to 664 million. Uh this was managed within our our prior outlook range. And again, as we’re investing for growth, we’re still being being really really disciplined on our uh on our expenses and our productivity also continues to do really well. So in this quarter, we hit revenue per employee of nearly 2 million, which would be a new record. So we’re shipping for customers, but we’re also doing it in our lean and discipline way. And then finally, as we look ahead to Q4, while we plan to continue making growth investments, in particular on the Trump accounts, we’re also controlling our expenses and have driven more efficiencies across our business. So, as we do that, uh, we’re going to lower the top end of our prior outlook range by 25 million. And we now expect fullear adjusted OPEX and SPC to be between 2.675 and 2.75 billion. And this is 13 million lower at the midpoint versus our prior outlook. So you put them together, really strong topline growth, expense discipline, and this led to a strong quarter of of profitability. So adjusted Ebida up a was a record 88 million. This is up 9% year-over-year, and adjusted EBA margin continues to be strong uh at 57% in Q3. EPS for the quarter was 51 cents. Now, this includes a minus 7 cents of marktomarket impact on investments that we hold. And so as we talk about EPS, we’re continuing to expand our business into investments. One of them is is such as Robin Hood Ventures. And as we launch more and more of these products, we’re now seeing some non-operating movements on on these investments. So we’re introducing adjusted EPS. And this is to just better reflect our core operating profitability before any gains or losses on investments or some of these other nonoperating items. But at the same time, we’re going to remain accountable for all of our regular ongoing costs. So, we’re still including normal course SPC uh in our adjusted EPS. As I’ve said before many times, uh share count and the denominator matters. And so, you put it all together in Q3 adjusted EPS was 60 cents. And so, moving forward, we hope that investors find this a useful measure of our core profitability in the business. Another area I wanted to touch upon is prediction markets. Uh we believe it’s really early innings for the asset class and we’re investing to be a leader in the space. We’re constantly improving the inapp experience. We now have a vertically integrated exchange or thera and as I mentioned before it’s off to a great start. Additionally, we also announced a recent partnership with Crypto.com and OG.com. Now, this is really exciting for both our customers, but also for our business and shareholders. It’s really important for us that customers have a best-in-class selection with consistent pricing across exchanges and with these partnerships that announce allows us to do that. But additionally, with no cash outlay, we received an initial 1% equity ownership stake in Crypto.com and OG.com. And we have the ability to earn up to 10% ownership depending on how much we partner together in the years to come. So before we move to Q&A, I just wanted to give a little bit about how Q4 looks to start following a record Q3. October net deposits are over 13 billion the month. Great to see. And that includes six billion of the Dell family gift to Trump accounts as Vlad mentioned earlier. And this brings our total year-to- date net deposits to over 68 billion. This is already a new annual record and north of our 20% growth target with just a few months with still a few months to go left in the year. And then compared to Q3, average daily volumes for equities, options, and cryptos are off to a good start and are about 5% lighter relative to the really strong Q3. And then event contract ADVs are already up about 10% to start the quarter. So stepping back, it was great to see another strong quarter in Q3 and we’re really excited about a momentum entry in Q4. And as we’ve shared before, our financial northstar remains the same. Maximize earnings per share and free cash flow per share for shareholders over time. All right, Chris Vlad, should we take some questions? All right, thank you, Chef. Let’s do it. For the Q&A session, we’ll start by answering shareholder questions from SE technologies and after the say questions, we’ll turn to live questions from our audience and then go to the uh dial in Q. So, I’ll kick it off with our first question from from say which comes from Bo Shen.

    Bo Shen, how you doing?

    Okay, I think we’ve lost Bo. Um, so, uh, Bo asked, “How is the expansion into banking going and when will features such as the zel replacement arrive?” It’s a great question. So, I thought, uh, rather than talking about it, I’ll actually just show you. Um, I try not to launch new products during earnings, but I thought since we have a crowd here, I might as well give you give you a little bit more. Um, by the way, before I get into it, uh, I do want to say one thing about banking as it pertains to our super app vision. So, one of the things we’ve been tracking for a really long time is what the top bank withdrawal destinations for our brokerage business have been. So, this is, you know, the top institutions that people actually move money from brokerage into banking. And uh for the longest time it’s been kind of the expected big banks. Not not a huge surprise there. But as we’ve started to roll out Robin Hood banking, we’ve actually seen Robin Hood banking uh climbing up the list. And this quarter for the first time uh uh Robin Hood banking became the number one withdrawal destination for Robin Hood brokerage customers. This is actually even before it’s generally available. So it is the number one bank that uh that customers withdraw money to by dollars. Um which I think is quite amazing and obviously uh we love this because that money is not leaving the Robin Hood ecosystem. It just stays stays uh in people’s accounts. And I think it’s it’s one major proof point that customers are choosing Robin Hood for their totality of their financial needs. They’re coming in, they’re direct depositing, their paycheck. Um, you know, they they have their checking and savings account. Of course, they move money to invest and trade. They do their spending with gold and and now platinum. So, in increasingly, you don’t really have to leave Robin Hood because we offer best-in-class services kind of across the board. Now, one thing that people have been asking about is peer-to-peer payments. Um, and of course, we we didn’t want to just uh do like a regular add-on bolt-on peer-to-peer payments feature. We wanted to make it really really nice. So, if if you guys are ready, I can share my screen. Um, so this is Robin Hood Banking. So, I’ve blurted out my my balances. Um, this is the new design, by the way. We’ve we’ve updated it to have the liquid glass UI. So, there’s this button on the bottom right, which is kind of your overall transaction action button. And if you if you open that, you see there’s this new uh send money feature. So, uh Matt, can I send you would you accept a few dollars from me? Sure. Yeah. And I’ll know how much you uh you like me based on how much you send. Okay, good. You’ll know. Uh I like you a moderate amount. Um awesome. So, it’s it’s just as simple as that. I’ll send Matt uh who’s been doing a great job from our investor relations team, $5 from my joint checking account. Okay? And you can put a little message here. Of course, this is my favorite one. And um so, check this out. So, I’m going to send it via text. One of the really annoying things about peer-to-peer payments, I don’t know if you guys have experienced this, but you know, you want to use an app and the person you send money to doesn’t have it, which creates this like moment of friction. I don’t want them to have to install anything. Um, and uh, you know, then they’ll ask you, can you send it this way? Can you do it with with one of one of the competitors? And then you have to install it. Anyway, we’ve gotten rid of all of that. Matt, if you uh did you get it? I got the text. Okay, if you want to show. Um, so there it is. He just taps on it and you can accept money with Apple Pay or Google Pay without even having a Robin Hood banking account, which is pretty awesome if you think about it. Of course, it gives us an opportunity to upsell Robin Hood banking, which is just a really clean experience for those of you that have tried it. But you don’t have to have it. You can just get it right into your Apple Pay. So you don’t have to worry about that friction of the recipient of the funds. Um so right now still in limited release, you know, if if Matt sends money to someone, they’ll get it. But um yeah, you should you should expect to see us rolling this out much more broadly in the coming weeks. And just another reason why, you know, everything we think can be better uh on Robin Hood if you do more and more of your if you run more of your financial life through us. Who needs cell, right? Yeah. I mean, uh, legacy technology. I think we can do better if we build everything in an integrated fashion. All right. Great demo. Um, all right. So, the next question is from Mark and Marcus M, who asks, “How is global expansion going and what countries are next?” Yeah. So, I’ll I’ll uh field that one. So um you know when when Shib and I were kind of coming up with uh our plan and and we thought what can Robin Hood be uh in 10 years um we we called our third arc global financial ecosystem and you know we our vision and I think this is backed up by how big these markets are and also sort of like wealth accumulation people outside the US keep getting wealthier. Our vision is that you know over the long run more than half of our business should be outside the US and cut another way more than half um should be institutional and um what we didn’t anticipate is products like Robin Hood chain right and we we said Robin Hood chain already in quarter got out of the gate really quick with 100 billion in DEX volume and 50 million u of chain fees right and you you you think about how much and and we’re we’re actually continuing to invest. Frankly, the the growth of of the chain and associated ecosystem and the wallet surprised uh and and sort of like uh uh was higher than our expectations. And so now we’re spending a lot of time, you know, investing in how to make that even bigger, how to support the community. We know we’ve been hearing from a lot of builders that, you know, we could be doing more to support the community. And I think you should expect to see us really ramp that up because you know we want to make it the best developer ecosystem as well as the best sort of global uh onchain community. So um yeah, you should expect to see us ramping the investment because you just don’t see growth of a new ecosystem like this. It’s it’s an uncommon thing. I mean a lot of chains have launched uh over the past few months that have just had not nearly like a incomparably small uh level of traction compared to this. So, so we’re doubling down on that. And of course, as I mentioned earlier, uh we’re expanding into uh uh into MENA with uh our Dubai license. And we did get in principal approval from MAS to expand into Singapore. And that’ll be our um our our Southeast Asia um APAC hub, which which we’re very excited about. And and by the way, we’re we’re continuing to get deeper in our more established markets of EU and UK. UK now has um uh crypto and brokerage in the same offering. So, it’s getting to to parody and you’ve seen us actually increasing our download share and and getting more traction there. So, so it’s um I would say shiv, I don’t know if you would disagree. Um, I think like for a while our international business was sort of like a future uh ve very like far off into the future when we expected to see meaningful contributions, but we’re starting to see that accelerate and you know, I’m seeing uh the most traction I have. So, I feel probably the best that I’ve ever felt and we’re kind of accelerating so much in in momentum there. No, I agree. We built a 10-year plan. It’s nice to see the seeds coming. Um, and also Canada. You forgot to mention that as well. We’re now we’re now Canada crypto business through the Wonderfy acquisition there for sure. So, pretty soon we’ll have Robin Hood all over the world. All right. Um, our next question comes from a special guest. You may have seen him driving the Robin Hood neon car during the last two NASCAR semeies

    race winner and driver of the number 23 Toyota for 2311 racing. Bubba Wallace. Are there any new major product plans for 2027 that could increase Robin Hood’s uh revenue? No easy questions. Bubba, you know, he’s just getting right into it. Um yeah, and by the way, it was fun uh fun watching Bubba compete at the Las Vegas Motor Speedway a couple weeks ago. Um hot, but I don’t know how he does that for so long. Um so I I would say one of the things that I think people find uh attractive about Robin Hood as a business is that it’s a financial compounder right even if you look at the core business of equities options crypto uh margin you know we’re continuing to to gain in market share uh we get more customers those customers get wealthier as they get older the market appreciation adds to that so you know all of this is leading to total platform assets this quarter of about 400 billion and I I don’t think it’ll be long before we’re talking you know over half a trillion and and you know knock on wood into the trillions right um so that just the core brokerage business and the crypto business has been remarkably strong um but we’re not just uh we’re not just like being complacent and seeing we have a a strong core business um we’re moving at incredible pace, not just adding all the products and features that our competitors have, but also um I think just leading the industry across a couple of major domains. You know, uh I mentioned agentic trading uh earlier. I think agentic trading um I don’t think there’s really another game in town in terms of financial companies that are really investing in in Agentic Trading and making that a first class experience. So I think uh we’re at the very beginning there and we’re just continuing to invest in in making the product experience really really good. We’ve talked a lot about prediction markets. I’ll also throw in perpetual futures. I mean we’re super early to that, right? A lot of a lot of a lot of companies announce plans to offer these new assets, but we we announce and then we ship and we roll out. We’re seeing we’re seeing strong traction. That’s another asset class where we expect to to be to be the leader and gain market share. Um on the wallet share front, you’ve heard me talk about Trump accounts. Uh Robin Hood Ventures is is another one where it’s just um other companies aren’t really doing doing this where they’re trying to uh we’re going they’re going after the vision of democratizing private markets for for retail investors. So we have RVI uh RV2 shipped and you should expect uh e even more. I mean we are just uh we’re really investing because we think it’s important and it’s a a big business opportunity a new category that that I think we can own and then of course uh long-term in in the global financial ecosystem tokenization and Robin Hood chain and Robin Hood wallet or unique products where it just really feels like we’ve got the tiger by the tail. So those are kind of several areas, not just one, where um we think we can surprise to the to the upside with uh with the product bets that we’re making. All right. Thank you, Vlad. That concludes our say technology questions. Now I’d like to go to questions from our live audience. So if you’d like to ask a question, please raise your hand to later stages of the pipeline and then answer reflected the mic over to Hayden. looks like um over here. Uh hi. Hey there. Um I know you’ve got active trading and you’ve got the strategy side of things. What are you doing to focus on the middle ground of customers who just kind of want to deposit and forget about it? Yeah, that’s a great question. Actually, that’s one thing I forgot to mention. Um I think Robin Hood uh strategies which is our uh passive digital advice product. Um so over two billion in assets it it’s been growing really quickly year-over-year. I think it’s a bit of a dark horse um just because you know we launch so many things and I think the uh active trading products tend to get a lot more attention and mind share but we have all these amazing passive products you know uh strategies being one of them that provides a best-in-class experience. So we we’ve been continuing to uh add things to the product suite. We have a uh we have this this tool smart income which is part of Robin Hood strategies where you basically just like can just really easily with a slider just slide your your time horizon and risk tolerance and it’ll tell you what uh what the sort of like uh expected return for for your for your investments would be. And then the idea is you just put money into there. You drop money into that account and it’s a complete set it and forget it product. Um, and then I I think we’ve got some things like like that team has ambitious plans. Uh, there’s a bunch of things that we’re working on to make that even better. So, uh, suffice it to say, strategies isn’t staying still. I think that’s it’s it’s a darkhorse product. I think it’s one that could surprise people in the coming year. All right. Thank you, Vlad. Uh, next I think Hayden, did you have your hand up? Yeah. Can we get a mic to Hayden? Great.

    Hey guys, thanks for doing this. We’ve been really impressed by the product velocity and traction at Robin Hood, the 14 cylinders over 100 million. Can you speak to how many products your power users engage with versus your average user? and what would it mean for your business if you were able to convert the majority of your customers into power users? Yeah, I mean that’s that’s a great question. We look at this internally um quite a bit and uh we sort of see that basically the more products that someone uses and once you get up to three or four products in the Robin Hood ecosystem, the uh the average revenue per user and the engagement uh just continues to increase with three or four products being really kind of the sweet spot. It also we can cut it by asset classes. You know, a lot of people come to us to trade equities or crypto first. But then if you look at the customers that trade equities, crypto, options, futures, and prediction markets, uh the the revenue and the engagement with the platform really increases. Um and uh we’ve been making a lot of investments. Maybe those of you that use Robin Hood have been seeing our our work there and just making the app more coherent and more discoverable. This was something I mentioned in the last earnings call. You know, we we have more work to do because, you know, we have all these products. How can we make sure that the app is coherent and that you kind of understand what we’re about? Well, I I think you’re starting to see some of that progress because our shared surfaces, including social, search, home. Um, I think we’re doing a a much better job in kind of surfacing relevant content uh to you. I think the focus has been on making sure prediction markets works really well because we’re kind of doing a unique thing like combining this new uh asset class with you know other tools that are that are sort of like personal finance centered. Um, but I think you’ll see us continue to invest in in personalization, in making it easy to discover things, in, you know, subject to, um, all the rules and regulations, being able to surface relevant content to to customers. And I think that’s another area where, you know, we’re we’re bestin-class and continuing to get better. If if you want to look in terms of how big it could be, I think gold is the best way to see it. So gold, we don’t view it as a subscription product. We view it as a loyalty product. And what you see is a customer comes for something. It doesn’t matter whether it’s an equity, an option, a crypto, an event contract. They discover gold. They then use more products. They then deposit more. They engage more. They trade more. And so for how big it could be, we’re it’s great. We have 5 million customers. It’s only an 18% attach rate. And you know about 40% plus adopt it when they first come in, but there’s still a large runway ahead of that.

    All right. Thank you. Next question. What is what is Robin Hood’s strategy for educating customers about active active trading products like perpetual futures or agendic trading? Yeah, I think that um uh what we really try to do is make the products themselves understandable and clear um within the app. you know the and I think you know with with our various learning modules and tools we’ve done a really good job at taking advantage of the limited real estate uh of the app and giving people the information they need at the time that they onboard without just like the too much of the fluff and filler. Now, as we expand into the Agentic products and actually one of the one of the reasons I’m excited about Agentic Trading and and our investments there is that um a lot of our customers are using that as uh an education tool because these AI agents are really good. If you just ask them, hey, explain this to me. You know, what is a wheel strategy? What is a you know, uh what is an options? Like what are the typical options trades? you can say, “Hey, I have this like plan, this point of view. Can you break down, give me like the top three ways to capitalize on that?” So, I I think there’s strong potential. We’re actually seeing a lot of customers doing this of just explaining things and not even just placing the trade uh fully trading autonomously, although we’re we’re pushing ahead in that direction, too, but just taking some of this complexity and kind of breaking it down for the customer. So yeah, the the plan is is really each interface has somewhat different affordances. On mobile, it’s really about how do you like clearly articulate um what what the what the functionality is, what it’s for. How do you make it so that you know with as few taps as possible, you can actually do what you want to do as a customer. Web, I think you have a little bit more of like real estate to to browse. And I think a Gentic, you know, lends itself to like a back and forth um which is difficult with with all of the interfaces. But yeah, I mean we’re we’re making a ton of progress on on all of these simultaneously. And I think the other thing we recognize is um we do uh I mean we do produce some firstparty educational content, video and so forth, but um we also want to make it easier, you know, for you to discover all the great content that’s out there. So I mean there’s just so many uh content creators and influencers that are making YouTube videos and they’re they’re quite entertaining. So one one of the things we’ve been trying to do is can we make it easier for you to get some of those things you know in the right way through the experience too. You also have Robin Hood social as well where you can learn from the community each other. So just another surface for uh for customers to talk to each other. Yeah and that’s that’s a great point. I think I’m much more bullish on our ability to surface thirdparty user generated content to you because we just have many more passionate people that can make it. Um, so some of the content on Robin Hood social that we’re seeing is actually like, you know, very deep investment analysis and we’ve been working hard giving people more tools to like share charts, share, you know, different uh different data sources and uh and and yeah, I think we like what we’re seeing there. So, we’re going to we’re going to do even more. All right. Any other questions from the audience? Sure. Right. Uh does Robin plan to get into like exchange funds like cash and Titan? There’s a lot of money that’s locked in into other brokerages which you don’t want to sell. So having the ability to trade without selling can be a very big upside for Robin Hood. Yeah. And you know, I I talked a little bit about um uh Robin Hood strategies and I I think certainly um helping customers with concentrated positions to diversify and you know, handle that in a taxefficient way is something that we’ve been we’ve been looking very carefully into. You know the other thing is a lot of these products that are offered by the incumbents have um really high minimum requirements. So um of course whenever we see that we we ask ourselves is there an opportunity to create a really really nice product and uh make it available to lots of people.

    All right. Any other questions from the audience? Okay. Uh with that, let’s let’s move to the uh the Zoom Q&A. Um so I think the first question we have today is from Devin Ryan from Citizens.

    Hey Vlad. Hey Shiff. How are you? Good to see you guys. Doing well. Good to see you Devin. Um question on Robin Hood chain. Obviously great to see uh early traction there. uh also appreciate uh it benefited um from some congestion uh in late August and September which helped uh gas fees. So so maybe seeing some normalization in fees there but volumes have been still pretty resilient. So my question is really just how should we be thinking about the financial opportunity over time and really you know what we should be looking for to drive maybe that next real inflection in activity. I know uh you mentioned perpetuals gaining traction so maybe that’s one example but um you know is it just more products being developed you mentioned Robin Hood can do things to support the chain so love to hear about that and then just bigger picture too can monetization um improve um over time without making the chain less competitive thanks yeah I mean I’ll I’ll start maybe maybe you can hit uh your thoughts on monetization so uh another thing we look at for the chain that gets us so excited is um developer activity. So uh I think last time I checked we were number one in onchain developer activity. Um and so developers are actually coming to Robin Hood chain because they see the traction that we’ve had and they’re making a bet that this is kind of the the ecosystem that they want to invest in for for their activities. Um and and I think at the end of the day uh the ecosystem is actually going to be driven by the developer activity. people haven’t had very much time to build sophisticated you know onchain applications yet. So that’s why I think in the first instance the applications that you’ve seen are you know relatively simple you know launchpads and um you know linked pools and things of that nature and you know people are working on um really interesting things now that are more complex that connect stock tokens with with crypto assets and and technology. And just sort of imagine, you know, if you take a stock token and make it fully programmable just like software, um what can you do? Uh I mean, can you have tokenized options contracts for example? Can you have you know um uh products that we haven’t seen before? So that’s why we want to invest in the developer ecosystem. Um when you know uh I think it’s interesting the whole fees and and congestion and revenue um when when Johan who’s our crypto GM and I talk about this um basically we we both agree that the most important thing to prioritize is uh a great experience for our users. So so I don’t really want to be in the business of like uh charging high fees for onchain usage. What I’d rather do is um gain the market share, make the developers choose us as the best chain, uh give them more products, and I think we have a pretty clear roadmap for what first party products we need. Um yeah, the the idea is anything that you can trade on Robin Hood in the US uh wherever possible should be made available in onchain versions for our international customers. So it’s more stock tokens but then expanding to other asset classes and and making sure that um you know these things become like Lego building blocks that developers can incorporate into their onchain applications and since we offer the primitives uh you know one of the reasons stock tokens have been have been so successful is people know that you know Robin Hood stands behind them and that you know makes it much more likely that they trust them in their applications than uh just some some third party. So, we’re going to we’re going to continue to uh execute on that. And I think the the way we’re tracking long-term sustainability is we obviously like to see DeFi TVL go up, but we’re specifically looking at um we’re we’re specifically looking at stock token TVL, making sure that’s on a healthy trajectory and we have a path there because I think our differentiator with with the chain and what’s been working well for us is real world assets. So we should expect to see real world assets adoption just continue to increase. Yeah. On on monetization only piece I’ll add is it was about 50 million gross revenue the quarter. You know we shared the schedule before we share some with arbitrum was about 50%. So even on a net basis about 25 million or 100 million annualized. We didn’t call it a cylinder just yet. We want to give it more time to bake. Um you should expect in a normalized environment it’s probably a couple basis points on notional value is what we monetize. But as Vlad said the team is not gold on revenue at this point. It’s growing TVL, making developers happy, growing stock tokens. If we do that, a couple basis points can add up to a really large number over time. Yeah. And I know for the developers out there, they they uh we have a lot of passionate Robin Hood chain developers that are working on projects. Just uh be confident that, you know, we’re talking about what we can do for the community. And uh I think I think you’ll see since it caught us by surprise, we’ve had to like staff up a team here. Um, I think you’ll see a lot more uh for us supporting builders in the in the near future. Great. Thank you, Vlad and Shiv. Um, our next question is from Steven Chewacc at Wolf and Le. Hi, good afternoon. Thanks for taking my question. Once again, Stephen, so wanted to just ask on the um the net deposit growth, which I know seasonally 3Q tends to be a touch lighter. Now I’m really evaluating this KPI on a core basis. Um but as the denominator has grown larger um you’ve been getting running a little bit below that 20% target and just wanted to get a better sense as to as we unpack some of the building blocks. How much of that 20% um is expected to come from you know new account growth um or new store growth versus same store growth? and specifically wanted to get a better sense as you continue to expand internationally how those efforts could potentially help close the gap. Yeah, I’m I’m happy to start on on this. Yeah. Yeah, go for it. Um, so as we said before, we target 20% annualized and I we gave some October color on the call. We have already surpassed that. So we’re just through October. We’ve already done over the 68 billion last year and uh and surpassed our our growth target. Now uh as you mentioned, it will not be linear. There was some higher growth in Q2 and then it came down a little bit in Q3. But we’ve said over and over again um I don’t overindex in any one month, any one week, any one quarter, but on an annualized basis, we are still seeing the business compound. The best driver of net deposits is just new products. And so as we keep shipping new product velocity, customers come, they adopt us more and they uh they continue to deposit more. Uh in terms of new store sales versus existing customers, uh it is both. Uh more recently it’s been a little bit more of the existing customers. We got a lot of customers very very fast in the prior years and now as we ship new products we’re gaining sheriff of wallet and they’re starting to trust us more. As we’ve said before though we are starting to to turn the dial to try to accelerate net funded accounts again. Um and so Q3 was similar to Q1. Uh Q2 we saw a nice bump up because of some market backdrop and there was a couple IPOs in there as well. Uh but big picture, our existing customers are still using us for more and we think we have some great products next year that should also drive the top of funnel. Yeah, and I I’d also add to that, you know, we’ve been pushing pretty hard on Trump accounts, making that a great product. You know, you’ll see this this isn’t just an app. You know, it’s uh it’s going to be increasingly an ecosystem. So, we’re plugging in employers. And now, you know, employers will be able to fund Trump accounts uh on behalf of their employees. And then we’re going to be plugging in donors. You know, donors are kind of done on a one-off basis now, but you can imagine, you know, if you’re a corporate donor or a wealthy philanthropic individual will make it really easy and delightful to go into the Trump accounts. Um, we’re already seeing seeing meaningful uh net deposit impact on that. And, you know, I think that it can be much much bigger. everyone. A lot of people are aligned in in uh having that be uh a bigger number. And you know, we think that we have an opportunity of course if we continue to serve these customers very well as we expect to for those to be compounding assets. Uh uh what was the number? SE 70 million 25 million funded uh by by uh Michael and Susan Dell uh alone. I mean if we serve these customers well over time I think uh you know a large portion should be Robin Hood customers. All right thank you for the for that uh Vlad and Shiv. Um so the next question is from Michael Cypress at Morgan Stanley. Great. Thanks for taking the question. I I just wanted to ask about peer-to-peer payments um that you just um just launched here um on the call here. I was hoping you could expand on your vision for this new offering. how you see this contributing in the coming years including uh perhaps a funnel for new client acquisition maybe even revenue monetization. So if you could talk about your expectations there and how you see this ramping. Thank you. Yeah, I mean where um where we started was really just um you know we had a lot of customers saying that they want to send money to their friends uh via you know the question asker asked about zel but zel or or other things. Can we make that a little bit easier? And then we thought, well, um, what’s the most simple, seamless thing we could do where you don’t even have to enter anything? You could just send money via via text. I think, um, and and I think we’ve delivered that experience. It’s just if you want to just tech, literally sending money from Robin Hood is as easy as texting someone. So, the first thing we’re looking for as we roll this out is are our existing customers using it? Is it solving their problem? And uh I think I think once we’ve got that by its very nature um the product should be viral right as they continue to send money to their friends if they use it then you know we have to make a compelling case for that recipient if they don’t already have Robin Hood to to enter that ecosystem. But that gives us another opportunity another potential touch point to to get them as customers. All right, thank you Vlad. Uh, the next question is from Alex Margraph at Keybank.

    No, Alex. All right, we may have lost Alex.

    Uh the next question is from Ben Buddhes at Barclays.

    Hey uh good evening and uh thank you for taking my question. Um hey Ben one for Hey, um one for Shiv on on the expenses. So the number for the quarter came in I think a bit lower than a lot were expecting. Your fullear guide was lower just a little bit. Curious if you could talk about the moving parts. I know there’s some timing of Trump expenses that are expected to come in in the back half. Um and and curious what you can share on the run rate into 27. Um I know you’re not giving guidance there yet. Obviously the Trump expenses may be non-recurring. Um and you’ve kind of talked before about sort of like a lower singledigit growth rate for existing businesses, but on top of that there are new initiatives. So uh curious if you could talk a bit about the near-term moving pieces and how we should think about the run rate uh going into next year. Thank you. Yeah, great question. So uh what I’m really excited about is even with all the new products we’re shipping, we’re still staying lean and disciplined. As you mentioned, we lowered our outlook by by 25 million at the top end. Um, in Q4 specifically, uh, there’s a couple things that we’re rolling out that uh, we’re investing in. Uh, first, we’re doing even more for the Trump account, so you should expect some some more expenses there. Uh, second is the credit card. We’re continuing to scale the credit card, both gold and platinum, so there’ll be some uh, investments there. And then lastly, we’re in the middle of annual planning right now, but there’s a couple items we got really excited for, and so we pulled those four and we started to make a couple investments there. uh for Trump account specifically that you asked about uh for the full year. I shared earlier that we expect it to be about a $und00 million investment. It’s still roughly going to be in that range for the full year. And so there was some timing things throughout the quarter, but but that’s what I would expect. Uh for next year, it is early and we’re going to finish our planning process and we’ll come back in January and February and share the full plan. Um so nothing to share on that yet, but as Vlad said, um it is going really well. They’re asking us to do more and so I would expect that we’ll be continuing to invest there. And then in terms of our overall philosophy, very similar to prior years. Uh as we go through planning, we’re asking each of the teams to be more efficient in those core business. We take those efficiencies and then we reinvest it. Uh we have so much more to do as you’ve seen and so it’ll be very very similar to uh to prior years. All right. Thank you, Shiv. Uh the next question is from Patrick Moly at Piper Sandler. Yeah, thanks guys. Thanks for taking the question. I have one on crypto.com and og.com. You now own equity in two uh prediction market venues while running your own exchange with Suscoana. How do you reconcile the routing decisions between the different venues and what is the strategic logic of holding stakes and competitors to Rothera? Thanks. Yeah, maybe maybe I can uh um start. Um we want to give our customers the best uh prediction markets experience and um we want we want them to have choices too. I don’t think we can send all of our flow to one venue. Uh so we think that you know the combination of Rothera and uh Crypto.com is just uh positions us well to actually serve our customers well, have great execution quality and have um broad coverage of all of the assets that our customers want to trade. Um uh maybe you can take the financials. Yeah. Um you know on as Vlad mentioned it is good to have a resilient and a second exchange. What you should expect is um rather will be our primary exchange and crypto.com/ogg.com will now be our main second exchange and we’ll be getting off most of our competitors. Uh by the end of the year into early next year, you should expect the vast majority of our flow goes through both of those. Uh from the financial standpoint, what we’re doing now is in addition to sending them flow, we’re also becoming owners. And so before we were sending our flow to other exchanges and we weren’t getting any financial incentives because of that. Uh there is no conflicts to be clear. A product is listed on a particular exchange. It’s depending on where you can get a product experience. So there’s no routing like equities or options. They’re not interloable. You have to list it on either or either crypto.com. But now in addition to getting a great customer experience, we can also provide a little bit monetization for shareholders. So that’s why we’re super excited to both build and get a great product experience for customers but now also having some financial upside for shareholders as well. All right, thank you. Uh the next question is from Brian Bedell at Deutsch Bank.

    Good to see me. Hey guys, hope hope is well. Thanks for taking the question. Um if I can ask a two-parter um one just the timing of company KPIs um for launching those now that uh SIBO has uh final approval for that. Uh and then secondly, uh Shiv, if you could just talk about a little bit more color or give more a little bit more color on the October volumes to date. Um if you said down 5% on equities options in crypto, if you could just sort of maybe bifurcate between those um those areas and any comments on take rate in in uh crypto, I know that tends to move around a lot. You want to do the KPIs and I’ll do the Let me take them all. This is Sure. Uh so so on the KPIs, we were actually just talking with uh with the GMs this morning, uh Steve Quirk and and Johan. Um they’re both coming very soon and so the teams are hard at work on them. We’re getting the final approvals. We announced them at HoodSummit. So you should expect them in the near term. We’re just waiting for kind of all the uh the approvals to come through, but we’re uh we’re ready to go and excited for customers. Um in terms of the October color, uh and so as a reminder, Q3 was a record quarter. So everything was our highest quarter ever for equities, options, and margin. And so great to see in October for equities and options and crypto, they’re within plus or minus 5%. And so I kind of group them all together, but they’re all trending to similar levels. And early in the quarter, call it, you know, within within 5% of the uh the high water mark in Q3. And then I called out event contract specifically because that was a little bit different and up about seven times year-over-year. And so starting to see some some more increase there. uh on take rate. What we’re seeing to start the quarter um is that spreads are a little bit tighter and so we’ll see where the full quarter shakes out, but but early indications are spreads are a little bit tighter and we’ll see how it plays out for the uh the next two months.

    Great. All right, the next uh the next question is from Gav Blasburg from Wolf Financial. Gav, hey, how’s it going Vlad and Shv? Great to see you guys. I’m going to go into a uh area that I don’t think has been discussed too much yet and that is Robin Hood social. Um talked with you about this Vlad. I’ve been power using the platform. Love it. Spending probably an hour plus a day on there and I’m talking to more and more people and people are like well what are the plans for this? What’s the goals? How does this create revenue? How does this drive things for the platform and create shareholder value? And I would just love to hear also how it’s being prioritized and balanced with so many other things going on. Building out a social media is no small undertaking. And so I wanted to hear some of the vision for this and how this is ultimately going to lead to revenue generation and increasing shareholder value. How have you been liking it? Have you uh any any any critical feedback? Anything we could be doing better? Oh, I’ve been uh I’ve been chatting with Anna uh Torque and some others on the team and and given a ton of pieces of feedback and also trying to talk to the other Power users um and connect with them and get pieces of feedback. I think it’s you know continuing to progress really nicely. There’s certainly listen, if you want a feedback session at some point, I’ll give it to you, but I don’t know if that’s the best use of your time right now. Yeah, that’s good. Yeah, you don’t want to do that too much at earnings. Um, no, he’s a he’s a tough customer. Um yeah, look, I think that the reason we get excited about Robin Hood social is because um yeah, I mean, frankly, I believe that it’s the best way to learn, you know, rather than uh which which way am I most bullish on Robin Hood producing all the content that, you know, uh teaches people how to invest and and and gives them all the tools. um or am I uh more bullish on you know 28 million customers and you know those customers uh using our product and you know bringing the best ideas that they find from um everywhere in the world to us. So, uh, definitely the latter and yeah, I I think if done well, we can just surface really good content for for our customers that they can use to learn new things. And um, we’re already seeing kind of a community form around this. So, um I mean we we’ve got a lot to do just uh we’ve made it so that you know people can share things outside of the platform and um we’ve continued to also increase the type of content that you can share on social you know it started out with uh just trades but now you can trade now you can share P&L you can share charts um you can do your portfolio we have the creator offering uh also creators a lot have been asking about creator monetization. So, um that’s something we we’ll obviously want to look into and I think at that point um yeah, it becomes, you know, a business line for us. But as of now, I think we’re we’re thinking about it in the context of the broad Robin Hood experience. And we we think that if we do a really really good job, it just gives people one more reason to not just do the execution of the trade on Robin Hood, but just stay in Robin Hood for for getting the idea uh and and the context behind the trade. All right, thank you Vlad. Uh the next question is from James Yaro at Goldman Sachs. Thanks for taking the question. Um, I was hoping you might be able to just update us on your Robin Hooded strategy, your rough era strategy at this point. Um, how do you plan to to generate market share gains? Um, and uh, maybe you could speak to the pricing strategy at this point and then maybe finally uh, maybe just an update on how you’re thinking about adding other FCMs to the platform beyond just the Hood brokerage. Yeah. Uh that’s a great question and again um we don’t uh we’re we’re a significant equity holder in Rother, you know, uh us in SIG, but uh we don’t actually we’re not actually operating uh Rthera uh ourselves. I mean, of course, um hopefully they like to uh hope Tom and team uh do listen to us occasionally on retail, but it’s like a independent uh independent business. Um yeah and so I don’t want to speak too much about their strategy for getting FCMs though I know they’re they’re highly motivated and um you know I think Rother could become the default uh neutral gateway for uh FCMs because a lot of the other prediction markets venues um they have their first party offerings where they are uh trying to acquire customers while they’re offering a a service to others and I think when we talk to uh a lot of other FCMs they don’t like the idea and the potential conflict of uh of of their provider also operating a first party business. So I think the great thing about rather for any FCMs that want to connect to it is that um it’s purely uh it’s it’s purely working with FCMS. So you don’t have to worry about your provider also competing with you in the marketplace. Um, and at least from our standpoint, we have been investing a lot in the non-sports contracts. You saw us announce, you know, KPI prediction markets. We’ve been seeing a lot of growth in the crypto contracts and commodities. And I think that over time we see an opportunity in integrating these financial I think I think we can own the financial category um because that’s like a unique advantage we have and Rother can support just uh more sophisticated financial contracts and and be a leader there because I I think we’re less excited about doing what everyone else is doing which is just all sports all the time because I I think that’s rapidly going to get commoditized um and is just frankly a little bit less uh differentiated from my standpoint. Yeah. And the two things I’ll add there. Um on the non-sports side, if you look in the quarter, it was actually about 30% was non-sports and that was up from 15% the quarter before. So, as Vlad said, we’re starting to see adoption across some of these other asset classes, which was uh which was great to see. On the pricing side, um we’re really excited that our pricing is now is now official, but we lowered pricing for customers when we bought Rthera. And what we did is we made a dynamic pricing model. And so what we heard from customers was if you were trading something in the wing relative to the center, you actually paid a higher take rate. And so uh instead of just increasing monetization, what we decided to do is redo the pricing model. We made it dynamic. We listened to customers, but we didn’t impact our take rate because we were able to share some with them and take some of that back. And then on top of that, we made it even better with gold. We talked a lot about gold, but now if you’re a Robin Hood customer and you’re and you’re a gold member, you also get even better pricing as well. So, a couple different things all going on there at the same time. Yeah. And if you look at the experience, those of you that trade prediction markets on Robin, you can see we’ve really done a nice job just refining the experience, having like specific modules for different types of prediction markets. The midterms hub in particular, I think just looks amazing. So, it’s it’s not just, you know, if you want to trade them, but just as a way to explore and find what’s likely to happen through the midterms. I I think we’ve done a a really really nice job and the 15-minute up and down markets um on crypto have been looking good. So, yeah, I think you you can see um you know, the chiseling that’s happening on the product to make it even more usable. All right, thank you. Uh the next question comes from somebody right off a plane. Uh, Dan Dolv from Missouo. Dan Dov. Hey, Vlad. Hey, ship. How are you? Are you in the airport? I’m in Munich. Oh, nice. I just just got back from uh Israel on route to New York. Um, vote for today. Um, great results as always. You know, we’ve done some work. I’m very interested in uh perpetual futures. Um, sounds like you guys are headed to something really big there. And I think we, you know, we’re get we’re getting a lot of questions on it. I just want to know like how big do you think this one could be cuz it sounds like it’s a huge opportunity here. So we’d love to get some more color on that. Thank you. Yeah, I mean I think that if you if you look at the um sort of like leaders in perpetual futures, the perpetual futures is a huge market by volume with daily volumes in the billions. In fact, some of some of the some of the platforms, you know, globally have tens of billions in in daily pers volume. Um, and then we saw even on Robin Hood chain, which again is just a couple months old, we’re seeing over a billion in uh US dollar notional in onchain per. So, I I see no reason why uh our offering can’t get to uh a similar if not greater scale than the DeFi offering as as time goes on.

    All right. Uh, the next question is from David Smith at Truist. Hey, good afternoon. Hello. Hey, David. Uh, could you flesh out a little bit more about what you’re seeing in terms of the drivers on on take rates as 3Q came in lighter than a what a lot of us were expecting and it sounded like that declines continued to start the fourth quarter. Sure, it differs across asset class, but is this a mixed issue on the user front or on the subasset class uh front, trade sizes, volumes, other dynamics? Um, what would you point to there? Yeah, I’m I’m happy to take this one. Um, so on on equities, it’s usually a mix shift between single names and ETFs and it also depends on what the spreads are. Um, options is also similar. It depends on on what the VA is and also the spreads. And then is it are they trading more index options? Are they trading more single names? uh is it more indices? Uh that tends to be a bigger driver there. Uh on crypto, the main driver was our Robin Hood earn our stable coin product. So that product is doing great. It now has over 500 million of of assets there, but because it’s stable coin, we monetize it uh less than the the normal platform. And so that’s what drove it down. If you take out the stable coin, it was basically similar to the quarter before in the same zip code. So that was the main driver there. And then ECS, as I mentioned, we updated our pricing. And so it’ll depend on what the customer is trading. are they trading the money line? Are they trading at the wings? Are they using Robin Hood gold? And so that’s why we saw it moving a little bit. So I would say each of them is a little bit different. Um and that what we’re seeing in October is, you know, as the start they’re they’re similar to what we saw and maybe a touch lighter spreads are a little bit tighter, but again it’s about 3 weeks into the quarter and so we’ll see what the full quarter shakes out. Great. Uh thank you. Uh the next question is from uh Dr. Crossroads.

    Hey guys, thanks for taking my call. Uh just uh wanted to ask uh given that you’ve given us uh last year some information regarding the impact of rate hikes and we’re in a very different or rate cuts and we’re in a very different situation with rate hikes. I’m wondering if it’s going to be a similar impact on the ecosystem. I believe you guided for a negative 50 million impact for each rate cut on net interest income. Uh especially now that banking is a part of your ecosystem and also credit cards are a meaningful part as well. You remember uh by the way a couple was it like a year ago everyone was like what what’s your business going to do? You’ve done so well in a high rate environment with all this interest income. How will you survive in a low rate environment? And now it’s funny every couple years it’s like the question reverses. Oh, you’ve been doing so well with these, you know, declining rates. How are you now rates are going to go up again? But uh I’m happy to take it. It is great. I mean first good to see you by the way. Hope you’re doing well. Uh the the first thing we like as Vlad said is uh the business is diversified. So some products do well in a low rate environment such as the the trading products and others do better in a in a high interest rate environment such as the NIM products. Um the actual math is uh for every 25 basis point uh hike or decline it’s about a 1 and a.5% change to uh to revenue. So all else being equal, if uh if the Fed hikes another 25 basis points, that should be a lift. The really simple math is we have about 80 billion of interest earning assets. about half of that 40 billion is interestsensitive assets because the sweep program and a few other things aren’t insensitive. So uh the DV1 25 million 25 basis points and 40 billion is about 100 million of of uh a change and then 100 million on about a 5.5 to6 billion run rate gets you to about that one and a half percent. So big picture though we like being diversified and uh and a rate hike is a tailwind. Um but regardless if the of the rate environment we’ve got we’ve bought a business that does well in both of them. Thank you Chev. Uh the next question is from Adam Fresh from Evercore. Hey guys, good afternoon and thanks for taking my uh my question. I wanted to follow up a little bit on net deposit growth and and actually monthly activives as a percentage of fully funded. Both were a little weaker this quarter. So would appreciate some color on what drove that in the quarter if we should be aware of any new or incremental initiatives you’re thinking about or acting already to reverse that or if it’s just a 90-day period that isn’t necessarily indicative of the overall trends and what you’re seeing so far in 4Q. Thank you. Uh yeah, I would say it’s more the latter. U we don’t overindex on any one month or quarter and and the best way to see it is October. As we mentioned, October was was already a record of over 13 billion of net deposits. And uh in ADVs, we’re very similar or just a touch lighter than what we saw in a record Q3. And so, uh things are going to move around. There’s timing of when we launch new products. Uh there’s timing of when promos happen. There is some seasonality. There’s macro events. There’s the IPO market. So, all of those come together. But if you look at it on an annualized basis or if you just look at October alone, uh already seeing really healthy engagement across trading at net deposits. All right. Thank you, Shiv. Uh, the next question is from Ramsey LSL at Caner. Hi, thanks so much for taking my question tonight. I wanted to ask if you could elaborate a little bit, Vlad, on on the rationale for the Ripple partnership. How’s that going to benefit you guys? I know there’s a few different dimensions there, internal treasury operations, also external facing benefits for Bitstamp, etc. Where do you see the nearest term opportunity, the greatest near-term opportunity, and just sort of if you could expound a little bit on the on the overall strategic rationale? next. Yeah, I mean, um, yeah, I think, uh, I I like Brad and the team at Ripple and, um, I think that we were excited to to to do more business together. Um I think that there’s uh yeah a lot of ways in which we offer complimentary things and you know we’re never we’re never afraid to get you know more integration into uh I think I think more integration more um uh products more selection for uh the Robin Hood ecosystem both in the app and in chain is just uh strictly better and I I think um we kind of bring complimentary three things uh to the table, you know, with with their uh institutional business and our more retailoriented business. Um and in fact, you know, uh today’s another example of this uh Ono integrating into uh Robin Hood chain. Now, Ono also has uh tokenized products, but our thought is well, you know, and we want our chain to be the best home of tokenized products. They don’t need to be our own. And and in fact, you know, it it’s uh it’s it’s important for us to just make sure everyone has an equal opportunity to list uh on on our chain and on our properties for for our customers because that just leads to to the best product. So, of course, if we we we would like our own firstparty products to always be used, but uh if if uh they also have to be better than uh than the competition.

    All right, thank you Vlad. Uh the next question is from Ed Angle at Compass Point. Um hey, thanks for taking my question. I guess how are you thinking about bringing stock tokens on short the US after the SEC’s innovation exemption? And then is there anything regulatory wise on your radar that might unlock private stock tokens that you announced last year? Yeah, that’s a great question. Something we’ve been very passionate about. You know, for for private companies, we basically have two bets. one being Robin Hood Ventures which is um in the form of fund products in the US and then stock tokens um over overseas where you know we we have the ability to tokenize individual companies and in in a sense through our um uh well we benefit from you know the these two things help each other because you know with Robin Hood Ventures we have relationships with with companies we’ve been investing in a lot of companies, we have like an active pipeline. Um, and you know, a lot of those companies actually inquire about what tokenization is and and you know, can they can they join and you know, we we’ve been we have the relationships and we’ve we’ve been uh a leader in this space. So, I would say uh we have a path to doing it overseas. We know how to do it. We’ve demonstrated the technology and the capability. So it’s just a question of getting all the regulatory stuff in place. But uh we we do intend to launch uh uh these products overseas. Uh now when it comes to in the US for private stocks um specifically there’s uh another layer to it which is the accreditation requirements. Um and so we we are we are working hard to find a path that satisfies the current accreditation requirements and also leads to uh a great customer experience. I think I think Robin Hood Ventures is uh uh you know an example of this in the construct of funds but of course a lot of customers want exposure to individual names as well and so we’re working hard to to do that within the constraints. Um as far as the innovation exemption goes you know I I think it’s a really positive step. Um we’re supportive of it. uh we think that obviously the US uh needs to be a leader in this new technology. I I do think more needs to be done um to give people a little bit of of certainty uh because if as we talk to customers I think um you know the the uncertainty of what happens in 5 years um is is likely to be an impediment to like putting serious assets uh on onto this technology. So I still think some uh rulemaking or legislation uh is going to be is going to be necessary even though of course it’s a it’s a positive step and you know uh we we’ll hope to have more to share on our own US tokenization plans in the near future. All right, thank you Vlad. Uh the next question is from John Tadaro at Needm. Hey guys, good to see you and thanks for taking my question. Um I I was hoping we could just get some commentary on maybe the health of the the retail trader within equities. Uh in particular, AI stocks have come down quite a bit in the last several weeks and many of those were were trafficked in quite a bit by retail. So just wondering if we can get any commentary there uh on engagement post the selloff. Yeah, I’m happy to take this one. Um engagement continues to be really strong. I mean the best way to see that is through the ADVs and through net deposits and both of those were incredibly strong in the start of October. And so, as we said before, our customers, they tend to be younger. They tend to be techno optimists. They tend to be technology forward. They use sell-offs as a buying opportunity. And so, when you saw a sell-off, you know, in AI stocks or in chip makers or in semis, uh, our customers leaned in and continued to buy more. On down days, we tend to see some of our strongest net buying. And so, uh, but the best metrics I would look at are just net deposits and ADVs. And both of those were really strong to start October.

    All right. Thank you, Shiv. Uh the next question is from Andrew Hardy from BTIG. Hey, thanks for taking my question. Uh SH, you talked about turning up the dial a bit on top of funnel. Just wondering if you can uh share some details on the strategy there and any traction you’ve seen. And then a bit of a followup on the MAU question. Uh you know, I realize it’s kind of just one period, but in the past year, we’ve been in that 13 to 14 million or 13 to 14 million user range on MAUs. Just curious anything you can do there to try to drive that number higher as well. Thanks. Yeah. Um could you repeat what was the first part of the question? Apologies. Before the miu anything on top of funnel that you’re doing and then similar question but how to increase the MAU number as well. Yeah. Um on the uh on the top of funnel there’s there’s two things. First is product and the second is uh marketing. What we’ve been focusing on this year is primarily product. We’ve been testing a tiny bit on marketing but we haven’t we haven’t done it yet. Um, but if you look at a lot of the things that that Vlad shared, whether it was it was P2P or banking or other products, um, we think those can be pretty meaningful drivers. So, we’re making some investments and we pulled some of that forward to to make them and develop them this year and you’ll see them launch in 2027. But the big drivers are generally just products and a little bit of marketing. Um, on MAUs, the honest answers, we don’t go on it. The teams are gold on our customers are engaged. Are they using the platform? Are they trusting us? Are they depositing? All of those are incredibly healthy. mouse is an output metric. It’s going to move around a little bit with the market. As I mentioned before, it could be seasonal. It could be the macro. It’s what they’re doing. Everything we’re seeing as customers are incredibly healthy. And if they’re depositing more and they’re engaging more, they’re using more of our products, we call that a win. And then MS are just going to move around. Yeah. And I I think, you know, uh longer term, we have some bets that we’re working on. I think um obviously you know having the opportunity to uh to to serve you know upwards of 70 million children with the the Trump accounts and serving as uh uh the broker and and trust the initial trustee of the program with with BNY. Um I think it’s a big opportunity for us to just be in front of the next generation there. Um we’ve also been uh thinking about how to invest. I mean, we have custodial accounts, um, which which have been a nice, uh, addition to the platform, but how can we actually invest in getting customers as they’re even younger and build an an even better experience because we’re starting to to see some smoke there. Um, so yeah, I I think that, you know, in in the next year, we’re going to be making several bets that uh yeah, I believe we’ll just not just increase um uh top offunnel net funded account growth um but also MAU growth. I mean, the the two are sort of like uh high level interconnected. So, so you should see those move and that’s uh outside of outside of marketing and outside of I think the long-term opportunity of serving as the trustee of the Trump accounts initiative. Oh, you’re muted. Oh, can you hear me now? You’re back. Yeah. I told you last quarter my son was about to be born and I signed him up and I can confirm it was a very easy uh onboarding process for his Trump account. So, well done there. Oh, thank you. That’s uh that that warms my heart. Uh hopefully you’ll have many more. Also, you can see if your employer will match you now and get a little bit more for your uh for your son in there as well. Yeah, good good call. All right. Uh the next question is from Alex Markcraft at Key Bank.

    Hey guys. Um thanks for taking my question. Um sounds like things are going quite well in banking. I certainly appreciate the withdrawal destination data point that you shared. What should we be looking for to determine when the products in a state that warrants more sort of intentional marketing efforts or you know when you’re ready to to pour fuel on the fire so to say? Thanks. Yeah, that’s that’s a good question. Uh that’s going to be tied uh with the general availability of the product. So, so right now you kind of have to be a Robin Hood brokerage customer to be eligible for banking. Um, which essentially means there’s no like independent onboarding. Sorry, my hair makes these tough. Uh, no independent onboarding yet in the in the banking app. Um, of course, we do intend to to roll that out. And um if once we have independent onboarding then that unlocks the possibility of performance marketing which will be a new capability of ours because now we’re marketing multiple things. So, we’re we’re still early, but um I think we’re we’ve got a great team uh on the marketing side and and we’re going to be investing more in the capability, but we do believe that um banking will actually give growth to brokerage and not just the the other way around. So, this is just uh uh yeah, just a green field opportunity for us which will also impact uh net funded account growth and and MAUs. Yeah. and and banking is a little different than the credit card. So credit card, we’re rolling out more delivery because you have to get the unit economics right. You have to get the credit risk right. Banking is just like any of the other products that we launch. You make sure that customers like it, you fix their pain points once you find product market fit. So it’ll be much more akin to a regular software product relative to the credit card which took a little bit longer to roll out. Yeah. And and I’d also add that, you know, it’s it’s a little bit more of a predictable compounder, you know, because the the trading products, you know, it’s uh there is a dependence on the market and seasonality, but banking, people just receive their paychecks, they spend, you know, they’re in the ecosystem uh week in week out. It’s uh which which, you know, counterbalances the the trading business quite nicely. All right. Uh, and finishing strong here, our next question is from Ken Worthington at JP Morgan. All right. Hi. Uh, good afternoon. Thanks for the last licks here. Um, keeping it sort of high picture, Arpoo doubled over the last two years to about million dollar road map of new products and new cross-selling. How do you see RPO evolving from here? And if I pick an RPU RPO figure like $300, $300, do you see this as feasible? And given all that you’ve got going on, what does Robin Hood need to get right to get to a figure like that? Yeah, I think that’s an interesting question. I mean, um, the reason I’m reluctant to just give you our our arpoo goal is I think we also, uh, think there’s a lot of opportunity to grow customers and grow down market. I mean, if we get more younger customers, um, you could see for for example, you know, our food decreasing, but the total size of the customer base increasing dramatically. I mean, particularly depending on how you count Robin Hood chain users and international customers as we continue to to to put our foot on the gas of the international expansion, which I think we’re still, you know, the relative early days. I mean, we crossed a million international customers, but you know, not hard to imagine that itself growing exponentially on the way to, you know, the majority of our of our customers being international over the long run. So it’s a it’s a complicated optimization of you know our existing customers continuing to get val more valuable get wealthier and their ARPO should be continuing to increase but there’s going to be you know a counterbalancing effect of us just getting uh plenty of more customers from international markets and who are who are younger. Yeah couple things I’ll add there. Um ARPO is an output metric so we actually don’t go the teams on that. We grow them on market share and then ROI. And what we’ve said before is we believe Robin Hood can 10x from here. And so you can take any metric you want, whether that’s revenue, net deposits, etc. Um the highest predictor and correlation to revenue is just net deposits. So if we keep gaining net deposits, if customers keep trusting us, whether that’s new funded customers, whether that’s an existing customer trusting us with more, that’s how you grow the business and that’s how you grow revenue. Arpoo is going to grow wherever it’s going to go. But again, that’s not what we go on. we just grow on market share and and giving a great customer experience. All right. Well, that concludes the Q&A portion of the call. Vlad, would you like to make any closing comments? Yeah, I just wanted to tell you guys again, thank you for being uh here for those of you in person and and also those of you watching remotely. Um we’re uh building a community here not just of customers but also uh shareholders uh investors retail and institutional had some content creators on the call and you should know that we are uh we are far from done and we are not complacent and the road map just continues to be incredibly full. So, uh, rolling out all the things from HoodSummit and a bunch of other things in the hopper, um, to make this your financial super app and to deliver the power of ownership to people worldwide. So, thank you for being with us on the journey and, uh, thank you for listening, bearing the heat. Jeez,

    and thank you, Sh.

  • 10/27/2026 – Arrived Webinar

    Fantastic Jake and team. Thanks so much for prepared remarks here. I know we also have Kyle joining today who is our head of property investing. Very excited to have him in the virtual room. I think you’ll be jumping in here shortly. Kyle, welcome. Hello. Hello. Nice to be here. Glad to have you here today. This is your first arrived webinar, but obviously wellversed in the real estate space. You probably saw we have folks from all over the country today which is absolutely exceptional. Um Kyle, would you be open to just sharing a little bit about your background um and how your time at Arrived has been so far? Yeah, sure. Appreciate it, Karen. Nice to nice to see everyone uh here in the chat. My name is Kyle Barnes. I’m head of property investments here at Arrived. I’ve been here about four months. Uh my background is in real estate investments and capital markets. Um, and my focus here is really evaluating where we invest, which properties we acquire and when it makes sense to to ultimately sell. Um, and you know, happy to get into how we think about those decisions and what we’re ultimately seeing in the market. But I’m very pleased with my time here so far. Um, it’s a exciting company uh to to work for and invest uh alongside as well. Fantastic. Well, we’re absolutely thrilled to have you here. I know it’s been an absolute pleasure being able to work alongside you and look forward to uh years to come here. So, uh we for folks that are new on the line, feel free to drop any and all questions in chat. This is your time. We want to be sure that you get all your questions answered. So, you should be able to decide if you want to move forward or not. I know there was a question in here from Daniel. I’ll answer this one live just so everybody’s aligned on what the credits are. So, for folks to qualify for a $25 credit, you must have your bank account linked with arrived must attend a new user webinar. So, that is what these are. And then must have not received the same incentive before. So, you can attend as many webinars as you would like, but it only applies for that credit one time. Uh, so for Daniel, I know uh you’re in the webinar right now, which is wonderful. Will I be getting uh this automatically or is there an additional step? Uh if you have an existing account, your bank account’s connected, you’ll automatically get that credit by end of week. When you go to the checkout flow, you can apply those credits towards a new investment. They cannot be withdrawn to your connected bank account. So, it’s only to a new investment that you have. Let’s say, for example, you haven’t created your account yet. You’re maybe taking a little bit more time if you’re not uh connecting your bank account or creating an account within the next few days. and then you’re like, “Shoot, Krenn, I didn’t get the credit.” Just email supportarrive.com um next week or at a different time once you do so and then we’ll manually apply that credit. Uh but Daniel, for your case, be auto since you are an existing investor and we’re thrilled to have you on board. So, let us know if there’s any other questions there. I also dropped an FAQ in chat for folks to take a peek at. Uh so, let us know if there’s any other questions. I did get a few DMs though on questions. So Jake, the first one will be for you. Um I know we’ve had a lot of product updates in the last little bit here. Can you walk through what those are uh for folks to keep an eye out for? Yeah, the the the [clears throat] big one that just came out this past week is the ability to set up a recurring investment. So, you know, in the past, if you wanted to just keep investing into the single family fund or the real estate income fund and, you know, just do so every time you get paid, you know, you actually had to come back to arrive and relog in, recclick the buttons, um, in order to make another investment, which, you know, worked fine, but, you know, people have kind of said, hey, we want to be able to set up something that’s automatic so that it’s like my 401k and I can kind of set it up, walk away, and come back in six months to check on my account, but I don’t need to be judiciously, you know, logging in every month in order to reinvest my dividends. So this new recurring investments feature just launched and you know kind of just like any other investment platform. It lets you just say hey I want to invest this much money into this investment product at this frequency and then we’ll go ahead and you know kind of automatically you know withdraw the money and kind of kick off those trades each month so that you don’t have to do it manually. So really nice way to be able to build up a larger balance because the you know truth is making a single $100 investment you know is not going to you know change your life as far as the investment returns. The key with thrived as with you know your retirement portfolio or any other type of investment is to really kind of build up a larger balance over time. And so for most folks that if you don’t have $100,000 to immediately put into real estate arrive kind of a great solution where you can say hey I can put in you know $200 a week or you know $500 a month and kind of over time build up that larger balance so that the dividends you receive start to become more and more meaningful as your account value grows. Fantastic. I’m very excited. And I know recurring investing has been one of the most asked for features over the last few years. I would say in general too our whole premise or the foundation of what we do is built on uh passive income or passive investment. And so recurring investing really goes hand inand where you can set it and forget it uh update it at any time. So Jake, appreciate you walking through that all the work behind the scenes and building features that folks have been asking for. Uh, I was curious too, we’re we’re into Q4. We have Q1 around the corner here, 2027. From a product perspective, what else are you looking forward to? Yeah. So, the other exciting one that we’ve got is um referrals. And so, we are now have the ability for you guys as you start investing with Arrived, you know, assuming you have a positive experience and want to kind of tell your friends about us, we do now have a kind of paid referral program where you can invite friends. I think you each you each get um cash, I believe, or Karen. checking on that um for you know doing the refer so you can invite your friends get a little bit of extra arrive credits to be able to invest into the um the investments and then your friend also gets some amount of cash and then the Kyle I’m not sure how much you want to tease but there are some exciting investments related opportunities that we are poking around with right now that should be launching you know probably over the next couple of months um if you want to touch a little bit on on some of the things we’ve got coming up yeah happy to do So um so apart from kind of the single family residential business both long-term rental and short-term rental we’re also exploring you know more thirdparty partnerships with kind of call it asset class and industry experts in different verticals where you know we might not have the same level of underwriting depth and expertise to say hey we want to go pursue a new strategy in you know senior housing or multif family or power and and data centers. So there are some there’s some partnerships that we’re exploring with reputable operators um and fund managers to consider um you know working alongside them and bringing access to some investments that otherwise you know retail investors wouldn’t have access to um without another platform like arrive. So those are just some things that we’re thinking thinking about. Um and so we’re kind of working through the the pipeline now but it’s going to take a lot of diligence to ultimately get get comfortable with those partners. We’re excited to be kind of going through those those rounds and having those conversations. Absolutely. Yeah. Lots to look forward to, Kyle. I know you’ve been at the helm of driving a lot more options for investors. So, very excited for what we have to come. For folks on the line, too. This is a perfect place to leave any and all feedback on other asset classes you’d like to see. Our goal is to continue to build for and buy each and every investor that we have on our platform. uh which we’ve done a great job thanks to investors to date. So, more to come. The one thing I did want to show here, Jake, you were talking about uh referrals. So, if we jump in here, I just went ahead and clicked on the real estate income fund for example. Again, you do not need to have an account in order to view all investments. But if you go over to your name in the right hand corner, this is if you have an account, this is where um you can see the referrals. And then there your link is right down there in the bottom right. So, let us know if there’s any questions there, but that’s intended to be as easy as possible to navigate. All right, moving back over here. A great qu question in the chat. I’m new to real estate investing. How does your service differ from other online real estate investing sites such as Fundrise? And Jake, maybe just in general, there’s a lot of other options from stocks, bonds, CDs, money market funds, other fractional platforms. What would you say that arrives is Arriv’s biggest differentiator is? Yeah. Um I’ll actually start with a similarity and that’s going to be that Fundrise and us use the same regulatory structure. So we both use you know um the reggga which is created under the jobs act in 2012 and so that’s kind of the same organizational kind of legal setup for hey how are you actually investing into these uh real estate assets if you’re not an accredited investor. The big difference is going to be the asset class. So Fundrise does a lot of great stuff across, you know, industrial, commercial, multifamily properties. And we right now are really focused on single family. So it makes a pretty clear line where if you say, hey, look, I’m really invest interested in investing in, you know, multif family properties, that might be something available on us, you know, in the future as kind of Kyle was alluding to, but for right now, you know, we’re just single family homes. And so then there’s kind of a clear split of, you know, the different assets. And we’re really bullish on single family for a lot of structural reasons that we can get into later, but that’s going to be kind of the biggest headline difference. You know, after that, there’s a lot of differences ac across customizability and transparency. So, on the custom side with Arrive, you know, we do have a couple of funds, but we also have all of these individual single family home properties, and that allows you as the investor to customize exactly what’s in your portfolio. And so we’ve had folks that say, “Hey, I want to invest only in, you know, uh, politically blue states or red states, or I want to invest in areas across the country, but I want to avoid hurricane prone areas.” And so with the customizability of Arrive, you can kind of build a portfolio that’s, you know, tailored to what you as an investor are actually looking for. The flip side is, you know, Fundrise and a lot of the other platforms online tend to be a a just generalized fund structure where you invest and you kind of get what you get and it’s not very it’s kind of rigid. you know, you you get what’s in their fund and you don’t have really any other options to, you know, tweak it to be specific toward what you’re looking for. And so along that line, the other big difference is going to be transparency. So again, with us, you know, when you’re investing in those individual properties, you’re investing in a single address. So you can do a lot of research and diligence into that particular property. You know, what are the schools in that district and where is it located and is it on a busy road? How is it, you know, related close to the city center, to the to the population areas, to where employment is. Um and similarly even if you invest in our funds products you know the single family fund we showcase all of the 50ome properties that are in that fund. So you can really take a good look if you go and you invest in, you know, even one of the big public REITs like, you know, American Homes for Rent, you know, they own 50 or 60,000 different properties and they’ll provide some good summary statistics, but it’s really hard to kind of know as an investor, am I buying a a good set of assets or am I buying something that’s not really that great because you can’t actually do the diligence to look into the individual assets and make the judgment call for yourself. The other thing that really helps there is that we’re looking at single family homes again. And so, you know, where for most folks looking at an industrial deal and, you know, knowing it’s really hard to know, you know, what’s the price per foot that makes sense to lease this to an equipment manufacturer, um, most people have a much easier time at looking at a property and kind of judging, hey, what is the purchase price of this property and what is the rent? And I can go look at Zillow for other homes that have sold in that area and other homes that are for rent. And it’s just much easier to kind of get a sense of the economics and understand what you’re actually investing in. At the end of the day, we want, you know, you guys to be comfortable investing into the properties and and feel comfortable, you know, owning those particular properties. And so, we really think that that transparency is important for you guys to be able to kind of do that diligence, peek around and then feel really confident when you pull the trigger on an investment. Fantastic, Jake. Thanks so much for walking through. Let us know if there’s any other follow-up. Oh, they mentioned thank you in the chat. That’s great. Always appreciate the questions around other investments and the differentiator as well as similarities, Jake. So, I appreciate you walking through it. a great one from Daniel. And I saw Kyle already popped in the chat. Um, Kyle, I’m thinking we show a property example. Um, and we can kind of if you and Jake kind of want to walk through uh what this looks like. So, I just pulled up, let me pull it up here. I’ll go back. So, this is the Rosalie. This is a property that’s currently available to invest in. So, if you’re curious on what the financials are, you can click into these various tabs. I’m going to go to financials. I’m going to slow down scrollly slowly so I don’t make anybody dizzy here. But if you scroll down to the bottom, we’re going to see the offering details here. So, um, Kyle, if you want to walk through briefly what you mentioned in chat and then Jake, if you have any color as well.

    Yeah, happy to. So, as folks can see here, I mean, you can you can see the purchase price, you can see the breakdown of estimated closing costs, improvements, reserves, sourcing fee. So all of those costs are lumped in kind of your your total project cost here which also kind of breaks down into the the share price and ultimately you know what what you own. So that’s where you can see just really the the delta I think it’s pretty clearly delineated. Uh we do our best to kind of you know break this out simply but these are you know pretty standard market costs and expenses that you would expect kind of acquiring a property yourself. And as you know, Jake and Ken mentioned, I think the benefit here is kind of the passive uh ownership versus kind of the active management. And a lot of the homes that are being acquired are newer vintage um if not newly built homes, which are generally going to have, you know, all things being equal, less kind of repairs and maintenance expenses or, you know, deferred maintenance like an older property would have. So you would expect less capital to have to go into call it defensive improvements, things that wouldn’t really move the needle from a return on investment perspective. And so those are some of the things that we like about some of the newer homes that we that we acquire. Um kind of part of our part of our thesis, but we we still want to make sure we have adequate reserves um in the event we have a tenant move out or some unexpected cost um just so we aren’t in a situation where we’re short on capital. Absolutely. Yeah, those cash reserves come into play. I like how we are so conservative there. For example, if there’s a roof repair or an HVAC situation, uh that could happen. The last thing we would want to do on our side is ask for a capital call where we essentially ask those investors in that property for additional dollars. We’ve never had to do that today. It’s not in our uh line of business. When you’re doing a passive investment, the last thing we would want is for additional funds to need need to be funded for that property. So, we work hard on the front side to make it as passive as possible um and showcase all that financial data that folks have access to on that property page. So, very much appreciate you walking through it, Kyle. Jake, any color or commentary to add there? No, that was great. Kyle app the only thing I’ll highlight here is that you’ll see that that there’s that total property amount, which is the total amount that we need on this property, which is 423. And you’ll see below that that’s all being raised from investors. And just with interest rates being high right now, we haven’t been using mortgages for the last, you know, three or four years in our ideal world, you know, we would say, “Hey, we need $420,000 to buy this property to operate the investment and let’s maybe go and raise half of that from investors and get a bank loan for the other half. Interest rates are just too high for that to make sense. So the hope is that in the future rates come down and we can start to add mortgages to those properties. That’s where in the future if properties are leveraged, you’d see that kind of breakdown of how much money do we have need and what’s coming from investors and what’s coming from a loan. Absolutely. Yeah, Jake, I appreciate you calling that out. If you go back to the details page for the Rosalie, you’ll notice 0% property leverage like Jake called out. The one piece that I get excited about here is that refinance candidate. So Jake had mentioned we can fin refinance in the future, which is fantastic. We don’t have any other properties uh that don’t include this tag. So, we always have that option if rates become more favorable in the future. So, I just wanted to call that out as we’re walking through the property page. All right, I’m going to move this off my screen here. We’ll keep uh sifting through the chat here. Let’s see. Jake, was there any call out for fees specifically? like can you call out that we don’t have additional fees that come after you invest as well? Yeah, so in general with fees there’s two fees that we charge you know um across all the different investments. There’s a sourcing fee which is a onetime fee that goes to us for the work in you know identifying and acquiring the asset and bringing it onto the arrive platform and then there’s a recurring assets under management fee. So, a good example is that that page with use of proceeds we were just looking at showed that there was, you know, the money we’re raising for the purchase, the purchase price of the property, the cash reserves. There’s also a one-time fee to arrive there. Um, and again, that is factored into how much money we’re raising for the property. So, if you say, “I’m going to go and invest $1,000 in this home.” You will invest $1,000 and that includes that sourcing fee. You don’t get hit with like a taxes and fees section at the end. After that sourcing fee, then we earn this recurring assets under management fee which is goes toward our team to you know compensate us for all the work in actually managing the operations of the investment, providing reporting on the arrive platform, providing tax statements and kind of everything else on the back end so that you guys can be fully passive. That fee is just paid out of the cash flow that the investment generates. So at the end of the month, we tally up all the cash that a property has generated. We pay all the expenses. We pay the arrived asset under management fee. and then the rest either gets distributed out to investors as a dividend or gets saved into that cash reserves for the property depending on you know what its cash situation looks like. That’s just nice to call out because again if you say, “Hey, I want to invest $1,000 and then I’m going to take a step away and I’m going to just kind of see how this works out.” You don’t you’re not on the hook to put in another $5 a month or anything. It’s not like a subscription. You can make a onetime investment. You could walk away and you’re not on the hook or obligated to pay any any additional fees out of pocket. The fee amounts are going to vary a little bit by asset class. So, Corin will drop the uh the FAQ for me here. Uh but there’s basically a different set of fees for the single individual properties, the single family fund, the real estate income fund, any kind of etc down the line just because each of these asset classes takes, you know, different amounts of work on the front end for sourcing and different amounts of work on the back end for management. So, the fees are adjusted a little bit to kind of um reflect the operating costs on our side. The the nice thing is that the fees are going to be the same within a category. So if you’re looking at individual single family properties, it’s the exact same fees amounts um across all the different properties. And we did that on purpose so that if you’re evaluating a property that’s in Atlanta and a property that’s in Phoenix, you can just pick that investment based on the merits of the investment itself. you know, what’s the location, what is the rent, what are the returns, and not have to also be factoring in, well, also, what are the arrived fees and and are the arrived fees higher on this one, lower on the other one, and should that drive my decision? So, the fee information is in the uh the FAQ that Karin just dropped. And then on the I think financials tab of those properties that we were just looking at, you’ll see all the same information and links for more content there as well. Fantastic, Jake. Thanks for going into great detail there. Let us know folks if there’s any other questions on fees. We’re happy to walk through it. I think we cruise through everything today so we can gear up to close our virtual doors. But Jake and Kyle, any closing remarks before we shut our virtual webinar doors today.

    That’s all I’ve got. Um, thanks for joining. I know we did a lot of content in this whole 45m minute presentation. So don’t be a stranger and feel free to shoot us an email at supported arriveive.com or join another webinar next week and happy to kind of continue the conversation and like we said want you guys to feel like you fully understand everything that’s going on before you get started and thanks for hosting my first webinar debut here. It was it was great to to meet everyone and I’m looking forward to to subsequent webinars and getting a chance to know you. Absolutely Jake. Thanks so much for your time as always Kyle. absolutely exceptional to have you on your first webinar. You’ll also be on our Q3 webinar uh prop or our financial performance webinar coming up next week. So, if folks have not attended, I definitely recommend doing so. Even if you have not invested yet, we walk through performance for all the different funds, individual properties. U sometimes Ryan gives a sneak peek into what’s coming down the pipeline, which you got a little bit of that today from Jake and Kyle. looking forward to all things arrived and hope you all have a great rest of your day. Thanks, Alex. Bye all.

  • 10/27/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy IRA Planning for Boomers – Strategies to Help You Save Taxes and Get More Out of Your IRA

    Okay, hi everybody. We’re going to go ahead and get started. My name is Kim Kennedy and with me today is Malcolm Horn. We are the financial consultants of Alliant Credit Union. We get asked often if we actually work for Alliant and we do. We work in the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services division of the credit union. Both Malcolm and I are based in Denver. We have offices in the Denver Tech Center and also in Lakewood. If you’re joining from another state or would just prefer a virtual appointment, we’re happy to meet you via Zoom. Lots of people are doing it that way these days. Malcolm’s going to be walking you through our IRA webinar today. Very educational all the different types of IRAs and how all that works. We will take all of your questions from the presentation today at the end. So please enter those in the chat box or the Q&A box. You will receive a follow-up from one of us after the webinar just touching base making sure your questions got answered and we’re going to be inquiring if we could help you with your retirement planning needs at all. We have a few couple webinars coming up for November before Thanksgiving and the first one is on Thursday November 12th. We call it the good, the bad, the ugly annuities. This is just kind of annuities 101. Annuities have lots of bad press out there and they’ve really changed over the last decade and there’s a lot of different ones. This is purely educational. We’re not pitching products. Just trying to teach you about annuities and see if they could be a fit for you. And then the next week we have Medicare IRMAA. This is on Tuesday November 17th. IRMAA income-related monthly adjustment amount. This is Some people don’t even know this exists. This is the process that is used to determine if your Medicare Part B premium will be over and above what the average rate is. You are surcharged based on your income. So, we’re going to walk through the details about that just so you understand how those higher Medicare Part B premiums get calculated. And with that, I believe we’ve got some educational resources. Malcolm and I are not the only advisors doing these webinars. Our colleagues are also doing the same thing as us. You can go to our webpage and click on the events link or page and see all the other webinars that are being hosted. You’re free to attend any of those that you choose. We produce an in-house podcast and we house all of those historical podcasts on the podcast page. So, again, go to our website, click on podcast. If there’s a specific topic that you’re eager to learn more about, it might be there. And last, our website and our blog both have a a wealth of information on various financial topics. So, again, if it’s something you’re trying to learn a little bit more about, you might go there and hopefully we have what you need. And with that, I’m going to turn you over to Malcolm and he’ll walk you through the webinar today. Oh, one more slide. So, we have partnered with a company called Trust and Will. So, if you were to become a retirement or investment client with us. This is not having a savings account at Alliant, but if you do business with us on the retirement investment side of Alliant, you have access to this company called Trust and Will and you can create a basic will, trust, power of attorney, living wills at no cost. So, this is a way to get an estate plan done uh complimentary. So, that’s just something that’s out there if that’s something you haven’t done yet. Certainly important to do for you and your family. Now, I’m going to turn you over to Malcolm and he’s going to walk you through the webinar today. So, thanks a lot, and enjoy the topic. Thanks, Kim.

    So, today’s agenda, this is what we’re going to be covering today. And a lot of common questions that we get is how can I still contribute to an IRA, and how much? What type of IRA is right for me? When do I need to withdraw money from IRAs, and how how much do I have to take? How are my IRAs withdrawn? How are IRA withdrawals taxed? What happens when I die? How do the new tax laws impact me? And how can I minimize my taxes? These are the questions that we’re going to be covering today’s webinar. Now, you might be asking, well, why are you doing a webinar on IRAs? Well, IRAs are are a tool that you’re going to be using quite a bit in retirement. If you think about 50, 60 years ago, on the left side, most people had a pension. They received social security, and they really didn’t need to save much for retirement. Their nest egg was kind of small. Well, that’s been flipped over. Nowadays, very few people have pensions anymore. You still have social security, which is the middle piece, but more and more responsibility is with you to save for your own retirement. And then since you’re saving for retirement, most of the time you’re going to be contributing to a 401(k). But once you retire, you move that money out of the 401(k) and put it into an IRA. And so, that’s why today we’re going to be talking about IRAs, and making sure that you understand what they are. The first one we’re going to talk about is traditional IRAs. The contributions that you make to your IRAs at times are deductible. They reduce your tax liability today. The money grows tax deferred, but when you start taking that money out, and as long as you’re over 59 and a half, you avoid that 10%early withdrawal penalty. You when you start taking the money out, you become you get taxed on it then. This year’s contribution is 7,500. If you’re over 50, it’s 8,600. You must have earned income compensation to be able to contribute to the traditional IRA. There is no age limit. There was at one point there was an age limit, but that’s no longer the case. So, if you’re still working and let’s say you’re 75 years old, you are still able to contribute to a traditional IRA. Now, you have up to April 15th of 2027 to make a contribution and have it count for 26.

    Traditional IRA contribution rules, you and your spouse are if you and your spouse are active participants in a 401k, there are certain income limits that you have to abide by. So, if you both contribute to a 401k and your income is over $150,000, you are not able to contribute your contribute to a traditional IRA and deduct it. If you’re a single person, it’s 91,000. So, be aware of it. Yes, you’re probably working, you have a 401k. If you try to make a contribution to a traditional IRA and you’re above those income limits, you’re not going to be able to deduct it.

    Then you should look at contributions to a Roth IRA. Roth IRA, there’s no deduction for the contribution. Money goes in, grows tax deferred, and those contributions can be withdrawn at any time. When it comes to a Roth IRA, it’s first in, first out. It’s the earnings and interest within that account that needs to stay in there 5 years or and/or 59 and a half. So, if you’re contributing to a Roth IRA and you want those earnings and interest to be tax-free, they have to be in there for over 5 years and 59 and 1/2. Contribution limits are the same as traditional IRAs. $7,500 and if you’re over 50 for the year, $8,600. You must have earned income compensation to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. Then again, there’s no age limit. There are income limits. Meaning that if you’re a single person and your income is over $168,000, you are not able to do You are not able to contribute to a Roth IRA. If you’re a married couple, it’s $252,000. It’s a modified adjusted gross income, by the way, too. So, if your income’s above this amount, you are not able to contribute to a Roth IRA. Now, one thing that people do forget to do is that if you’re a married couple and one spouse is already retired, sometimes people say, “Well, I’m already retired. I can’t contribute to a Roth IRA or traditional IRA.” But if your other spouse is still working and you have earned income and you’re below those income limits, then yes, you are able to contribute to a traditional IRA or Roth IRA, even though you might have retired or or no longer working, as long as the other spouse is still has earned income. Now, you might say, “Well, $8,000 doesn’t really make a a dent in regards to retirement savings.” Well, I beg I beg the difference because if you look at this chart, and this is someone contributing $8,000 for the next 10 years earning a 6%rate of return, you could see that money start compounding. So, by year 15, you have $150,000. By year 20, it’s over 200,000. So, the more money you have in those accounts, the more it starts to compound. So, it can make a mean it can make a difference when it comes to retirement planning. Make sure you’re taking advantage of your employer-sponsored plans. Like I said, most of the time today, the it’s in your hands to save for retirement. They offer a 401k. Most of the time that 401k offers some kind of matching opportunity. You put in 3%, they’ll match 3%, 5 or 5, whatever the case is. So, make sure you’re contributing to those 401k’s. In 2026, the maximum contribution if you’re under 50 is 24,500. If you’re over 50, it’s 32,500. Also, if you’re between the age of 16 and 63, there’s this this additional special contribution, which allows you to do 11,250. So, that would put the maximum contribution at 35,750. Now, something that changed for this year is if your income was over $150,000, any catch-up contributions now are going to be going into an after-tax bucket. So, it’s something to be aware of that if last year’s income was over $150,000, not all of that money is now going to go in pre-tax. Some of it’s going to go in the the normal contribution will go in pre-tax. pre-tax, but the catch-up contribution will go in after-tax. So, it’s something to be aware of. Going back to the employer-sponsored plans, most of the time employers now have a Roth 401k contribution or a Roth 401k bucket. Meaning that if your income is over a certain amount and you can’t contribute to the Roth IRA, but you still want to put money into a Roth bucket, look at your employer plan because you might be able to put money into the Roth 401k 401k. So, all the money goes in after-tax. So, as long as you’ve had the account for 5 years, you’re over 59 and a half, all earnings and interest is tax-free. There is no income limit when it comes to the Roth 401k. So, it’s just be aware of.

    This chart just shows your taxable income. So, let’s say you’re a single person and you’re kind of debating to do I contribute to a Roth, do I contribute to a do I contribute to a Roth 401k or a traditional 401k? Sometimes you can look at the bracket and say, “Hey, if my income was $110,000, based on this bracket, like some of my income is going to be taxed at 24%.” So, you can put money in pre-tax, lower your tax liability. Just be aware that again, any money you put in pre-tax, at some point, when you take that money out, it’s going to be taxed down the road. Now, you can look at taxes and say, “Historically, we’re in a low tax environment.” This is a This chart represents the top marginal income tax rate going all the way back to 1913. So, you can see in the ’40s and’50s, we saw top marginal tax rate at 90%. Right now, we’re sitting at 37%. Considering the amount of US debt that we have, you could make an assumption that maybe at some point taxes will go up. We don’t know. I mean, we haven’t really seen a tax increase since the the ’80s. Now, there was this thought that taxes were going to increase for 2026, but then the one big beautiful bill was signed into law uh in 2025 and basically made the current tax code permanent. Now, the tax code permanent, when I say permanent, it doesn’t mean it’s actually permanent. It just means it does not have an expiration date. At some point down the road, Congress could come in and make changes to the current tax code. But, there’s no expiration date on it. But, the big beautiful bill came in and prevented taxes going up in 2026 and they expanded some of the deductions and deductions for families and seniors. Now, when we’re all when we’re talking about withdrawing money from IRAs and knowing that that money is going to be taxed when we withdraw money from traditional IRAs and 401ks, you need to be aware of certain side effects. The first one we’ll talk about is something called a net investment income surtax. When your income as a single person is over 200,000 or a married couple company uh married couple over $250,000. If your income’s over this these amounts, you’re going to be subject to something called a net investment income tax of 3.8%and this tax applies to dividends, interest, rental incomes. So, be aware like if all of a sudden you retire and you start taking more and more money out of your IRAs and you start going above these limits, some of your interest is going to be taxed at that 3.8%. You might watch out for certain phase out of deductions that you might receive. Your part B, which we’ll talk a little bit later about, your Medicare part B premiums might increase based on the amount of income you’re receiving. The more income you have, your part B premiums increase. Maybe more of your social security is going to be subject to tax or you eliminate the ability of financial aid that your child is receiving or even you lose the ability to contribute to a Roth IRA. So, there are certain side effects when you’re taking money out of traditional IRAs or 401ks. Now, at some point, if you like it or not, you’re going to be required to start taking money out. It’s either going to be 73 or 75 depending on when you were born. So, all these years you’ve been contributing to the traditional 401k and you’re retired. If you don’t need the money, IRS doesn’t care. They’re saying, “Hey, once you reach 73, you have to start taking money out because we want to start collecting taxes.” Now, if you decide, “Hey, I’m not going to take any money out.” they can come in and penalize you 25%of whatever your RMD was. So, if your RMD was $10,000, they can come in and penalize you $2,500 for not taking that money out.

    Now, how they determine your required minimum distribution, they look at it what your account value was at the the end of the prior year and then divide that by a life expectancy number. So, at 73, they’re expecting you to live another 26.5 years. And when you do the calculation, it works out to be about 3.78%. The older you get, that percentage increases. So, if you look at someone that’s 85, their RMDs are 6.25%of whatever the account values are. Now, we do see mistakes occasionally when it comes to RMDs. And these are probably the most common mistakes. The first one is aggregating in RMDs between different retirement plan types. So, when it comes to a 401k and an IRA, those are different plan types. So, the IRS looks at them differently. So, you have to satisfy your RMD from each of the plan. So, if you came in and said, “Hey, my RMD is $10,000 for my 401k and 10,000 for my IRA, so it’s a total of 20,000. I’m going to take 20,000 out of my IRA.” Well, IRS can come in and say, “Wait a minute, you didn’t take any money out of the 401k. That’s a separate retirement plan type. So, because you didn’t take any money out, we could come in and penalize you for not doing so.” So, when you have different plan types, make sure you’re satisfying the RMD from each plan type. Now, it it doesn’t matter if you have 15 different IRAs, IRS doesn’t care that you took your RMD from one IRA because they’re all the same plan types. Second mistake that we see is aggregating between spouses. So, let’s say Bob and Mary both have RMDs of $10,000. Well, Bob took $20,000 out of his IRA and says, “Mary, don’t don’t worry about taking any money out of your IRA. I’ve already satisfied the RMD for the year.” Well, IRAs stand for individual retirement accounts. Mary still needs to take her own RMD, even though Bob took $20,000 out of his his IRA. So, make sure that each individual is satisfying the RMDs from each of their IRAs. Third is just a common mistake we see. They just forgot to take the RMD. You know, maybe they had health issues, they’re traveling, they completely forgot about it. That’s what we see often is, “Hey, I just forgot to take it out.” And there’s ways to correct it. You just satisfy your RMD for the year and work with your accountant and say, “Hey, I forgot to do this. I know there’s a way that we can avoid that penalty. How do we go about doing this?” So, talk to your accountant about doing that. So, make sure to avoid these mistakes when it comes to RMDs.

    All right, let’s talk about a couple different strategies when it comes to IRAs. So, if you don’t need the money that’s in your IRAs, the one strategy you have is, “Hey, I’m not going to take any money out. I don’t need the money.” So, by doing so, that money stays within IRA, continues to grow tax-deferred, none of that money is landing on your taxable income for the year, and you avoid some of the side effects. The downside of that is that your IRA, if it continues to grow, your RMD gets bigger and bigger. And what happens when your RMD gets bigger and bigger? The IRS takes more of it. So, sometimes it might make sense to say, “Hey, even though I don’t need it, maybe I I take a little bit of money out to stay within certain tax brackets to keep my IRA at a minimum.” And also, I don’t know what taxes are going to look like. I don’t know what taxes are going to look like in 10 years, 20 years. But, if they’re going to be higher, maybe it makes sense to pay the current tax code if you’re okay with it. Also, some of the side effects by not taking money out and just allowing the money to continue to defer is maybe more of your social security is going to be subject to tax. And your Part B premiums increase because all of a sudden your RMD is much bigger than what you expected.

    We talked about this quite a bit and then we think this is a very effective strategy to consider is Roth conversions. Roth conversions is when you’re taking money out of your traditional IRA and moving it over to a Roth IRA. Whatever money you move over, you pay today’s taxes on on it. So, Jill converts $100,000. 100,000 is added to added to her income today. Based on her total income, she pays taxes at whatever rate she is at that time. But by doing these cross Roth conversions, you’re paying today’s taxes and you let the money sit for the next five five years plus years and all earnings and interest is going to come out tax-free. So, again, as long as you’ve had the account for five years, you’re over 59 and a half, all earnings and interest are tax-free. Now, if you decide, “Hey, I’m 60 years old. I’m going to convert today.” Well, you have to wait till 65 and 65 for all earnings and interest to come out tax-free. Even though you’re over 59 and a half, you avoid that 10%penalty, you still have to wait that five-year time horizon. If you wait if you’re 50 years old and you do a Roth conversion today, well, you actually have to wait till 59 and a half for you to avoid that 10%penalty and have all earnings and interest come out tax-free. Now, who can do Roth conversions? There’s no age limit. I I think the oldest person I’ve done it for is 94, 96. She was in a nursing home and she based on all of her medical expenses, we were able that money, and then she still had access to it access to that money for her to use, but if she passed away, that money passes on to the beneficiaries all tax-free. There’s no income limits. There used to be a point where if you made over $100,000, you weren’t able to contribute to a you weren’t able to convert a Roth IRA. That’s not the case anymore. And there’s no requirement to work. So, anybody can do Roth conversions. Now, ultimately with Roth conversions, you’re reducing the risk of raising rising rates. Again, I don’t know what tax is going to be look like in 5 years from now. Taxes could be higher than they are. So, if taxes are concerned to you, maybe paying today’s taxes might make sense. And then also, if you think about it, if you converted all of your money that was were in 401ks or IRAs to Roth IRAs, chances are none of your social security is going to be subject to tax, and you’re you don’t have to worry about Part B premiums increasing.

    Roth IRAs have flexibility, too. What I mean by that? There’s no requirement on the distributions. You can leave that money in there as long as you want. You decide when you want to take the money out. You can let that money continue growing for the next 30 years. You can let this money pass on to your beneficiaries all tax-free. So, Roth IRAs provide some flexibility. Now, I’m not saying everybody should go out and do Roth conversions. I think it’s really kind of understanding does it make sense or not. Everybody’s situation is completely different. Now, I still bring this up because of this is really important for you to be aware of. Prior to 2018, you used to be able to do a Roth conversion, and if the market dropped 20%, you could say, “Whoa, I don’t want to pay taxes on that higher amount. I’m just going to undo it and treat it as it never happened.” That’s no longer the case. Now, if you do a Roth conversion, even if the money drops, even if the market goes down 20%, you can’t undo it. You are stuck with doing the Roth conversions. So, make sure you understand what the tax liability is going to be on that Roth conversion. You understand if you’re going to be phased out of certain credits, so you’re aware of that. Make sure that you understand if the investments drop, it is what it is. And if you decide to change your mind that 6 months down the road you’re like, “Aha, I shouldn’t have done that Roth conversion.” Well, it’s too late. So, have a general sense of some of these questions before you do Roth conversions. Ask yourself, do you have a rough idea of what the tax liability is going to be on the Roth conversion? Do you have a plan to pay the taxes? Do you have a reasonable expectation of the benefits of prepaying your taxes, and does it make sense for your overall goal? If you’re able to answer yes to each of these questions, maybe it makes sense. So, doing Roth conversions take a little bit more time to really understand does it make sense to do or not. One strategy that we come across that we talk about is filling up the bracket. I just talked to someone today. She’s retired, and we, after looking at her tax liability, social security, pension, what she’s already taking out for the year, she could take another $15,000 out and still stay within a 12%tax bracket. That’s filling up the bracket or filling up the bucket. Now, you have the option of, “Hey, we can convert about $15,000. You pay 12%in taxes, and now it’s all tax-free for you at some point down the road.” Or you can say, “Hey, take that money out, throw it in my savings, and I’m going to use it.” So, everybody’s situation is completely different. But, looking at filling up the bracket or the bucket does make sense when it comes to doing Roth conversions. Also, maybe look for a years when you’re doing Roth conversions. Let’s say you’re a business owner and you just didn’t really have a good year. Maybe a Roth conversion this year, pay the lower tax on it, makes might make sense. Maybe you retire and you’re going to delay Social Security till age 70. You have this like 5-year gap where you’re like, “Hey, I’m my tax is really low.” Those are good years to do Roth conversions. Or maybe you have a medical a mother or father that’s in a nursing home and has all these medical expenses. Maybe working with them to do Roth conversions because you’re able to deduct up to over 7.5%of your medical expenses. So, if your income was a over if your income was $50,000 up or let’s let’s make the math easy. Your income is $100,000 and 7.5%of that is $7,500. You’re able to deduct anything above that $7,500. So, if they’re in a memory care spending $10,000 uh $10,000 a month, that’s a lot of medical expenses that you can deduct to reduce your taxable income by maybe looking at Roth conversions.

    All right, let’s move on to a different strategy. Making sure you understand how you move money between different plans cuz there’s two types of plans, an indirect and trustee to trustee. An indirect rollover is when you’re taking money out of your IRA or 401k. Let’s let’s use a 401k. Let’s say you take money out of a 401k. They will automatically withhold 20%in taxes and you have up to 60 days to put that money back into an IRA to make sure all of that is not subject to taxes. I dealt with a client that without my knowledge, she took all of her money out of the 401k. They withheld 20%in taxes and it was going to push her into a 32%tax bracket. The way we rectified that is we put in all that money back into an IRA within the 60 days and we had to put that 20%that they withheld back into the IRA for all that money to be tax-deferred. Now, at the end of the year when they filed her taxes, she got that 20%that the 401k withheld back. But, this is considered an indirect rollover. When you’re taking possession of the money, even though you’re at the end of the day, the intent is to put that money back into the IRA. You’re only able to do this once a year.

    Let’s talk about direct rollovers or trustee to trustee transfers. This is when you call your 401k company and say, “Hey, I’m going to move my money to ABC company and we want to roll this money over to ABC.” And then they say, “Okay, fine. We’re going to cut a check payable to ABC and it’s going to be deposited into that IRA.” You will avoid the 60-day rollover, you will avoid the 20%withholding, and you can do as many of these as you want throughout the year. This is what a check kind of looks like. It’s It’s ABC or in this case company X, company X FBO your name. And this is a direct way to transfer money between plans.

    Now, when it comes to the fourth strategy, make sure you’re coordinating your IRA with everything else in your financial picture. IRA is just one piece of the puzzle. You still need to think about how am I going to create income in retirement? What about taxes? How about planning to pay for my kids’ education? Your overall financial plan. So, this is again, IRA is just one piece of the overall puzzle. The other thing that you need to know of is strategically allocating assets to help you reduce your tax liability. Here’s an example. Let’s say you have $100,000 in an IRA, $100,000 in a non-IRA account. You’re in a 24%tax bracket. You have $100,000 that’s invested in CDs or bonds paying 4%and you have $100,000 that’s invested in dividend stocks that are paying about 4%. Now, you can come in and say, “Okay, I’m going to own my dividend stocks within my IRA.” Now, and if you want that $4,000, so in this case you have $100,000 invested in dividend stocks paying $4,000 of income. That money you take out of the IRA is considered ordinary income and you’re paying 24%tax on it. Where on in the non-retirement accounts, you invest in bonds or CDs and interest or CD interest is taxed at ordinary income. It So, you pay 24%tax on that also. So, your total tax liability on this is almost $2,000. Now, there might be a better tax-efficient way to structure this. If you own the CDs and you choose to within your IRA, you still take the 4% out. It’s still going to be considered ordinary income and you pay 24%. But, if you have $100,000 invested in qualified dividend stocks, qualified dividend stocks qual-qualified dividends are taxed at 15%versus 24%. So, qualified dividends are taxed at a different rate. So, in this case we’re able to reduce your tax liability to about $1,600. That’s around $400 that you get to keep in your pocket by by strategically allocating assets to different accounts.

    Let’s talk about Social Security and IRA coordinating IRA planning. So, a common question that we get is hey, should I take money out of my IRA and delay Social Security until 70? Or should I just take Social Security now and let that money continue to grow. When it comes to Social Security, Social Security does offer a cost of living adjustment. They have survivor benefits. And so, there is some trade-offs in between the two scenarios. So,

    Social Security, if you like it or not, is an annuity. It’s an annuity that’s going to provide you a guaranteed income for the rest of your life. And fifth, right now, 15%of that Social Security is tax efficient, meaning 50% of your Social Security is tax free to you. So, there are so are some benefits by delaying Social Security. Now, everybody’s situation is completely different. Here’s an example of a client that I worked with. She’s single, not married, and she was debating, do I delay my Social Security till 70 or do I take it now when I retire at 66? Okay, let’s run a couple different scenarios. The blue represents her delaying her Social Security till 70. And then the gray is kind of laid on top of that, her taking her Social Security at 66. When you look at these two different scenarios, her break-even point was 93. Meaning that for you to benefit waiting till 70, you have to live beyond age 93 to really benefit from it. Well, she’s not married, she has no kids. It did not make sense to delay till 70. So, she ended up taking her Social Security at 66. Now, everybody’s situation is completely different and it’s somewhat of a personal choice. I mean, I can show you the numbers and show you a break-even analysis, but if you want to delay your benefits till 70, it’s a personal choice. Do it.

    Let’s talk about IRA planning and estate planning. Now, at times we see people forgetting to update beneficiary forms on the 401k’s and IRAs. When it comes to IRAs, you would name the beneficiary. You name who inherits that money.

    And so, there’s different types of IRA beneficiaries. You have an eligible designated beneficiary, non-eligible designated beneficiary, and non-designated beneficiary. And we’ll we’ll go through each of these different types of beneficiaries. The first one we’ll talk about is a non-designated beneficiary. These are non-living people. So, if you come in and say, “Hey, I’m going to name my estate as my beneficiary.” What happens is when you pass away, this money goes into an estate, probate has to be opened, and then depending on your age of passing, depends on how that money comes out. So, let’s think about this. Let’s say you pass away at age 75. Or let’s say let’s say you pass away at age 80. So, you’re past the RMD age, goes into a state, probate has to be opened, someone finds a will, goes to court, and says, “Hey, this money should come to me.” And of course, they say, “Okay, yep, everything looks good. Money is yours.” And after because you passed away after the age of required minimum distribution, this person that inherits the money has to continue taking that money out over your single life expectancy age. Now, let’s say that you passed away at age 65, and you named your state also. Well, in this case, goes through the same process, probate, will, judge says, “Yeah, it goes to this person.” Now, you inherit this money. Because you passed away before the required minimum distribution age, this person now has to take the money out over a five-year period. So, make sure you’re naming a beneficiary, especially if you want this money to go to your sister. I I just talked to someone the year that her sister named her state instead of naming her other sibling. So, they went through probate, money comes to the the living sister. Now, she has to take this money out over a 5-year period. It caused her to pay more taxes than expected. Non-eligible designated beneficiaries are non-spouse beneficiaries. This is where you come in and say, “Hey, I’m going to name my siblings or or friends to be the beneficiaries.” When they inherit this, you used to be able to stretch it over your life expectancy, but now you have to take it out over a 10-year period. So,

    yeah, non-spouse beneficiary. Now, some of you still have the ability to stretch the bene-stretch the distribution over your life expectancy. If you’re a disabled person, chronically ill, you’re within 10 years of the descendant’s age, or minor children. If a minor children inherits an IRA, at the age of majority, they would have to switch over to a 10-year distribution if they’re not disabled. So, just know that nowadays when you name a non-spouse, that person has to take the money out over a 10-year period. You can name a trust as a beneficiary, but it can be complex and it could cost complex and costly. But, this is where you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I want to take control of how they get the money out.” So, let’s say you set up a trust. The money goes into the trust, and lot of times this is where you have specific instructions. They’re only getting a certain amount of money, or some of this money is going to go to charities, or whatever the case is. That’s when you may name a trust as a beneficiary in an IRA. Speak to an estate planning attorney if you want to go down this path. Options when it comes to spousal beneficiaries, you have two options. You can roll the money into your name or you can remain as beneficiary. When you roll this money into your name, you’re basically taking full control of this money. So, let’s say Bob passed away, Mary’s going to move everything into her name and treat it as her own. Now, re-re-remember though that if your husband or wife passed away at age 50 and you move that money into your name, you’re going to still be subject to that 59 and 1/2 rule and be subject to that 10%. But, if you’re So, the other way about that is remain as beneficiary. So, if your spouse passed away at age 50, you you remain as a beneficiary. That allows you to start taking money out of that IRA and avoid that 10%penalty. So, there are couple different options when it comes to when you inherit an IRA from your spouse, what are your options? A lot of times sometimes if there’s an age difference, we might come in and say, “Hey, remain as beneficiary because based on your age, like uh you’re you’re not going to be subject to RMDs at a at a certain point.” So, just talk to us or talk to your advisor. Make sure, “Hey, my spouse passed away. What should I do? Should I move it into my IRAs or should I remain as beneficiary?”

    Okay. I know I covered a lot of information and there’s probably a lot more out there to cover, but we’re here to help you. We are employed by by the credit union. Me and Kim both have probably over combined over 50 years of experience helping people plan for retirement. But, we can answer questions regarding tax efficient withdrawal strategy. Does it make sense to take money out of your IRAs and delay social security? Does it when does it make sense to do Roth conversions? There’s multiple things that we can help you with when it comes to your financial life. And think about climbing a mountain. Climbing a mountain sometimes we refer to as retirement. You know, you’re climbing the mountain, climbing up, you get to the top, you’re like, “Yay, I did it. I’m retired.” But sometimes going down the mountain is the most dangerous point. And same with retirement. Once you hit retirement, there’s certain things that you have to kind of think about that you previously didn’t think about. You didn’t think about longevity, You didn’t think about health care costs. You didn’t think about the market being up and down. While you’re working, you just invested more money when the market was down. You didn’t think about inflation. These are all things that now you have to think about in retirement. And a lot of the planning that Kim and I do covers this. And let me show an example. So, Richard and Deborah Human saw us. They’re going to work till 66, 67, 65. Richard has some health issues, so we’re using a shorter life expectancy for him. They both have 401ks. They have money in savings. Their house is completely paid off. They have income coming in. We know what their social security looks like, their PBGC is that they’re going to be receiving. They want to live on $5,000 a month in retirement with built-in health care costs, they built-in a travel budget, and we’re looking at federal and state taxes. They’re both contributing to a 401k, maxing it out, and receiving a match. So, first thing that we did is we just put all these pieces together and say, “Hey, based on where you’re at today, are you able to meet your specific goals?” So, the blue is them working, the dark blue is social security, the teal is a pension, the yellow is taking money out of their savings, the dark red is a required minimum distribution. So, yeah, based on this, like, you’re a little bit over 2 million remaining at age 95 based on the path you’re going to spend.

    Oop.

    Computer just froze. Sorry. Oh, there it goes. Uh let’s look at taxes. You know, we know that right now with you working you’re in about a 24%tax. One spouse stops working retires, taxes go down. You have this window where you really don’t pay any taxes at all. Taxes come back in the picture because of required minimum distribution. And then when one spouse passes away, your taxes would go up again and at that point. So, let’s think about we can run Roth Roth conversion scenarios and say, “Hey, let’s consider doing Roth conversions when you’re retiring and stay within a 12 12%tax bracket.” The yellow represents the tax liability uh the yellow represents how much we can convert in those years. And what’s the benefit? The benefit is that you save a little bit over $100,000. That’s $100,000 that you’re not giving to the IRS, that you get to keep in your own pocket. So, we’re able to help you reduce your tax liability in those years when one spouse has passed away. We can consider like, “Hey, let’s Does it make sense to delay Social Security till 70?” You know, the break even is 79. Well, if Dever’s going to live beyond 79, then it probably makes sense to delay Social Security till 70. If he wants to Richard wants to retire early at 62, does that make sense? And we’re able to run that and even at 62 it says, “Yeah, if you want to retire earlier, you have the ability to do so. You’re just not leaving as much to the kids.” So, our planning that the planning that we do can really get very detailed and run different scenarios for your situation and give you a clear idea like, “Hey, what what is the best way to go when it comes to my financial situation?” All right. With that, I’m going to open up to questions. Before I open up questions, I’m going to turn on a poll. The poll just says, “Hey, if you’d like us to reach out to you, you’d like to schedule a meeting with us, please let us know. We’ll make sure to reach out to you and and go from there. Let’s see here. Oh, interesting. Um Did the poll show up, Malcolm? There it is. Okay. There it is. Okay. Cool. Now I see it. All right. All right, perfect. Perfect. Well, what questions do we have? Let’s see. Uh echo Okay, that’s not really a question. Sorry about that. Uh For aggregating different plan types for the RMD, are there other plan types besides 401k and IRA? So, there’s so many. Uh Well, there’s not so many. I mean, you Yeah, you have a 403b’s, 403b’s, 457’s, 401k’s, and then the the IRA’s. Um SEP IRA’s. Yeah. Yeah. Hm.

    Okay. Um did you say that if your IRA beneficiary is your estate rather than a person or a nonprofit, it has to go through probate? Yeah. Yeah. Because if it goes to your estate, I mean, it goes to your estate and then probate’s going to I mean, they don’t know who your beneficiary is going to be unless I mean, they’re going to have to go look at the will. And then the will will indicate who your assets go to. But if then there’s no will, then it’s probably the next of kin that’s going to step up and say,”Hey, I’m next of kin and I should inherit this money.”It just gets complicated, so it’s best to name beneficiary, so the money goes directly to whoever you name as you want to receive this money. I I can give you an example about I had a client clients, husband and wife. The wife was the husband’s beneficiary. The wife died. The husband never told me that she died and then he died. So, it was a mess across two estates. It was their next of kin that had to step up, but it required lawyers and court documents and testamentary trust and it is it’s a mess. Um, so, yes, name a beneficiary. Uh, here’s a question around that. If your beneficiary is a trust, does it go to probate? No, I mean the trust has specific instructions on how the money’s going to be dispersed. So, the trust you can name a trust and the trusts avoid probate. It’s a named beneficiary. Okay, let’s see. What else? That’s all I see out there for questions.

    See, oh, here’s another one. Another one pop up. Can I take my job’s monthly 401k contributions and put that money with most of my salary into a 401k Roth? So, you’re talking about the employer match, I think. I’m not sure. Yes. Yeah, I mean you you check with the plan because every plan document is a little bit different, but they should allow you to move 401k over to the Roth and you might have to pay taxes on whatever that pre-tax bucket of money is. But, if it’s after tax and you’re converting it to Roth, there shouldn’t be any tax liability. talking She’s asking about con-or he is asking about contributions. Okay. Match with salary. Yeah, so your own contributions obviously you can shift from the pre-tax to the Roth. The match, the employer match generally, I have not seen employers allow the match to go to a Roth. Have you, Malcolm? No, but that’s part of the Secure Act 2.0 that like you’re going to have the ability to choose. I, I don’t know how many 401k providers are up to up to code with that new new, but basically how it’s going to work if you once I get it up and running and if you decide,”Hey, I want my matching to go into a Roth,” you can indicate that. And whatever that tax liability is, you pay the tax liability, cuz the corporation’s always going to want the tax write-off, so they’re just not going to be like, “Okay, yeah, let’s put it in the Roth.” There’s going to be some kind of tax liability gets that gets pushed to you to pay for doing that Roth match contribution. Yeah you’re paying tax on your employer match if you want it to go to the Roth. Yeah. Um I heard some people can put even most of their salary you don’t need a 401k Roth. I heard something every every plan is going to be a little bit different so yeah so some plans offer the kind of non-qualified 401k where you put after-tax money in and you’re able to convert it every plan is a little bit different so you just have to check with your plan plan and say hey what what do I have access to?

    Everybody’s got different rules so if you make 200,000 and only need 50 to live on does that mean you can put 150 into the 401k Roth? So, there are certain contribution limits. And so, when it comes to the 401k, there is still a contribution limit but, the the company at times offers a separate plan, which is considered a non-qual, that allows you to put much more into. Again, every employer is a little bit different what they have to offer, so I’m not saying like,”Yeah, you can do that,”because you may not have a plan that offers that ability.

    Uh what else everybody have anything any other questions for us?

    I think that’s it all good questions. Thank you for joining us today and hopefully you learned something new or at least raised some questions that you need to go chase down with your plan provider. So, thanks everybody and we’ll look forward to talking with you again soon. Yep. All right.

  • 10/24/2026 – This New AI Doesn’t Run One Agent – It Runs a Whole Company – This Changes Everything

    Running a single AI agent is great, but running an entire team of them is a completely different level. So, in this video, I’m going to show you how to run a company of agents. We’ll create a team together, give each agent a role, put a manager in charge, and let them run real work on their own. And the best part is I found a platform where we can do this with absolutely no code required. Let me show you how it works. Let’s start with why the one agent thing breaks. I mean, you’ve probably felt it if you’ve ever tried giving one agent hundreds of different jobs. You ask it to do research, writing, and design, and what ends up coming back is, let’s just say, mid. It’s the same reason you wouldn’t hire one person to be your researcher, your writer, and your designer. They’d be stretched too thin to be good at any of it. But, honestly, that’s the small wall. And there are different ways to solve for this, which I cover in some of my other videos. However, there is a bigger wall, and nobody really talks about it. Here’s the thing, I don’t just play with agents. I actually run a business with a team of nine people, and every AI agent harness I’ve used, whether it’s Hermes or Openclaw, they’re great single-player agents. I mean, they are built and designed to be used for one person. That’s not a bug, it’s a feature of those tools. So, the second you try to run that like an actual team, it starts falling apart. Your people can’t get in. They can’t see what the agent did. They can’t jump into the same thread. They can’t work alongside it. And most companies are not single-player. I mean, we’ve tried adding a Hermes agent to a Slack team channel, but permissions on there are a nightmare. And that was a big wall for me. I have this powerful agent and a team of nine people, but no way to put them all together in the same room. So, let’s fix it the way a real company would. And that’s exactly how I found HyperAgent. It’s the first setup I’ve used that’s actually built for teams instead of one person. So, my whole agency can work inside of it together. And luckily, this video is sponsored by HyperAgent. HyperAgent is a place to hire and run a whole team of AI agents in the cloud with no code required. Nothing to install. You just sign in, make an account, and you’re in. Oh, and you can now sign in to HyperAgent with the ChatGPT plan you already pay for. So, you don’t have to pay for any other AI subscription. And if you don’t have a ChatGPT plan, you can use my link below to get $100 in free credits to use on any AI model that you want. Okay, let’s hire our first agent. Building an agent in here is basically like writing a job posting. To hire our first agent, we’re going to click over here, new agent, and the first step is identity. We have to describe what the agent’s job is. And I’m going to start with our manager agent. He’s going to be in charge of managing and orchestrating all the other agents. So, let’s write, you are Matt, chief of staff, you run my company’s AI agent team, and you report only to me. Let me actually add, your job is to take what I ask for, break it into the right pieces, and hand each piece to the specialist who owns it. You don’t do the work yourself, you delegate it, you follow up on it, and you bring me back one clear answer. Always keep it short and concise. I hate long paragraphs of fluff. That’s it. From there, we’ll click on draft identity, and it will create its own system prompt. We, there you go. It just did. It gave itself a system prompt, a description, and we’re going to give it a name. I’m going to go for Max. And then, the next step is picking out its model. Since I connected my GPT subscription, I’ll go with my OpenAI, uh, not GPT-6 Astra. We don’t need something that strong. I’ll go with the latest. So, bigger models make better calls and cost more. So, match the model to the role. You can even set a budget cap for each and every one of them by toggling this on and then putting what your budget limit is. Since I’m on the subscription, I’m going to keep it as is. And then, when we’re setting up the other agents, you can point the grunt work at a cheaper model. Then, we go to tools and integrations. These are essentially what these you want to hand each agent. For example, our content agent that we’ll create later needs to have Instagram access. So, we’ll connect that. But, I don’t think our chief of staff necessarily needs that, so I’ll just go to the next one here, which is invocations. Here, you can choose where other places you want to be able to reach your agent. If you want to talk to it via Telegram or for it to talk to you via Slack or email, you can turn that on and set that up right here. I don’t need that necessarily. I want to be able to talk to it here, so I’ll just keep it as is. Oh, and another thing you can set here before I forget is who can also reach your agent. I which I’ve set this to anyone since we’re going to include my team when I set this up as well. Then, finally, the last step is knowledge. If you’d like to customize this, you can, but I’ll keep this as it is by default and click on create agent. And there you go. We can also give it a an image, which I would like to do that. I think Max is a wizard. I’d like a 16-bit avatar of him. And it’s generating it. And there we go. I love it. I’m going to choose to keep it, save it, and from there, the next step is to create a new thread with our agent and make sure that plan mode is on. It is on by default, but just make sure. That way, it’ll show you its steps before it touches anything for the first turn, for the first prompt we’re going to give it. And with that, let’s hire the rest of its team members. Now, we bring on the rest of the company. There are two ways we can do this, either by going through what we just did for every different AI team member, or by asking our chief of staff agent to do it for us. And that’s exactly what we’re going to do here. So, I’m going to send it. Before you can run anything, you need a team, so let’s hire them. Create these four agents. Number one, a prospector, who finds and vets new leads every day and hands the qualified ones to the setter. He needs web search and browser. Then, second, we need a setter, who lives in my inbox, replies to incoming leads, and drafts outreach in my voice. I already have a template to reply. We can set for it. Never send anything without my approval. Needs email access. Another tool we need to make sure this specific agent has. Then, is a client success manager, who keeps an eye on our active clients and their feedback and flags anyone who’s unhappy or gone quiet. He needs access to where our client conversations live. I already have a bot set up for that, or rather, a Telegram registry set up for that, so we need to link it to this. And then, a content creator, who tracks my Instagram performance and brings me content ideas and full drafts to film. Needs access to my Instagram, its analytics, and to VidIQ. The purpose of you and your team is to help me manage and scale my business. This is the first prompt I’m going with. I’m going to hit send. And just like that, it’ll open its first thread in plan mode for that first prompt only, where it’s going to start ideating and thinking and going over the first prompt that I sent it, what I like to call the startup prompt. And from there, we’re going to see what it’s going to come back with. So, here, it already asked the first question, which inbox should the setter work from? I use Gmail, so Gmail. Where do your active client conversations and feedback primarily live? Multiple places. Let me actually name them. Telegram plus Slack. Telegram plus Slack. I already have an API that I can give you later on to access this data. And what should I use to configure the setter’s voice and the content creator’s research workflow? I’m going to send that. Those are the three questions it asked me with their three replies. Sent me the team structure is clear. I’m turning it into an implementation plan that pre-preserves approval gates and accounts for the integration that still needs to be connected. So, starting to draft the implementation plan, and it asked me one more question, “How would you like me to proceed with this four-agent team plan?” Let’s read it. Yep, it seems to have understood well what I want, so I’m going to approve its plan and send that, saving all the things that I’ve given it to memory, and it’s going to continue to do that every time it learns something new. It’s very good, and we’re able to see what it’s saving. There we go. These are the four agents. All I need to do, I can look into each one if I want to. See prospector, there it is. Integrations, even set its schedule for it. I save all of those agents. I’m going to tell it that I saved. Here is the next step, which is connecting each agent to whatever tools they need. Here, really, it’s very customizable depending on what your own specific agents that you’re creating need. What you can do, and what we can see here, is all of them appear on the left bar. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to click on each one and make sure that they have their capability set. For example, the content creator needs access to Instagram and to VidIQ, so I’m going to go ahead and connect everything that I need to connect. And there we go. Just a few minutes later, everything is set up. I’ve even given each of them a profile picture and all the capabilities. Like, the setter has access to Gmail, the content creator has access to Instagram. And by the way, there’s a whole ton of integrations. I doubt that you won’t be able to find whatever integration is that you want. So, now we’ve got a company. Let’s put them in the same room and start working. It’s called rooms, and you can access all of them over here. A room is basically the office. It’s like a Slack channel where you can add different agents and different team members to different groups. It’s essentially one shared workspace where your whole company works together. And three things happen here. Your specialist agents, in our case the prospector, the setter, the client success manager, and the content creator all run in parallel instead of one at a time. And then your actual human teammates can jump into that same thread and talk to them. Let’s call this one general chat and create the room and most importantly add our members like setter, the content creator, the client success manager, the prospector, and most importantly our operator Max. And I’m going to send hi Max, I’ve just set up this room. This is where we’ll all be working together. And Max answered hi Charbel, got it. I’ll use this room to coordinate with you and the team, keep updates, and pull in the right specialist when needed. Max, what else do you need so that we go live? I’m ready. And here you can see them start to show up. I sent the message to Max, but because the setter is involved, I’ll need the setter to draft an outbound template. That’s literally what I said. The setter is even typing. Like imagine this, the prospector drops a batch of leads into the room, the setter picks them up and drafts the replies, and then it tags me, the human, with something like hey, want me to send these? And nothing goes out the door until a person says so. Or depending on your permissions, I can set it to run automatically, but for the first drafts, I recommend that you keep human approval. And that right here is a team stand up running on its own. So, let’s give them a real job and watch what happens. This is amazing because I asked Max, our operator, to go ahead and start the workflow, and it came up with a plan, and then it started delegating. Here you can see there 12 replies. I sent one message, I received 12 replies, and that’s not them necessarily talking to me, that’s them communicating with one another. And we can see that. The setter sent that it found 15 inbound leads along with an email draft that it gave me, which I do want to change, but it’s good because this is where we get to set it up, and an outbound email template, which I absolutely love. This one I’m not going to change. I’m actually going to tell it. And it also sent us the client success manager report as well, which I’m going to blur for obvious reasons, sensitive client information. But I’ve told it that’s great. Let’s set it up so that the client success manager sends us a ping around anything that’s urgent every single day. Look at this. It’s amazing. Max is tagging the client success manager. Hey, don’t send anything. The client success manager, yeah, of course, everything is read-only. No client messages are being sent. Look at that. Even the content creator came in the loop and sent us his report essentially. And look at that. The prospector came back with eight founders found. And I’m going to ask Max every time the prospector finds a lead, they should have an email. If they don’t have an email, then we can’t send anything. And if they have an email, then that to the setter, which will send our outbound template. So, to recap, by just telling them to go, after we’ve outlined everything that we’ve outlined, the prospector found and vetted new leads and handed them to the setter who drafted replies. Then the content creator came in, read my Instagram numbers, and pulled together today’s content ideas with drafts ready in my voice. Look at this. Before you ask AI for 30 content ideas, open your last three sales calls along with the full script, what visuals should be on there, and a CTA and captions as well. We have one, two, three short-form video ideas. And we have our client success manager that scanned clients for us and flagged one that’s gone quiet. Then Max took all of this and packaged it for me very tightly and nicely so that I don’t need to go through everything I just went through. Tagged me only when it needed something from me for me to approve. Absolutely love this. What’s very impressive is I didn’t tell it how to find outbound leads. But looking into its data, it’s literally pulling in different sources for every single lead. No two sources are the same. And it’s going to find their LinkedIn. From their LinkedIn, it’s finding their emails, and it’s drafting the emails with the information it finds. Do you start to see the vision of how a company humans and AI starts to work and click together? And you think about this because the prospector goes and hunts for new leads, outbound leads. And he sends that to the setter, who then approaches those leads. Just like this. I click approve, and there we go. We’ve just sent our first outbound lead that we didn’t even have 5 minutes ago. That lets us set calls and close them. And then our content creator goes out and comes up with content ideas for us for Instagram. Which by the way, if you’re not following my Instagram, you absolutely should. I just started posting content on there, and I absolutely love it. There’s a ton of great free value on there. It’s Charbel XYZ. But imagine that, the content creator drafts you ideas for your Instagram. You post that content, and you get inbound leads messaging you on your email. The setter replies to them, also helps you close the deal, and then the client success manager helps you keep track of all your clients, making sure that all of them are happy and satisfied. That’s the entire vision of how HyperAgent can help inside of that organization. There we go. It just sent the first email. This is magical. All right, now that you’ve seen how this all works, you might be thinking, “I already run an agent. I’ve got Hermes or Open Claw or any other AI agent harness already. How is HyperAgent any different? Or how does it compare?” So, let me break it down. It’s not about who can run more agents because most of them can run a few. The real difference is who they’re built for. Almost every one of these is single player, which is great if you work alone. But I don’t. I’ve got a team of nine, and HyperAgent is the only one I found that’s actually multi-player, where my whole team works in the same space, in the same room, right alongside all of the agents. That’s the gap nobody else is filling. Hermes and Open Claw I genuinely love. I’m a big Hermes agent super fan myself. If you’ve noticed or taken a look at any of my channel, those tools are open-source. They run on your own machine. You own them completely. But, they’re built around a single always-on agent doing your jobs one after another. Grok Bot is multi-agent, starts at $100 a month and it’s hard to get a team inside. OpenAI’s dots is the same idea. It lives inside ChatGPT, but it’s also gated to only pro users, so also $100 a month. Meta’s Muse is a free single assistant for the everyday stuff, booking, shopping, email. HyperAgent is playing a different game. It’s the one built from the ground up for a team. Many specialists, uh manager over them, running in parallel in a shared room with you inside of it. It’s not a better single agent. That’s an org for your team and agents to work inside of it. So, here’s where I land. If you’re solo, a single agent takes you surprisingly far. So, start there. But, the moment you’ve got a team and clients and real work flowing, one agent in your own private window stops being enough. You need your whole company in the same room, your people and your agents together. That’s what I was missing for months, and it’s what made me add this tool into my toolbox. This was never about running one more agent. It’s about running your business like a company that keeps moving without you. From doing everything yourself to running the whole thing. So, tell me in the comments, what’s the first use case you’d use HyperAgent for? I want to see what everyone builds. And if you want to build your own team, HyperAgent is giving you $100 in free bonus credits when you sign up through the first link in the description. So, go hire your first agent and build it alongside me. If you enjoyed this video, then leave a like. Or, if you’re new to my channel, then subscribe because I’ve got a ton more content like this coming your way. Oh, and would you look at that? The algorithm gods really seem to think that you’re going to enjoy this next video as well. So, click it and I’ll see you there.

  • 10/24/2026 – President Zelenskyy – It’s Time to Tell the Truth About the War! They Found 500 Bodies!

    President Zalinski, how are you doing?

    Well, it’s hard. Uh, I’ll be honest. I uh don’t sleep. It’s a huge terrifying pain that I wouldn’t wish on anyone. I can see the tears in your eyes. Yeah.

    The war started February 24th of 22. I didn’t think there would be a full-scale invasion. I was with my family, told my wife that to the kids, “The war has started. I love you. I’ll call you.” And ran up. Satellite imagery captured a massive 64 km long Russian military convoy leading to Kiev. And just imagine 200,000 people are coming at you. It’s simply impossible to defend. Missiles were raining down on your head. Those were absolutely horrifying moments. And I was in the bunker built right inside my office. Biden called me. We are ready to help you evacuate. What did you say to Biden? I need ammunition, not a ride. They expected people to run and me. I couldn’t abandon the people. And then people showed up as volunteers and our army grew from 200,000 to an army of 800,000. Day after day, we pushed back harder. What was your hardest day through the last four years? We liberated BHA. I went there. Dead bodies lying everywhere. Kids, adults, elderly people chopped meat, butchered them, hands tied, tortured, and then buried in in in pits. When you see a mass today finding a grave in the US or in Britain, God forbid, with 500 tortured people, how do you forgive? And that’s why when President Trump says we need to find a compromise, well, you can’t just forgive everything like that. Is there a realistic path to the end of this war?

    President Zalinski, sometimes the question I’m about to ask you, we answer it flippantly when people ask, but I really want you to answer it in the fullest honest context you possibly can. How are you doing? Well, it’s hard uh hard because it’s like I’m surviving along with my country and with the people and it’s like really uh a question like will tomorrow come or not and the answer to that is yes it will you can’t answer it any other way because I am that means my family my relatives uh my country I’m an inseparable part of it and so How do I feel? Hard but with understanding the difficult reality with optimism because I still believe good wins. I believe in that truly. Is it a bit of a roller coaster on a human level for you? Are there there days where there’s more hope and days where there’s less hope? You can’t live without hope. I understand sometimes inside, you know, you can be shattered inside, especially during wartime, especially families who, you know, lose some someone close in the in their family, a child, God forbid, or uh a wife, a husband, a mother, that is it’s just an internal uh breakdown. It’s very hard and it’s much harder for them I believe just so much harder than uh uh than it is for me with all these challenges. The weight of all of this sits often on your shoulders and when someone does lose a child or a loved one or or a wife or a sister or a daughter, I imagine as I’ve seen from, you know, some of these photos I have here of you. I mean, this photo in particular stands out to me. Oh, that’s a terrible story. It’s just a terrible story. That was uh that’s when a missile hit a playground and the missile speed was such that the siren didn’t help at all. So it was a matter of seconds and the missile struck and children were killed and both children were killed there mostly and adults just adults right there. A couple I remember they were just out walking passing by and because they were walking by and and and were killed. parents, you know, like right on this on this side there are ho homes too and parents there they some of them saw through the window. Do you understand what it’s like to see through a window one of your children just torn apart and toys just such a during such a tragedy it’s a tradition to bring flowers uh for adults and toys for children. I went there. It’s pain. I’ll say it again. My pain can’t even It’s not even 10% of the parents pain. It’s terrifying. Just terrifying. A missile that cut short the life of uh a child who had seen nothing yet. Imagine, by the way. And there are children, a lot of them among the fallen as well, who never lived in peace. I mean, we we lived in in in a different time. We understand what it’s like to live when there are no sirens, no shelling and so on. But there are kids uh every night they go down to the bomb shelter when the alarm goes off and the alarm goes off every night. Then they come back up and some of them have died. And just imagine there are children who never knew what peace was. That’s horrifying. Absolutely. You said at the start of this invasion, this war, that you weren’t sleeping. You said early in this invasion, you said you’ve not earned the right to sleep. And I’m really curious about the sort of human toll that all of this has taken on you over the last four or five years because it it never stops. It never ends. And you you are a human being just like all the rest of us. You have a family, you have kids, but you have the the burden of this kind of horrific incident taking place in your country at all all the time. What is what is the sort of human burden there? And are you sleeping? Uh I’ll be honest, I uh don’t sleep. I I’m a responsible person. I have different traits, good ones, not so good ones. Like every person, nobody’s perfect. Yeah. And every night I speak with our air defense operators, with our guys who run the air defense. Every night we talk. Well, yeah. Thanks to modern technology, it’s very easy. And we text back and forth what’s needed right now. Let’s pull some over from another region. So, it’s an active discussion which obviously well doesn’t let you sleep. Yeah. you know, getting 8 hours of sleep like that is something something totally new to me during these uh years almost 5 years of war. I’m not complaining. I’m not complaining at all. And that’s how I live. Uh the burden, the strongest emotion, I once answered this honestly. There’s a moment when I present awards and there’s this moment when I award and personally the hero of Ukraine, it’s the highest honor when I present this award to parents who uh lost a child. Yeah. A boy or a girl soldiers. That feeling uh you know well how I cease to exist in that moment. I’m just well it’s not e it’s not pain. It’s something ter terrible. I look at these people at their eyes at what they say. Many of them say something and and there are people who just ask for a hug. Imagine you give an award to a father whose very strong hand you can feel. He’s, you know, a strong man. You feel his strong hand and he just quietly says to you, “Can we hug?” So they well, you know, they’re gone. Gone as people anymore. Well, for a time then strong people try to survive. And these moments on the one on the one hand, I respect them. I do it. But on the other hand, it’s hard to bear. I I understand them. And it’s a huge terrifying pain that I wouldn’t wish on anyone. what these parents feel having lost a child, a soldier. These parents didn’t lose a child on a playground. They lost a soldier. They knew that could happen. But knowing and losing are completely different things. I can see the tears in your eyes as you describe this. I’m a human being. I’m not ashamed to be who I am. I’m not the strongest man in the world. I try to set an example, but I’m definitely not a perfect person. Yeah. Is there anything that you Because this is this is a lot to deal with. You know, I I hear you recounting the stories of dealing with these parents. Is there anything that you you do to take care of yourself? What is it that keeps you strong?

    My kids. My kids. I I just you know I have to be an example. I told myself maybe I don’t have to but that’s what I told myself. I have to set an example for my kids. This is the way that is not and you have to set an example. Be strong. Be as brave as possible. But don’t don’t hide the pain if you have it. You shouldn’t say I don’t feel anything because human beings by nature they’re alive and that’s their weakness but it’s also where a person’s strength lies. That really is where our strength is. And so my kids keep me grounded very much. So I want to set an example. I want them to be proud of me. We’ll talk about that later. But there’s um there’s one big outstanding question which is who is President Zalinski? And I’ve been through hundreds and hundreds of photos and stories from your childhood. I’ve got some some wonderful photos here of your earliest uh days. And yeah, and this is a beautiful one of your wonderful mother as well. That’s my mom. Yeah. Mom was very beautiful. Well, she still is, but she’s gotten older. Can you take me into your earliest context just so I can get a sort of a a view of what childhood was like for you? What’s the context in which you grew up? And really, I want to understand how that context and early experience fed into the man you are today, the perspective you have, the values that you cherish. I’m from the generation that um straddled uh two u let’s say two different lives meaning I was born in the Soviet Union when Ukraine was part of the Soviet Union and I grew up in an independent Ukraine and I’ve always said that my kids they’re lucky because they were born in an independent country without all these, you know, shades of gray. This is gray. That’s something else. No, it’s black and white, totally clear. They’re patriots. They love their country and their country is Ukraine. While we were born in the Soviet Union, and you know, we were kids from a fairly, let’s say, not I don’t want to offend anyone so my dad doesn’t get upset. Well, from a regular very ordinary family, not not very well off. Let’s put it that way. Yeah, let’s put it that way. Well, that’s and I think it’s totally clear from the photos. Kai was born in Kiri, an academic family in Soviet era Ukraine. Wasn’t um not not like you know in Europe or in the United States. An academic family with everything provided. Usually our academics didn’t make a lot uh of money but again I’m I’m not complaining. I respect my father an honest man a professor well values again and again I got an education and I got raised right and my parents love I think th those three things are enough to be grateful to your parents. I’m not sure people find this interesting. So, let’s move on. Um, when you were a young boy in those photos, when you’re under the age of 10, had I asked you what you wanted to be when you grew up, what what would you have answered? Because, and to be honest, I changed like the wind. Honestly, there was a time when I really wanted to be a diplomat, wanted to be uh a border guard. Yeah. And then uh I went to law school, graduated from law faculty and while studying I realized that I was more interested in media. So I got out and started working that exact field. I mean at 17 years old you became interested in comedy. Yeah. And you joined a comedy group. And you from what I read you you did that up until the age of about 26 years old. So you were a comedian up until the age of 26 years old before starting a media company. I yeah, but I was more I enjoyed I was a script writer and so sometimes as a writer I also did um a little acting. I I enjoyed it. Yeah. Until I was 26 and then um at 26 I got my own company. There’s some interesting stats I found. Uh 28 years old you won Ukraine’s Dancing with the Stars. Yeah. Yeah. So, you can dance? I think yes. I’m not sure that now I can. And later you voiced Paddington Bear in the Ukrainian language film. Yeah, I really really loved I think Paddington is a very cool thing. Really right. and for the people. I’m not sure all of it is just for kids to be honest. But nonetheless, that character resonated deeply with me. And I I even after I became president, the next Paddington installment was coming out. And all this was before the war and they were sending me signals. Would you consider voicing another Paddington movie? I said, well, I’d really love to, but I didn’t. Yeah. No. Um, and then between 34 years old and 37 years old, you appeared in a bunch of different feature films. And most interestingly, you starred as one particular character, a school teacher who accidentally becomes president in the satirical TV series called Servant of of the People. The People. I think I have a photo. No. Teacher of history. You’ve got to explain the context here because people can’t believe that this is true. They can’t believe that you actually acted as an actor who accidentally becomes president. And you must find this bizarre that you then became president because presumably at that time you weren’t expecting to become president when you became an actor pretending to be president. Absolutely. I definitely didn’t expect it. Absolutely. And this idea this this idea was about 10 to 12 years old. Once um this idea came to me and I thought about it. I lived with this idea for a long time. I love doing that. And at some point the feeling was that um the world is changing, Ukraine is changing and right now this idea is relevant. It will resonate and people will like it. What was the idea? When you say the idea, the person from the people without any uh history, without any political background becomes president and that’s how it turned out to be honest. So, you were playing a character in a TV series called Servant of the People, and the character was pretending to be the president. And you and you realize that actually the idea of there being a sort of servant of the people party or president was probably quite a good idea based on what was going on in Ukraine at that time. And because of the government instability at the time, you actually registered Servant of the People as a real political party in Ukraine. Uh well, that sounds basically like a pretty good uh script. Uh yeah, but it wasn’t honestly calculated like that. Uh the series was very popular. In parallel, there were a few other projects. We had a political satire uh project. Uh it was very popular. It was even before that series. So I already had my bearings in politics. Anyway, the point was that indeed um I decided to try my hand in this direction. And I really wanted after the occupation of Crimea, after the occupation of Donbas, this whole situation changed us and you and and you started to feel like something something was going wrong here a and it’s war, but there still wasn’t wasn’t that feeling yet because it wasn’t a fullscale war. And so I didn’t want to we were doing business with Barus and with Kazakhstan and with Russia as well. We had offices and projects that we were filming and so on. So uh life changed. I I want wanted to drop it all and this this sense of betrayal by Russia. Well, all of that happened and that’s why and you ch this whole period changed you as well. And so it’s not like it was some calculated plan. The TV show comes out and then a political party. I know about that. I know about that. Some people might think that and that’s fine. That’s normal. People have their own opinions. That’s normal. It coincided the mood in society coincided with my inner mood and with my determination and desire. So it’s a coincidence of many things. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. So, you you talked about how it was really sort of a change in the climate in Ukraine that caused you to move closer to politics because everything that was going on at the time, Russia invaded Crimea here in 2014. Yeah. Um they annexed Crimea and this is and and so four years after this point, you announced that you’re going to run for president. Is this really when the war began in your view? Because there’s been lots of people that have posited when the war began. Some people say the war began a thousand years ago and they talk about old Crimea and the everything that took to took place there with the Roose. Um, some people say it began in 2014 and some people say it began in 2022. In your mind, when did the war begin? I think for many people that time really is different. But if we take take the new Ukraine that regained its independence in 1991 in the 20th century, then I think that in 2014, all of us just couldn’t believe it that this kind of occupation was happening. The war really started with the occupation of Crimea. That’s true. It’s just that it was slow that occupation. It didn’t look much like a war. Why? Well, because Ukraine wasn’t fighting back at that point. Meaning, when they occupied Crimea, there were shots fired there, of course. But for a very long time, Russia wouldn’t admit these were its people. They looked like regular people. They even called them little uh green men. That’s what they called them because you couldn’t tell what that uniform was. Meaning these are people carrying some kind of weapons on the peninsula. And the problem was that there were no clear orders from the Ukrainian authorities that you need to defend your land that someone violated your borders with with weapons and is seizing seizing gradually seizing Crimea. So it was really that kind of creeping occupation. Looking at that time today, not back in 2014, not in 2015, but today, you realize that that’s when the war really began. Our mistake was not pushing them back. And of course, if there have been an order, an order uh to defend the country, I’m sure that I think a full-scale war in the form it h it has today wouldn’t have happened. Well, at least that’s how it seems to me. Um I I read that your your great-grandfather and his grandfather’s four brothers were killed by the Nazis, and his grandfather was the only brother to survive the war. And I wondered how that experience of having that in your family tree has changed how you think about this moment in time when you’re facing a war with Russia. My grandfather went through World War II from start to finish. My grandfather, my father’s dad, and he was Yeah. from a family where there were several brothers and all of them were killed by the Nazis. I have very few relatives in general on both sides of my family on my father’s and my mother’s u many relatives were killed u by the fascists and that’s all that’s why it always sounded so bizarre when Russia accused us Ukraine of supposedly having Nazis. It’s bizarre and completely wild. If people uh all knew even a little bit of history, they would realize that fascists in Ukraine, fascism as such doesn’t exist. Why? Because Ukraine understands deep in its roots what it means uh to be under the fascists. Because during World War II, Ukraine was occupied 100% completely completely totally whereas Russia Ukraine uh Bellarus was occupied Ukraine and Nazi Germany it lost a huge number of its soldiers who died specifically in Bellarus, Ukraine because we all well because our countries or our lands they stood and fought. Russia was not occupied and that is also uh very important to understand. That’s why all of our people in Ukraine saw it well you know as barbaric and an outrage when Putin attacked us and said we have fascism and he’s liberating Ukraine from fascists. I mean it’s absurd. We fought against the fascists. We were the ones liberating. A lot of people don’t have the historical context on how this all began. If if I was a 16-year-old and I had no understanding of geopolitics and I asked you president, I said, “Could you explain to me the background context that I need to understand to understand what the hell is going on at the moment? Wh why why are Russia going into Crimea? What is Vladimir Putin’s perspective? Why does he think that that’s okay? Why does he think that he can invade Ukraine? What is the historical context explained in the simplest terms to a 16-year-old about what the hell is going on here? And I’m going to give you all the time in the world to inform me. There was an empire called the Soviet Union. And that empire, it included a large number of what are now independent states. It’s always like that with empires. Without getting into the historical context, everyone will understand this. It’s always like that with empires. Empires exist for a while and then they collapse because you can only hold everything together through autocracy, a territory like that. So many people through tyranny, through feudalism, through slavery, through certainly not through freedom. Empires don’t survive on freedom. And this is very important. Why do empires fall apart? Because people want to be free. Because people compare their lives in an empire with life in other countries, even small ones. They see how things develop there. They see how things develop there. How they live, walk freely, choose any partner they want, whatever hair color you like, music, clothes, and so on. While the Soviet Union, these empires, like everyone always said, the iron curtain. Why an iron curtain? So you wouldn’t see what’s out there in the west in Europe in the United States of America in Britain or anywhere in Asia. So people couldn’t see in terms of information an empire is hold control everything right. So a complete information vacuum there. You don’t exist. Nothing exists. No internet, nothing. Television that you run and control and people get the information. People live like fish in a fish tank. That’s all it is. The fish tank can be massive like the Soviet Union, but it’s still a fish tank. North Korea is a smaller fish tank, but it’s a fish tank. And that’s what happened with the Soviet Union. The Soviet Union fell apart. Countries were happy. Countries became independent, smaller. Ukraine is one of those countries. And when identity emerges, you have your own language, your own music, your own clothes, and so on. What exists all around the world, it’s great tourism, you travel to Asia, you travel to Thailand, you travel to Japan, you travel to the United States. different culture, different music, food, people, and everyone lives freely. And it’s really cool to soak in another culture. That’s the diversity. Why does an empire fall apart? Because it’s made up of these kinds of people, nations that want to have their own thing. The Soviet Union fell apart, but nostalgia for the Soviet Union stayed with people. Putin was the president of Russia and he set a goal for himself and he’s a purely Soviet man, a very Soviet man. He was an intellig intelligence officer. He uh he worked in the KGB in the KGB in Germany and so on. He said, and this is his fa very famous phrase, that the greatest collapse of the 20th century in the world was the fall of the Soviet Union. And all of that shows that Russia just wasn’t enough for him. And he had the ambition to go back to that to bring back the empire, to bring back the Soviet Union, because he believes that another major country is to blame for the collapse of the Soviet Union. Which one? the United States of America because this has always been a geopolitical war. They’re enemies, the Soviet Union and the and the United States of America, they were allies during World War II and after that, you know, their enemies, the Cold War and so on. So, it’s very simple. Putin wanted to bring back the Soviet Union. And what is the Soviet Union? It is above all Ukraine. Ukraine. It’s Ukraine. Ukraine is country number two. Why? They called the Soviet Union a forge of talent. In Ukraine there were so many people who later led had that kind of education because there were many scientists, many engineers, many universities, a huge intelligencia. That’s what they said that for the Soviet Union, Ukraine was the forge of talent. In other words, in other words, many people who came from Ukraine, who then ran various institutions, ministries in the Soviet Union and so on, meaning it’s the intellectual part of the Soviet Union. Ukraine was always rocket the biggest rocket manufacturing was here, nuclear weapons which Ukraine handed over. A lot of things were made in UK in Ukraine. And what’s the problem for Russia? If Ukraine becomes part of Europe and without the Soviet Union, Ukraine started taking gradual steps in the other direction. Meaning if Ukraine becomes part of Europe, then Russia will collapse. It will fall apart. There are many different peoples, different religions, entirely and simply different nation into many different countries. And Putin decided to piece this whole empire back together. This ambition, where do you start piecing it together? He started the war in Cheschna. He occupied Chichchna, a small country that is now part of Russia. He destroyed it completely. Everything that’s happening in eastern Ukraine. It’s the very same commanders, military commanders who fought in Cheschna who destroyed Cheschna completely. There was nothing left, no buildings, nothing. People were killed. Killed. A huge number of people, by the way, were killed in Cheschna. And he occupied it. And then he decided to bring back the empire starting with Ukraine with a free state, one that wants to be in the European Union, one that is uh smart, intellectual. Other countries too, but here here’s what it is. Well, and the start, there always has to be a pretext to start an occupation. What pretext? It’s always a pretext. The pretext is always language. And he starts with Crimea. He starts the occupation with Crimea. Why? In Crimea there were a lot of Russian speaking people, Russian speaking Ukrainians. But to understand this and in Crimea there was deportation. There was more than one deportation expulsion of the Tatars. In other words, Crimea has indigenous peoples and it’s a multithnic peninsula. Uh but um what happened is he started the occupation with Crimea and with Domba with the east. Why? Because he divided society, unleashed this war based on language. Because language is always such an issue, uh a painful issue. And when you want to divide society, it’s totally unfair. It’s totally despicable toward the people. You start bringing up the language issue. So he brought it up, said that I’m protecting Russian speaking people, which wasn’t true. Nobody took anything from anyone. Yeah. But it was just easier. The east of the country uh borders with the Russian Federation. days before I I think it was the day before Vladimir Putin ordered troops to invade Ukraine, he did a statement where he said, “Modern Ukraine was entirely and completely created by Russia, more precisely, Bolevik, communist Russia. This process began almost immediately after the 1917 revolution. Soviet Ukraine is the result of Bolevik policy and can rightly be called Vladimir Leans Ukraine. Ukraine never had a tradition of genuine statehood.” So he’s very much denying that Ukraine is a nation of it. Why did he choose to invade February 24th? Why did he choose then to invade? If he had invaded Crimea in 2014, why was in your view that the moment where he decided to cross the border and try and by the looks of it take control of the whole of Ukraine? Um, first of all, notice he talks about the Soviet revolution of 1917. That’s ridiculous to anyone. Your country’s history can’t start in 1917. In Ukraine, there are churches. Everyone knows we have very beautiful churches that are a thousand years old. Ukrainian churches painted by Ukrainians. Total master professionals. A thousand years old. Ukraine is it’s the heir to Kievan Rous, a great state that was very well known in Europe on the European continent at least with an advanced civilization. Uh it really with with its own art, with its own traditions and so on. Russia wasn’t even close to existing. Russia came after Ukraine already existed. But he cuts all that out. Starts with the revolution. Why? from the October Revolution of 1917 because he’s talking about the history of the Soviet Union, not about the history of Russia and not about the history of Ukraine. The Soviet Union. Why? Because he’s signaling to people who are in Russia who honestly the kids, they get information in schools and they take it. They don’t go any deeper. He’s signaling to them that their life is the Soviet Union and that’s where we’re heading back to. That’s what he’s doing. He started a fullscale war. The war started 20 4th 24th uh of 22 February 24th. Missile strikes were launched immediately from the territory. It was flying from every every side. Troops were also entering from the territory of Bellarus right from here because it’s the closest route to the capital. they were advancing on Kev and also um came from all directions. Uh they the main goal was to seize the capital of Ukraine. That was their main goal. Naturally, they were counting on the tough guys who were both Russian and the separatists already in the occupied uh in the occupied territory of Donbas. Why? Why in February 2022? Why not later? Why not sooner? Why was that the moment? What had happened that you know because I I part of the reason I asked this question is because President Donald Trump often blames Joe Biden for being weak and that giving Vladimir Putin an opportunity to invade because he didn’t respect President Biden. That’s what’s claimed. Is there truth in that? I’ll explain. I think that um it was a little bit earlier. Um in 21 uh there was a summit. I don’t remember when anymore. I think I don’t remember. There was a Biden Putin summit. Remember that famous summit? We didn’t have all the details. They came out and started talking about something uh publicly and so on. Then rumors started that they discussed the issue of a possible escalation against Ukraine and we kept bringing up this issue over the next few months. We kept bringing it up with the Americans uh and this could really happen and they were saying well it could happen. We asked them then please give us what we need to defend ourselves if there are such risks that some kind of occupation could start. We couldn’t imagine though that fullscale invasion would start because we saw what Russian occupation looked like with Crimea and with um Donetsk and Luhansk oblasts. So you imagined it differently. You couldn’t imagine that overnight missiles would just start flying. Nobody had ever seen anything like that. Why were kids screaming? Why were people fleeing? Why was there absolute chaos? Those were hor absolutely horrifying moments because missiles are literally flying at you. Nowadays, a thousand drones fly in and we shoot them down. We fight. But back then, right around 4:00 in the morning, missiles were raining down on your head. Everyone was in shock. So, he did it in February because that’s what he wanted to do. That was his his plan. I think he told Biden a whole lot of things. I remember unfortunately I think unfortunately President Biden stepped in later um in in the first uh minutes or days of the war. I I had a call with him back then when he offered to evacuate me back then a lot of people offered me help. I said give us weapons, help us defend uh the country. And I think they realized that it’s impossible to occupy us. That’s what I think think happened. I think that um uh the United States back then um I don’t know, maybe they did consider that it could turn out that uh there’d be a conflict and we might be occupied, but nobody counted on us holding out for sure. I remember that uh I think a day before. God, that was so long ago. I’ve forgotten so much already. A day before the invasion, the Europeans who knew less than the Americans, they were talking with Putin and Putin promised them there wouldn’t be an invasion. Oh, he lied to all of them back then. Just he knew there would be an invasion. He knew everything. When did you first get a phone call telling you that Russia were planning to invade Ukraine? How many days before it happened did you get that call? And who was the the call from? It it was never direct like Russia plans an invasion on such and such day and there will be a full-scale war like this and that. It was never like that. These were very cautious diplomatic signals and so on and this uh how can I put it? We kept bringing up this issue. Why? because people were worried and people were worried that affected the economy and affected the currency and the stability of the national currency started to drop which affected the country’s economy and we asked the Americans give us a clear signal if you believe this is war then give us weapons urgently everything you can give because well that’s what our um dialogue was like yeah well but nobody would would give anything. And I asked, “Impose sanctions.” That’s something everybody in Europe knew about. They knew. I asked President Biden, “Impose sanctions on Russia now preemptively. If you know there could be an invasion, impose sanctions. We other and then he won’t go in if he’s really decided to.” But President Biden said, “We’ll impose sanctions if there’s an invasion.” postfactum, not preemptive sanctions, but postfactum. I’m not God to judge uh a president, but I believe that was a mistake in my view. Russia invaded Ukraine in February 2022, but in October 2021, the director of national intelligence and CIA director briefed US leadership and top NATO allies that Putin was making concrete plans for a multiffront invasion. And European media published satellite imagery showing a 100,000 Russian troops, tanks, and field hospitals that had started to emerge. And CIA director flew to Moscow to warn Putin directly against invading in November 2021. Then in December 2021, the US government took the rare step of declassifying intelligent maps and troop estimates, predicting an invasion force of up to 175,000 troops to prevent Russia from using a false flag operation as a pretext. And then in late January, early February 2021, the US National Security Adviser publicly warned that an invasion could begin at any time, urging foreign citizens to evacuate Ukraine. And then on February 24th, 2022, Russia launched a fullscale invasion. And they launched the invasion from multiple sides. Yes. Really with the focus on Kiev. Yes. Can you remember where you were when you realized that they had crossed multiple borders of Ukraine at the same time? I I want to if I was a fly on the wall in whatever room you were in, wherever you were, what would I have seen? Where were you? How did you find out? First of all, I’d like you to know that in Bellarus, the Russians were conducting drills, training. These were annual drills. That’s very important because when we talked to our partners and they uh briefed like you’re saying folks from NATO and so on, nobody fully believed it. Why? Because everybody said they were just saber rattler. Putin was intentionally trying to scare everyone. He wouldn’t launch an invasion. What I just told you, European leaders called him. He said, “I won’t invade.” He had exercises in Barus, military exercises. On top of that, our defense minister was invited there to these exercises and he was there. Just so you understand, imagine that he went there, came back and so on. And then the full-scale uh invasion started from multiple directions. And what the Europeans said, echoing my messages, was impose sanctions and give weapons to the Ukrainians. if you know an invasion is coming. The Americans didn’t do that. They didn’t give them and didn’t impose sanctions. And that’s why everyone had doubts. Everyone thought the Russians were just bluffing. Why? Because he wanted to push us into the Minsk agreements and so on. So that we’d give them Donbas and recognize Donbas as not Ukraine and also recognize Crimea as not Ukraine. That’s what in other words that was the format of pressure. But what happened happened. What did you believe? I didn’t think there would be a full-scale invasion and so on. So that we give them Donbas and recognize as not Ukraine and also recognize Crimea as not Ukraine. That’s what in other words that was the form of pressure. But what happened happened. I didn’t think there would be a full scale invasion. I didn’t think so because I believe that if people know there’s going to be a full-scale invasion, partners and so on, and they don’t take preemptive steps, don’t sit him down at the table. Don’t tell him, “Are you out of your mind? Have you lost your mind to wage war in the 20th century to kill people? You’re completely unhinged.” But even so, a full-scale invasion happened and just and they approached Kevly, like really quickly. I mean, it was just it was well an avalanche. And I was I was with my family and I was with my family. I got a call from the office saying that before that during the night uh missiles were flying missiles. I got ready, told my wife, told the kids, told them the war has started and I went to the office. I arrived at the office. I was the first or second the second person I think in the office and I called everyone in and we started uh started the work day. Such a terrible work day. The first one during the full scale war. What did your wife say? I don’t remember. I It was very fast. Everything happened so fast. I told my wife, “Wake up quickly. The war has started. I I love you. I’ll call you. And ran up. And life has not been the same since. Absolutely. It’s just a different life. Everything is different. Everything’s different. 100%.

    When I was doing my research on that day when Russia invaded, what I couldn’t believe is just the the volume of troops that rolled across the border. I read one thing that said there was 65 kilometers of armored vehicles and troops on one particular road as they tried to take Kiev. Um, I want to talk about that, but I I just I really want to also get an answer to this sort of outstanding question in my head, which is Trump has repeatedly said probably a hundred times now that this never would have begun. It never would have happened if he was president. Do you believe that?

    Uh,

    I think that no, nobody knows the answer, honestly. Um,

    the fact remains that this happened during Biden’s presidency. That’s a fact. It’s a fact that this didn’t happen under Trump. A fact. But it’s also a fact that Putin chose the moment for a full occupation. That’s also a fact. I think Trump had a special relationship with Putin and still does. And maybe uh it really is possible that um Trump being on friendly terms with Putin could have prevented a fullscale invasion. But one thing you have to know for sure, neither I nor Trump, we we’re not eternal in these presidential seats. And so either way, Trump’s presidency would have ended and Putin still uh wouldn’t have been able to change his main goal, the occupation of Ukraine. So I think that honestly it doesn’t matter who um the president is as long as Putin is there. On February the 24th, when Russia invaded Ukraine, it is reported that they sent there’s different numbers, but some of the numbers go up to 200,000 troops that were assembled across the Ukrainian border. It varies between 150,000 190,000. And when I look at the total active number of troops in Ukraine at the time, it’s almost the same number. So, it’s almost as if Russia deployed the full size of the the number of active duty personnel you had into Ukraine to attack Ukraine and specifically to take Kiev. Can you can you just explain to me in simple terms how they staged that attack? You said that some troops came in from Barus. There was uh support that came in trying to take Kiev as well. I think uh they knew that our main forces uh our main forces were in the east of our country. Donetsk and Luhansk regions. Yes. Donetsk Luhansk region. Why were uh Donetsk Luhansk regions where our main units were? Look there is Khib which was also their target. Look this whole all this all this whole part marupo which was very important to them donk which was already occupied and so on. So uh what was the bottom line? Because when part of it was occupied when Doness was occupied look Makayak all of that was uh after the occupation of Crimea look all of this was occupied this entire part the very strong troops were stationed here strong both in terms of numbers and strength and the separatists and they uh were fighting against us. Meaning you have to understand these are people who considered their homeland. These aren’t just Russians. These are separatists. So they were both separatists and Russians here. So this was their strongest grouping. And our strongest grouping was stationed right here. And that was and that and that was constantly. They were here. They were stationed right here. Why were they why were they uh stationed here? Because they were holding back the strongest Russian grouping so it wouldn’t break through. And nobody expected that they would go through Bellarus and advance on the capital. And that’s why we didn’t have any strong troops here. That is an absolute fact. We simply didn’t have that kind of army. The entire Ukrainian army was well, excuse me, it was later I changed the law to make it 200,000 plus up to 250. But before that, it was an even smaller force. And just imagine 200,000 people are coming at you. Well, it’s simply impossible to defend. You need an army like the one we have today, 800,000, which was actually the main problem for the Russians troops when we they couldn’t take our capital. We held out and destroyed them. They couldn’t they didn’t have enough troops to hold the occupied territories here. and they had to pull back. We were hitting them and they were pulling back. And that’s how we fully took back Kiev region, Cheriv region and that whole front. We completely restored it and pushed them out entirely. So it’s completely obvious they just didn’t have enough troops. Just like at first when they pushed in, we didn’t have a strong army here. We didn’t have enough troops. And later the same happened to them. Naturally, when the full-scale invasion started, we uh there was mobilization and people there were lines. People showed up as volunteers and our army grew from 200,000 to an army of 800,000. While the Russian presence was around, by the way, the Russian presence was um around 700 probably at that moment around 700,000 across all directions on Ukrainian territory. meaning this was a massive onslaught coming in a massive onslaught. There’s um in late February satellite imagery captured a massive 64 km which is 40 m long Russian military convoy. Yeah. It was terrifying footage. Yeah. Of that backed up along a single highway leading to Kiev. And when you see 64 kilometers of military military vehicles and armored vehicles heading to one city and then you hear that they failed to take that city, the question like how how um they captured by the way the Chernobyl nuclear plant where the disaster happened. All of that was occupied. That whole route was occupied. They occupied it and blockaded Kev. How did we People stepped up. people went to mobilize. Yes. A huge number on the first day we we left uh left the country headed toward western Ukraine, the western part of our country. They left, but a lot of people stayed, mobilized, and we we brought up our troops and started fighting them day after day.

    We pushed back harder. They cut off our food, cut off our water, cut everything off completely. So that was their that was their mission. They expected people to run and me and certain people came to me and they said Kiev is cut off and Kiev is surrounded and the Russians are suggesting you hand over your powers and and that’s it. Meaning Kiev m must surrender. Uh naturally I told those people where to go uh let’s put it that way. uh out of my office and then as you know uh leaders were calling offering to evacuate before all the roads were blocked uh to get out of Kiev. Who called you and asked you if you wanted to be evacuated and did they make you an offer to evacuate you themselves? Biden. Joe Biden asked you if you wanted to be evacuated. He was the first. The first. What did he say? We are ready to help you evacuate because uh naturally well the invasion Kiev is surrounded and you we are ready to help you you and your family. Uh likewise many Europeans offered me that later. several Europeans uh and people uh around me as well. Let’s say people around me from our political circle also suggested yeah doing all that. What did you say to Biden?

    I I need ammunition, not a ride. Did you tell your wife and your family to leave?

    Um

    they all um

    nobody could go anywhere because that was a choice. Uh that was uh the families and theirs. Um uh naturally they weren’t in the office with me or the security detail took them and they went uh to to to another location. Yeah. Well, because it was clear that that uh there was just shoot there was shooting right around the president’s office and it was obvious how this could all end. And they asked me to go down to the bunker down there. I had uh it was very deep underground built right inside my office and in that bunker I started working uh that’s where Biden called me uh all around my office was secured by snipers various guys of ours special services and I was in the bunker uh down there I had communications and I spoke with all the leaders from there that’s where I first did a video call with the Europeans pleading with them to unite, help Ukraine not abandon us and it worked. Yeah. And I continued uh being there going out into the street talking to to the people showing myself because there were so many in those first few days there were so so many uh narratives. Russia was put putting out a lot of information claiming I had fled. So basically their whole idea was for people to run and people would run if they saw that their leader abandoned them. Well I mean excuse me if the leader abandoned the capital well then everyone has to uh survive on their own. So that was the whole story. They wanted me to run and for them for them that was yeah obviously that was their goal. And I couldn’t abandon Kev, the office, the people. It’s just impossible. That would be betrayal. Betrayal of my human decency and the constitution of Ukraine. So I couldn’t uh do that. Well, and and that’s it. That’s it. And then and they put the Russians constantly pushed information that I wasn’t there, then that I was spotted at the border, then that I was seen uh somewhere else, then in other countries. And all of that forced me to go out into the street all the time. Two, three times a day, I made a decision to constantly communicate, constantly say something to people so people could see that I was in the office on Bankova, that I hadn’t fled anywhere, hadn’t run away. That was important for the military, too. Later on with time, the military told me that it meant a lot to them. They stood strong, fought, defended, and liberated Kev because they believed they were liberating their capital, their home, and their president. Meaning that he didn’t abandon us, that he stayed with us. That’s what they said. Well, it was my duty. I don’t see it as some kind of uh very special choice of mine. I believe that this was the only way I could act.

    Were you scared? Because if I You have a nuclear power, one of the biggest militaries in the world that have 64 miles of military equipment heading towards where you are and you have them invading also by air, firing missiles into the cities that you’re in and your family are in. You’ve made the decision you’re going to stay. Were you scared?

    Scared? It’s a different feeling. It’s not about fear. It’s about being well, being laser focused on what needs to be done right now. We were working at such speed, I can’t even tell you. I was just running around the office. I was running, making decisions, calling leaders. I just had no breaks. I had, I don’t know, dozens of calls with leaders every single day, every hour, every second. I’d run outside, come back, talk to the military, come back. So, I just didn’t have time for that. I only realized it all about 20 days into the war. I just realized that something happened, something terrible. and and the speed, you know, when the speed slightly slightly began to shift, you started to realize, my god, well, this is war. This is and it’s without a doubt a horrible war. Yeah. But at first, I I was just working. Honestly, uh I have this trait. I don’t even think it’s just me. People have this trait to pull yourself together when you know shock. People around you are in shock and you see it in their eyes. You see that they, you know, well, they’re in shock and you realize that you need to act right now. Just act. Act every second. Draw conclusions. Kev is blockaded. Open it up. Tell the military, “Open the road. We need food to get in, water, and so on.” That is that’s what crisis management is. And in tough situations, basically that’s usually how I I act in tough situations. And it’s not like I’m uh again the bravest person. It’s just when this kind of thing hits, I see people around me falling apart, you know, falling apart. Well, because it’s a terrible war, I pull myself together completely. And only later relate once you’ve relaxed you realized that a terrible tragedy occurred a war and and is just immense grief pretty much like that. When when did things slowed down enough for you to realize the severity and the impact of the tragedy that had taken place and the lives that were lost? Was there a particular moment? The first few days I didn’t sleep at all. The first few days we just worked I was sleeping about yeah 15 minutes sleeping 15 minutes because I had my entire job was communication. I was talking in circles with every leader. Deliver this over there. Do that there. We set up flawless logistics uh for weapons. We we were able uh I was talking at night with Poland with an Duda there was a warehouse there we were waking leaders up meaning in the middle of the night so it was well it’s improper to say this today you shouldn’t treat people like that but that’s how it was and about 20 days later into the war everything started coming together into some steps that needed to be taken into some kind of well like the realization that well a war had begun, war, tragedy and we have to move forward and well that’s about how it was. At first it was crisis management. Unblock, bring back troops, break the siege of Kev, strike back at them. And definitely the most crucial things were communications, food, water, the population. So many cities were cut off. It wasn’t just the banking system, cards, making sure cards worked. I mean, we’re a pretty digitalized country, so a lot of things were done. A lot of things were done in those first weeks. We were faster than the Russians. They broke through quickly toward Kev. And once we stopped them at Kev, we became much faster in the information space and so on. We shattered their whole their whole wave of disinformation and just broke them down step by step, step by step until

    they realized that they lost the capital to us and and then it became clear that we had to push harder. Our partners helped. Our partners realized that we wouldn’t give up and they started helping. That was definitely it. I remember how it happened. It is often said that Vladimir Putin believed he would be able to take Kiev and Ukraine in just a number of days and actually captured Russian assault units carried only 3 to 10 days of combat rations alongside formal dress uniforms meant for a victory victory parade. While state media accidentally released a presscheduled victory declaration on day three. Although Putin never never publicly uttered the phrase three days or said a sort of time frame himself, there are top Russian state media figures um who openly bragged that the conquest would take only a few days. What is it that they misunderestimated about Ukraine? That’s right. Exactly what you started with today, that Ukraine is not Russia. That’s his problem. Refusing to recognize a separate nation, refusing to recognize a separate country. That’s what did him in. He still doesn’t understand that he looks at Ukraine as Russia, as part of Russia, that I’ll march in with an army. We’ll have hundreds of thousands of men. He’ll slam his fist on the table. The president will run away. People will hide and the Ukrainian flag will be swapped for the Russian flag. And that’s it. Three days. We showed a military operation that was supposed to take 3 days. That’s how it is. When our guys hit their tanks and stuff, we found parade uniforms. It’s true. They found parade uniforms in their various military vehicles. They were literally marching to a parade. They specifically wanted to capture Kiev in 3 days and symbolically hold some well some kind of uh regular spectacle uh of pseudo victory on Christhatic on Independent Square. Well, I mean that’s the most important thing. He still doesn’t understand and doesn’t want to admit that this is a different nation, a different people. Just 12 hours ago, Trump weighed in on what he believed happened with Kiev and why Vladimir Putin wasn’t able to take Kiev. This is what he said. I’ll throw it up on the screen for the listeners. But then it was supposed to be a very much, you know, very quick war, right? And if you remember the tanks going up the highway right into Kiev. Had the general who was obviously not a very good general not made a right turn into farmland which was soaked and soaking wet from the heaviest rain in 10 years they say he went right up into the mud and it was like quicksand and those tanks. So they got I guess I don’t know if you’re caught lucky or not lucky frankly cuz it’s been 5 years and Ukraine has lost a tremendous you know Ukraine has lost so many of its men number one had they not taken the right turn onto dirt instead of going up a concrete highway it would have ended in one day. So Trump says that it was a Russian mistake taking a wrong turn that stopped this war being over in a day. No, they surrounded Kev. They they reached Kev. They occupied towns on the way to Kev. Uh some they didn’t occupy. Towns fought back. They bypassed them. No, if someone took a wrong turn, I don’t know what President Trump is talking about. It’s overall it doesn’t matter. With all the armor they lost near Keev, hostal and so on. In other words, dozens hundreds of armored vehicles burned. They just they just trapped us and then we started hammering them and they didn’t know what to do about it because some of their armor breached into Kev right into the capital. Armored vehicles drove through the streets and people burned it all down. They were especially shocked when they drove toward the capital and people were just throwing burning debris. I mean pe people were setting their armor on fire. It wasn’t a matter of some general being an idiot. I believe the one who gave the order just didn’t fully realize what was happening. Didn’t really get what it would take. And that’s the main point. They needed around thousands thousands I think 3 to 400,000 to take Kev. They needed twice as many men. Why? Because taking Kev, what does taking Kev mean? When you’ve taken those towns on the on the way to Kev, you have to leave troops behind to hold those towns. And that takes a huge number of people. It’s a pretty large territory. And you can avoid leaving many troops there only if there’s no resistance. But if the people inside offer resistance, then you you need an army to hold every town. That was their uh that was their mistake. They didn’t estimate, right? didn’t estimate uh they didn’t even realize there would be resistance. That’s it. That was their main mistake.

    And then then that’s it. That’s all. For example, if you take uh that operation back in 2014 when they uh went in and seized uh Crimea then, pardon me, in Crimea there are 3 million people and Kev had 3 million people. Dozens of people entered Crimea, at most hundreds, and here hundreds of thousands. It’s not about the operation. The difference is people defended it, stood up and fought. And the difference is no one fought back. Which is why I said when dozens of people showed up here where Trump is right is that if Crimea hadn’t been allowed to fall, there would be no war on this. I agree with President Trump. Not because I’m blaming anyone. No, it’s just that dozens of people went into Crimea. Dozens. For a country like this, that’s zero. That’s nothing. We handled hundreds of thousands. Here here’s what happened. And if they’d been smacked in the head back then, uh, the Russians, those people wearing uniforms, meaning the Russians would have even said, “Hey, that’s they were already saying that’s not our army. Look at the uniforms. You can’t tell us the Russian army.” And if they’d been hit back then, well, it wouldn’t have happened. Well, at least there wouldn’t have been a chance of a full-scale war. Why? Because Putin would have known there would be a blow. There would be a response. But what was his mistake here? First of all, when he saw how Crime Crimea was seized so easily, so easily, that’s why he thought he could seize Kev just as easily. That was his experience. And there’s quite a famous battle that took place um to secure the Anatonov airport, Hostol. Uh Hostol Antonov, that’s what I just told you. That’s a battle. There’s a terrible battle in Hostol. A brutal battle. of the airport in host. Can you explain that to me? Um because I I watched a documentary on this a couple of months ago and it feels like it was a really pivotal moment in defending Kiev. What were Russia trying to do? Where is this when they land for them it was crucial to seize the airports. Hosttol is one of uh the airports where a massive landing force could could land and so on. So here’s how a takeover works. block kev capture the airports basically TV towers and so forth in other words seize information logistics and cut off supplies of uh food food weapons and so on that that’s bas basically the plan and you need the leader to to run because no leader means chaos no chain of command that’s what they were doing there was a terrible battle in Hostol our people burned them there and they had very tough of combat uh units. They couldn’t uh land a large force there. They were destroyed. Uh Hostol was taken back. Uh our troops controlled it. That was one of the striking battles. A terrible battle. One of the most striking battles. So we did everything possible not to let them capture us and seize our logistics. They they flew in with paratroopers. So they parachuted people into that airport to try and claim it. And they originally did seize the airport. That’s right. And then there was an immediate counterattack where Ukrainian National Guard units and special forces Yes. Our national guard. You shelled and destroyed the runway yourself. You destroyed your own runway while air defense units forces shot down several Russian transport helicopters. And from what I understood, you know, you took the air port back. They fought you took it back. They fought. That’s right. Changed hands back and forth. That’s how it was. And if they had been able to seize that airport, how would that have changed the situation with you? They likely they could have uh they could have taken most of the capital. They could have broken through and captured it. That’s true. That’s true. That was an utterly heroic uh battle. It when you hear these stories, you realize that the future of Ukraine comes down to both heroism, but also several small battles. Some big battles, but also several small moments. when you reflect on that that month, that moment, what are is there any other sort of small moments that you think really define the future of Ukraine in this regard? Well, uh just so you know, um today, um places like Hostol, then further up Mushroom and several small towns around Kev, there was a desperate battle for every single one of those towns. Why the National Guard? because back then the full army couldn’t reach it yet. But the national guard are uh internal troops. So they were there and brought in army units and so on. But nonetheless, that’s why it was an utterly heroic battle. There was BHA, you know, right, that they occupied it. It was terrible. It was a genocide recognized by everyone. They buried hundreds of people. They tortured people. I mean tortured them. And hundreds of people were in a mass grave. They found a grave. There were, I believe, around 500 people, half a thousand people in a grave like that. Just imagine, hands tied, tortured, and then buried in in in pits. That’s what was happening. People

    seeing all this.

    This looked nothing like a war. It looked it was definitely pure looting when they occupied those towns on the way to Kev and around Kev. They collap they just went into homes just killed took microwaves, some refrigerators, TVs. They acted like just an well, I can’t even describe it. Well, they’re just scavengers. And all these people, they tied their hands, tortured them.

    There was sexual violence, everything. And they buried people right in the yard, dumped people, and so on. When we liberated those towns,

    there emerged this, you know, this kind of such hatred for the Russians. Right at that moment, not even at the moment when they started the fullscale war. Back then, every nobody understood what it really was yet. People understood what this war was and what Putin did personally when we found those mass graves of tortured adults, children. I mean, they didn’t just kill them, they tortured and killed them. Children. That’s right. That’s right. And then you realize that I mean just imagine what they went through. Well, there’s no no you can’t even compare what all these people live through. Why BHA is so horrifying and why the Russians immediately started saying it’s a staged performance. We brought in journalists. The entire world press was there. They saw the bodies. I deliberately when we liberated Bha I went there. Once I saw it, I said, “Bring every journalist here. Don’t touch anything. Just bring the journalists. The whole world simply has to see this.” And they brought the journalists. People were literally lying on the pavement. Dead bodies lying everywhere. Kids, adults, elderly people, and so on. Witnesses who had stayed behind in BHA. An old man, an elderly man. This was a very famous story there. It’s one of those moments you’re talking about. this elderly man, he lit survived uh the occupation of this town, the town of Bha during World War II. And he said the fascists never treated people like that. Yes, they were enemies, yes, occupiers, but they didn’t torture people like that. This is absolute reality. And this there are testimonies, there’s evidence, there are criminal cases and how after all this we it’s just that it was already a long time ago in the first year of the full-scale war. And sometimes people need to be reminded when you see a mass today finding a grave in the US or in Britain, God forbid, with 500 tortured people, adults, kids, dogs, animals shot dead. I mean, they held hunting sprees there. from military vehicles. People were running, they were shooting, just hunting, playing games. The whole time they were blockading Kev right up until the moment we liberated it. They there were people in those villages and so on. They literally just played with people like slavery. Imagine that. So how how after this uh can you listen to Putin and how how after this can you forgive? And that’s why when President Trump says we need to find a compromise and believe me this we live with this a ceasefire and sitting down at the negotiating table there’s a huge compromise. It is a huge compromise. Nobody can step into the shoes of all these people and the relatives whose children were tortured. Nobody can nobody wants to forgive them for anything. Nobody wants to forgive anything. And you can’t force people to forgive. How can you force them when their child was tortured? How do you forgive? Well, it’s impossible. But that’s why we say a ceasefire is the only step because people have such hatred. It It’s not going away. It that hatred isn’t going anywhere. It takes time and justice. And that’s why it’s a huge compromise. I’ve always really wanted I I’ve tried many times to tell the president of the United States just understand us. This is a huge compromise just to hold the lines where we are that to well look that’s what it feels like.

    What was your hardest day through the last four years? What’s the day that you know will live long in your your brain, your mind, your memory? BHA, what I just told you, that was a terrible day because I stood there. I had never seen people’s bodies just scattered on the on the street in my entire life. I had simply never seen anything like that in my life. And after that, everything changed completely. And once again, everything changed in life. Everything has changed. Absolutely. In what way?

    Well,

    you want you want revenge.

    Uh I had never had it where I couldn’t forgive someone. And by and large, I think people make mistakes. This this is about something else. Evil like that, you know, a devil like that. Just came in like that, did that to people like like chopped meat, butchered them, you know? I mean, that’s what it looks like. And you just can’t fathom how that’s possible. And you want to find these people who aren’t human. You want to find them and you want to you just want to you want to kill them. I mean, I had never wanted to kill a single human being. I had never felt anything like that. Pure revenge. With time, you can’t forget that. And in moments like this, and our conversation brings back moments like that. And you have to be president and you have to come down and be more uh how to put it uh diplomatic. Yeah. Well, you can’t forgive just forgive everything like that and say well sorry that’s Putin a powerful country. Let’s just forget everything. Let’s forgive everything and somehow well we’ll buy and sell gas or diesel or whatever. That’s difficult. You understand? Do you ever worry about how this experience has changed you? Because you have been irreversibly changed by this. I can tell both from meeting you, looking at how you used to be 3, four, 5 years ago, you’ve been irreversibly changed. and you’re a father and you’re a husband and at some point this war will be over, you know, God God willing. But do you do you ever think about how you’re irreversibly changed?

    You can’t bring it back. It’s just it’s two different worlds. A re-evaluation of values. My only dream is to end this war. I desperately want justice. I just really want I know so many people had their hearts ripped out and there won’t be a new heart. You have to give them at least something. So some trial, some justice, you know, at least some moral soloulless is an absolute must. You can’t just leave it because that hole inside them, it won’t heal. And there will be revenge like I told you. and a and re the revenge of so many people who lost everything that naturally brings uh risks uh of some kind of ongoing military or combat actions you know and so forth. So it’s not that simple. It doesn’t just end like that. Why do we talk talk about a just peace? Some people ask what is a just peace? Well somehow there has to be justice. The guilty must be punished. At the very least, you have to show a path that it will happen. Maybe not right now, but that it will happen. It’s just totally impossible to simply forgive and and that and you realize that you want uh to be with your kids, with your wife. Generally, you just want uh to end the war and get a little bit of a life. But if if I asked Alina, your wife, how you have changed on a human level because of all of this, what might she say to me? I don’t know. She’d definitely say I’ve changed a lot. Yeah, she tells me sometimes. Yeah. Well, what is she saying?

    Well, you know how it is.

    She focuses on different things, you know, different values. You just want somehow

    you want to hold on to something that the people close to you. You really crave that warmth. You want to break through this

    ah

    in a war you fight and you’re lonely. You know in life before this war you’re definitely not lonely because you have friends, company, business, then maybe politics. But you’re not lonely. I I run a country and and this is about something completely different right now. But when you hug your family, it’s just like that. Well, it means uh well, it means there are people who love you. That matters. Do you miss them? Very much. Very much. Pointless sentimentality. Maybe that’s it.

    That’s how it is. Years have passed, you know, between this and this uh years years. I really I miss them constantly. And it feels like that even when they’re right next to me. It’s just this habit, this habit of doing work and focusing exclusively on work. Uh even when they’re near, I miss them sometimes. Meaning, well, again, I don’t like to complain, and I’m not complaining. I chose my own path. Uh, and of course, I didn’t choose the war, but I chose this path. Well, this war, it fell on my my lifetime and on the lifetime of our generation. Yeah. beautiful wife and beautiful kids.

    Your daughter is um your daughter, she’s not a child anymore. Yeah. Yeah. So that they’ve all grown up in the last four four years. She’s a young lady now. Very much so. She really has. Yeah. Grown up. Yes. And all the children of Ukraine. And it’s true. I’ve said this. The children of Ukraine grew up during the war. Totally true. They are all so grown up. And it’s so sad that childhood passed during a war. Well, but nonetheless, we believe in peace, peace will prevail anyway, 100%. And the do my daughter and I are really great friends. She’s grown up now. And well, her English is better. Do you get to spend a lot of time with the kids? When there’s time, I I try to be with them to call, we talk. These days, there are plenty of options. We talk online, we talk in different ways. That’s how it is. Is it is it possible? No, I I gosh I um I’ve spent since I was 18 years old been running businesses and you know running a startup I you know I thought you know was a was was a challenge but it is incomparable from you know and I say this because I think about how that pulled me away from the people in my life my relationships being so obsessed with business but it’s just totally incomparable to think about what that must be like to try and maintain those important relationships especially with children When your country is being invaded and you are the leader of that country, I I I almost can’t fathom how you can find moments of presence with them like true presence. I understand how one might be able to like fake presence for a short period of time, but true sort of intellectual presence. Is it is it possible?

    Differently, but differently now. Absolutely. But yes, that presence matters. And those moments you mentioned, you’ve been in business since you were 18. And some I imagine of your relationships become secondary probably while business always consumes your whole life. Well, at least it was that way for me. And this re-evaluation from this war and these images and these horrific moments definitely shows me that business is secondary. Everything is secondary. these people right here. That’s what matters most now that you can’t get back. These years slip away and in these intense moments you remember these people. It’s important.

    And your wife, Alina, has been your rock through it all. I’ve heard you say she’s been your stability throughout all of this all of these crazy crazy times. Well, we support each other. That’s true. We um we I think that I have a very um smart uh wife and she is so real. We have real we have real feelings. we we have love and resp and respect. I think that’s very important. Um to respect each other and you know how should I put it? People should find each other interesting. I think that’s the most important thing. People need to find each other interesting. Yeah. And we find each other very interesting. We feel good. We feel very good. The other um very important woman in your life, your parents are still here, but your mother Yeah. I heard she calls you uh almost every day. Still. Every single day. Every day. Every single day. That’s right. Every day. Really? Where does she She’s living in Ukraine still. When your mother calls you, what does she say every day? What is she asking you? Her first question is, did you actually pick up?

    She’s already like that because I so often she I look, God, 12 missed calls. Mom, I’m working. I tell her 12 calls. How can you call someone so many times? And she keeps dialing. She’ll call you all day long until I pick up. So, we make sure to speak once a day. She asks, “How I’m feeling?” And is she worried about you? Oh, yeah. Yeah. Yeah. How are you? How are you feeling? How are the kids? Tell me. Right. when is um Putin going to uh end the war? And I say, “Mom, we’re doing everything we can.”

    And as things stand at the moment for the people don’t understand what’s actually going on in the ground on the ground in Ukraine, where the Russian troops currently are, what life is like on a day-to-day basis if you’re a Ukrainian. Can you explain to me which parts of Ukraine are currently occupied and generally what life is like for Ukrainians at the moment?

    um occupied u occupied was Cremia. Then they took the Azov that’s an inland uh sea of ours and that’s our sea. They made it Yes. They turned it into an inland sea. They took Marupo. They took Marupo. They took Berdansk. All of the Azov Kerch is a city on the Black Sea. They made it so we can’t get out. Next they Oleski is where right now uh people and children are trapped without food, without anything. They won’t let them through. Right now we are working to unblock it. There were 2,500 people lefton. We fought to take back the major city of Herson. We reclaimed it. Uh her son is split by the Nepro River. Our people live on one bank, the enemy is on the other bank and that’s why they shell Herson and Zaporia. She’s also under under our control. So they took Cremia Donetsk region uh Luhansk region. They couldn’t take like uh you can call her son. This part this part is ours. So upside the map is just upside down.

    uh from Kharkifia. This is what they call Luhansk oblast right here. This is our crators like this right here.

    is all of this is um this is roughly roughly sorry I’m not very good at drawing uh all of this is all of this is roughly 18 18 to 19% of our territory that’s roughly roughly it roughly because their maps are one thing to be honest they tell uh one story to their pe people. We have different maps. We believe we’re right. Well, naturally, they have their own their own approach to talking with society and presenting information, but roughly that’s what it is. And they’re attacking via missiles and drones other parts of Ukraine constantly. Right. Completely. Yes. Yes. See, they’re focused on Well, honestly, you could point everywhere here. They’ve already started today. Right here, they killed people in Lut. That’s the western part of our country. Right here, a missile struck and they’re hitting Kev uh Puchi. Right here, we went with the British secretary saw 23 people killed. Gitomia is under constant shelling. Uh well, Riv has fewer strikes. Uh Leviv, this part, fewer strikes here. This part to be honest all of this part is far away from uh the line of occupation from the contact line and from the Russian Federation. So obviously the distance is great which is why there are no massive strikes there. Yes. Well that’s roughly it. What are they trying to accomplish? Adessa is being shelled deep alive. What do they want to pull out of out of the east of our country so that Putin and the east is here’s what he wants. He wants basically he wants to take the city of Zaparisia but he can’t. That’s a target for him. Zaparisia and Kon and Mikolia all targets. But he doesn’t say that. He doesn’t say it. But after all, we liberated those cities. We liberated. And but have you heard directly from them? right as to what their demands are, what they say that they want to to stop launching missiles. Yes. They basically say right here, this entire piece, they want to take pretty much the the east of Ukraine. They want Yes. the east. That means they want uh Slovian. Well, these are key Slovans, Katrsk, uh Duska, and that leads right out into the Nepropet region into uh Pavlo Nepropet. These are the most cre is my hometown. Nicop is an industrial hub, an engineering hub, a manufacturing hub. It’s the economy uh of our country. And so it’s very dangerous because if you surrender this part to them and this is this is heavily reinforced defense of our nation right here

    like this. And if we hand these cities of ours over to them, then the risk is huge. If he wants to keep going, he could seize a huge number of our cities if he pushes further. And the risk is real. Nobody guarantees anything. You understand? Everyone talks about security guarantees. And we’re open. We’re completely open to that. We say, “Well, okay, security guarantees. Let’s do NATO.” Well, NATO, you know, the Russians. Well, again, they keep sending signals to the Russians because you have to give security guarantees. On top of that, like I told you, the biggest compromise with so many dead, the biggest compromise we’re already making is a ceasefire. Let’s just stop this war. But they want us to pull out even further. And if we pull out, where are the security guarantees? Aside from the fact that it’s unfair. You know, you talked about the barbaric nature of how they’ve treated Ukrainians. Are you at all concerned that they might escalate to using more horrific weapons like nuclear weapons at any point? Has that ever crossed your mind?

    Well, it crosses everyone’s mind after what they’ve done that they might do something worse. But as of today, well, I don’t think they’ll take the risk of using nuclear weapons because then I think they won’t definitely I’m sure they won’t have any allies left, including countries like America, China. Well, excuse me, but that that’s far too dangerous even for nuclear powers. That means if one country can do it then if there’s a conflict somewhere else on another continent in another theater I don’t know the Middle East whatever that means if a nuclear weapon is used once it might be used a second and a third time so I don’t think Putin will risk uh nuclear weapons but then again we’re dealing with look we’re dealing with a man and with a system that until the end of his days will hold on to him and he to it because only when his life ends will he leave the Kremlin and hand over well physically hand over naturally transfer power. I’m more than certain of that regarding the the current situation this week with with Trump with Russia and this deal that’s been done from my understanding because there’s an energy crisis globally. Trump has now done a deal with Russia for diesel. He then asked you not to attack any energy infrastructure in Russia. No. Um there’s a there’s a video that I actually have here of him describing this which um a lot of people have have now seen. I’ll play it. Well, I look at it differently. Zalinsky could have settled this war many times. He chooses not to. Very difficult. Uh it’s a war that should have never been started. If I were president, if the election weren’t rigged, I would have been president and that war would have never started. We said you could do whatever you want to Russia. don’t hit the refineries because that’s a world problem that’s caused and he wants to make problems for the world. He wants to make problems for our farmers, our ranchers with diesel fuel because Russia supplies a large portion of the diesel fuel throughout the world. And we told them do whatever you want but don’t hit the diesel fuel because there’s a big problem big shortage. And what does he do? He goes and hits the diesel fuel. Do what you want. Don’t hit refinery. There’s plenty of target. and he went out and he hit and he’s not going to affect our farmers and he’s not going to affect our ranchers and he’s not going to affect the rest of the world. So, uh we he’s better damn well stop. And in that he says that he thinks the Ukraine needs a new president. No. Um first of all, uh diesel exports have no impact. the volume of diesel exports is so negligible uh from Russia that it has zero impact on prices in the United States of America. That is totally false information. That’s first. Second, it makes no sense for us to strike Russia’s energy infrastructure. We retaliate because they strike our energy infrastructure. We’ve spoken a lot about this. The Russians hit our energy grid. Our people live without power. We don’t have oil, gas, diesel, and so on. That hurts them. What hurts us is electricity. They hit our electricity. We strike back at their diesel. They make money on diesel and spend it on weapons. My offer, excuse me, but I don’t need this. I’ve always told President Trump, broker an energy ceasefire, at least on energy. At least let’s give people light. And good for the Russians. They’ll sell their oil if they want to, if that’s what you need. But President Trump can’t reach an agreement with Putin on this. Putin refuses him an energy ceasefire. And so the president decided to pin this problem not on Putin, but on me, explaining to his people that because of this, diesel prices in America are going up. That is completely untrue and I don’t understand. and I have a good relationship with him with Trump and I think it’s wrong and unacceptable that he pins Russia’s aggression and Russia’s killings on me. He is shifting the context and that’s not fair and that’s why I honestly said that’s unfair ceasefire. He says it’s not they can’t work it out. Well, if you can’t work it out but you need diesel though again I think this is just deflecting uh the focus away from Iran from what’s happening in the Middle East. The entire volume is blocked over there. That’s exactly where nothing is working out. Energy, the straight of Hormuz is blocked. That’s the root of the problem. But everything gets shifted onto us. And I’m made the target as the leader of our country. So I said, “Okay, you can’t force Putin to stop the war and make an energy truce. Give me air defense missiles. I won’t fire at anyone. I’ll protect our energy sector. So where am I being unfair? In what way? I asked him, give us missiles. Not for free. Again, not even for free. Europeans are funding this, funding all of it. There’s an agreement, but he but they won’t give them to us. They say we can’t. They give and have given everything to the Middle East. Look, it’s just kind of well uh it’s just like like well it’s unfair to the Middle East. uh Patriot missiles uh with Putin, a diesel deal. I’m expected not to respond to an energy attack on inside Ukraine. And diesel prices are rising in America because of that’s it’s unfair. And you need a different president. Well, diesel prices, I guarantee you 100%. Diesel prices don’t depend on the volume that Russia sells. They just don’t. And about 76% of Ukrainians say they wouldn’t want an election now according to some recent surveys as well. My last question to you, Mr. President, is is there a realistic path to the end of this war? And what does that look like? A realistic path. Trump can bring Putin to the negotiating table very easily because he needs to. the way he talks about me. President Trump, he needs to adopt that kind of rhetoric about Putin. Why do you think he’s not I don’t know. Honestly, I don’t know. He’s got sanctions on his desk. It wasn’t him voting. Congress voted for strong sanctions. He can do it. He could I don’t know why. Maybe they have a special relationship. Maybe something else. I can’t tell you. I don’t know everything. I can only guess some economic deals and so on. An old re I don’t know. I don’t want to. Well, the midterms are coming up and I think he might be a little bit concerned about energy prices in America more so than maybe Ukraine.

    Yeah. Well, uh, look, diesel prices, I give you a 100%. Diesel prices don’t depend on the volume Russia sells. They don’t. Americans export energy resources. Americans energy exports aren’t banned for Americans. American companies export. It’s interesting. Why do American companies e export energy? Well, because how can the president of the United States ban private sector exports? Well, I don’t think he can. And why would he? It sells and money comes in. Well, just well, you know how

    life, time, you know, all all secrets, all mysteries always come to light. It just takes time. Time is definitely on the side of those who are open and ready for honest dialogue and fight. Yes. Which means time will be on our side. What are your last words to our audience? You know, I hope that it’s not last words. Last words for today.

    Last words today. You know, half of our audience are in America. I wish America which finds itself in a very tough situation. I believe because the world has gone crazy. what’s happening with the Russians, with Iran, the fact that people want blood, people want wars. I wish America would stay a great nation, be strong, be peaceful, have the chance, someone works, someone wants to be home with the kids, pray, have a family uh family dinner. I wish America tranquility, peace, and we’re grateful for everything America has done for Ukraine. We won’t forget this,

    President. Thank you so much. Thank you so much. I know you’ve had a really rough week and it’s been very tough. So, I really appreciate you taking the time. I’ve had everything going on with Starink and the internet and all the challenges. So, normal. Yeah. Thank you so much. And we really do wish you the best. We really wish you the best. Okay. Yes. Yes. And I was happy to hear to see you and to have a dialogue. We had good dialogue. I think I think we spoke very good. So, thank you so much. Thank you so much. All the best. All the best. Thank you so much. See you soon. Thank you.

  • 10/24/2026 – Don’t Buy a Mac Mini for AI Until You Watch This

    This Mac Mini runs all of my AI agents. It sits right here on my desk and it’s on all the time. I paid $700 for it last year. But the Mac Mini is only the body. Most of the AI models that do the actual thinking, I rent every single month from Anthropic and Open AAI. And those plans go from $20 a month to $200. OpenAI even has a new $500 subscription. So, I wanted to know, can a Mac Mini replace a $200 AI subscription? So, I actually tested it. And in this video, you’ll see what a Mac Mini can actually run, where it performs better than any subscription, at what price point it starts to make sense, and where it falls apart. Let’s get started. Before we answer the question, can a Mac Mini replace a $200 AI subscription? I think it’s important we understand what is it actually that we’re paying for. An AI agent is actually two parts. There’s the body. That’s the computer it lives on. It’s always on and it runs all our jobs. And then there’s the brain. That’s the AI model it sends everything to. So it can think. And right now my body is this Mac Mini and my brain is clawed and GPT running in someone else’s data center and I pay for every bit of thinking it does. And here’s something nobody mentions. When you pay $200 a month, you’re not paying for one thing. You’re paying for three different things. Number one is the model itself, the actual brain. On the cloth side, that’s Opus and Fable. on OpenAI. That’s GPT Astra for example. Number two, you’re paying for somebody else’s computer to do the reading because every time your agent asks the model anything, a whole data center has to read and process everything first. And number three is the allowance. In other words, how much you’re allowed to use before it cuts you off. But here’s the twist. A Mac Mini can technically do all three of those things. It can be the model. It can do the reading itself. And there’s no cap. So on paper, this little box replaces the whole subscription. However, can that one small box do a job that normally requires a data center full of GPUs? And to answer that question, we need to look at the most important spec on any machine. And it’s not the chip, it’s memory. To run a AI model on your computer, the whole model has to fit in your memory. In other words, your RAM. If it doesn’t fit, it doesn’t run. It’s as simple as that. And on a Mac, that memory is shared. The same 16 gigs runs MacOSS, your browser, your apps, and the AI model. If I open my activity monitor and click on memory, you can see MacOSS and my apps are already almost using 14 gigs of the 16 gigs we have. And I haven’t even loaded the single model yet. On top of that, MacOSS only lets the part of the chip that runs AI use a chunk of that memory. On 16 gigs, that’s somewhere between 10 to 12 gigs for the model. Now a model’s size is measured in parameters which is basically how many connections its brain has. More parameters usually means smarter but it also means much bigger. And those big 27 billion parameter models or you see 27B at the end of their name that you keep seeing in every YouTube video, they’re 16 to 18 gigs. So they don’t even fit. But what if I told you you can predict how fast a model will run before you even download it? Every time the model writes one token, which is about three quarters of a word, the chip has to read the whole model from memory every single time. So the speed is basically how fast your chip reads memory divided by how big the model is. Now, Apple says that my M4 Mac Mini reads memory at 120 GB a second. So, a model that’s around 7 gigs should land somewhere around 15 to 20 tokens a second. But let’s see if that’s actually even true. I already showed you how to install Olama in a previous video. So, if you want to watch it after this video, I’ll link it up here and also in this video’s description. Olama is basically the free app that runs AI models on your own computer. But what I will do is open a terminal page and type in Olama Run Quinn 3.59B verbose. The verbose part just makes it show you the speed at the end of every prompt and I will ask it to summarize the Mac Mini Wikipedia page for me. Then I will actually paste the same exact prompt to Claude as well so we can test them both side by side. Oh, and this reminds me, you can type in Olama PS and if it shows you 100% GPU just like it shows for us, then the model fit. So, we’re good to go. But it if it shows you CPU anywhere, then the model is splitting out of your memory and it’s going to crawl. But that being said, let’s run both of the tests and see how both perform. There you go. Claude has already started answering as soon as we put that prompt in. That wasn’t even 3 seconds of wait time.

    while our Mac Mini took 2 minutes and 20 seconds to go through this prompt. And as expected, it went through 13 tokens per second. But that test was only on a small prompt, and my agent doesn’t just chat. And that’s where things start to get interesting. Almost every speed number you see online is measured on a short question like write me a poem. But that’s not how an agent talks to its brain. Every time my agent asks the model anything, it sends a lot more than just my message. It sends it its instructions, its memory, the list of every tool it can use and the whole conversation so far. And before the model can write a single word back, it has to read all of that first. Some people call that prefill, which is just a fancy word for the model reading everything before it answers. Now, fair warning before you try this yourself. On a Mac with less than 24 gigs of memory, Olama only gives the model about 4,000 tokens of memory by default. And that’s very tiny. An agent needs at least 64,000. So, what you do is you go into O Lama settings and drag that context bar. Otherwise, your agent forgets what it’s doing halfway through the job. So, to test this next question out, let’s give it a much longer prompt about the size my agent actually sends and start the timer. There you go. Claude has already answered. And as you can see, this prompt took a whole lot longer to process. And that right here is the trade with local models. The model itself is free to run, but you pay in waiting time instead. And you know what they say, time is money. So now the real question is, is the wait even a problem if the job runs while you’re not watching? So we know it runs and we know the agent has to wait longer on the big jobs. But is that weight actually a deal breakaker? Here’s the thing. For a job that runs on a schedule while I’m asleep and away from my desk, the weight doesn’t cost me anything. A morning brief can take 10 minutes instead of two. I’m not sitting there watching it and waiting for it. So, the weight isn’t really where it falls apart. The real limit is quality. And honestly, so far, we’ve only been scratching the surface because we’ve only looked at the small models that fit inside my little box. So, let’s zoom all the way out and look at every model side by side. This is the artificial analysis chart. It takes basically every AI model out there and scores how smart it is in one single number. And right at the top of this chart, you’ve got the best paid models, the clawed and open AI models scoring around 58. Now, here’s the part that surprised me because the best open models, and by open I mean the ones that are completely free to download, aren’t actually that far behind. They’re sitting at around 44 to 46. So, the free brains really are closing in on the paid ones. But, can you actually run one? Well, the best open model on that entire chart is over a trillion parameters big. Remember, a parameter is just one connection in the model’s brain. And a trillion of them is massive. And remember the rule from earlier, the whole thing has to fit in your memory. Even after you crush that model down to a fraction of its size, it still needs around 236 gigs of memory just to load. The biggest Mac Mini that money can buy is 64 gigs. And that costs about $2,700 or $3,500 if you’re in Europe like me. and we’d still need something nearly four times that size just to load it. So to run the good open brain at home, a Mac Mini isn’t even an option. You’d need a Mac Studio with $256 gigs of memory. That is about $9,500. So let’s actually do the math on that. $9,500 against a $200 a month subscription. That machine takes about four years just to pay for itself. And even after those four years, it’s slower than the subscription. And because you had to squeeze the model down to make it fit, it isn’t even as smart as that chart says it is. So chasing a frontier brain at home cost you 10,000 grand in 4 years, and you still lose on both speed and smarts. Which brings us back to our actual Mac Mini and the small model that does fit on it. Because odds are when you run that little model locally, you’re not replacing $200 of clawed opus. Nor should you be expecting to do that. You’re replacing what that exact same model costs to just rent online. And that’s almost nothing. About 10 cents for a million tokens to be exact. So even if your agent runs all day, you’re looking at a few dollars a month, not $200. That small brain lives way further down the same chart. So on the hard stuff, it’s going to lose, but on a clean, simple job, it’s absolutely fine. So the money was never the reason to do this. The real reason is something a subscription can’t give you at any price. See, cheaper isn’t even the real story here because there are three things this little box does that no subscription can at any price. The first one is privacy. When the brain runs on this Mac, your data can never leave this room. Your inbox, your calendar, your documents, none of it gets sent to a company. And that was the number one reason people say they want to run a local model in the first place. The second is that there’s no cap. There’s no 5h hour limit. There’s no weekly limit. There’s no message telling you to come back later. It just runs all day and every day as much as you want. And the third is the running cost, which is basically nothing. Apple says this Mac Mini uses 4 watts sitting idle and 65 watts flat out. Here in the Netherlands, electricity is around 26 cents per kilowatt hour. So sitting idle all month, that’s about.74. And even if it ran flat out 24 hours a day, the whole month, that’s about €12 a month. So here’s where we land. On the hard stuff, the paid brain wins. And it’s not even close. But on the private jobs, the repetitive jobs, and the things that run while you sleep, the free one isn’t just cheaper, it’s actually better. Okay, so say you want to do this. What do you actually buy? The new base Mac Mini, the M6, is $900. It’s faster than mine, but it still has 16 gigs of memory. So, it runs the exact same size models I just tested. Nothing bigger fits. The one that actually changes things is the M6 with 32 gigs. That’s $1,300. And that’s where the bigger, smarter models finally fit. the ones that don’t even load on mine. And the jump from 16 to 32 gigs is $400, which is two month of a $200 plan. And then there’s the M5 Pro chip with 64 gigs from $2,700. It reads memory about twice as fast, so everything runs quicker. But that’s for people making local AI their actual hobby. So, if you’re buying one just for this, 32 gigs is the floor. So, back to the question. Can a Mac Mini replace a $200 AI subscription? No, not on its own. And honestly, it was never really trying to. But here’s the smart money move, and nobody selling you a Mac Mini will tell you this one. Before you buy anything, just spend one week reading your own usage. If you’re not actually hitting your limit, drop to the 20 or the $100 plan today. You’ll have access to the same exact models you already pay for, but you’ll have more money back in your pocket with zero hardware or zero new things to change. Because what this Mac Mini actually is isn’t a replacement. It’s the best home for always on agents that you own like Hermes agent or OpenClaw. The brain that lives here handles the private stuff and the jobs that run on a schedule. And when a job is too hard for it, it hands it off for the paid brain for that one task. So tell me in the comments, would you trust a free local brain with your inbox or are you keeping the subscription? And I put together a free sheet with which model to run on which Mac, plus the exact settings I used. It’s the first link in the description. And if you enjoyed this video, then leave a like. Or if you’re new to my channel, then subscribe because I’ve got a ton more content like this coming your way. Oh, and would you look at that? The algorithm gods seem to think that you’re really going to enjoy this next video as well. So, click it and I’ll see you there.

  • 10/24/2026 – Amazon KDP Has Changed – This is What’s Working in 2026

    Amazon KDP has changed and what worked a few years ago does not work the same way today. But don’t worry, I’m not saying KDP is dead or that it got harder. I’m just saying that it is different now. KDP is still great and you just need to use strategies that still works now rather than what used to work years ago. People see KDP change, they panic and they might call it dead. However, I’ve been doing Amazon KDP for over 10 years now and I’ve watched this business change over three or four times now. Every single time when the old strategy stopped working, people said, “Oh, it’s over. Amazon KDP doesn’t work anymore.” But as we all know, that is not the case. There are more people making more money than ever with Amazon KDP right now than in the history of the business. So, in this video, I’ll show you why and how KDP changed, what stopped working, and what is still working right now so that you can continue to crush it with this business. It doesn’t matter if you’re brand new or you already have multiple books up on Amazon. What I’m going to talk about in this video applies to both. So, let’s get into it. So, first I want to talk about why Amazon KDP changed. And there’s basically one very clear reason and that’s AI. Making a book, when I first started 10 years ago, this process used to take months. I literally have multiple books where it took five months, six months, even seven months plus to create one book. Now, it takes only days if not hours. So, the barrier to entry basically disappeared. So, way more people started publishing for this reason and most of them are pumping out garbage as fast as they can because people think in order to succeed in this business, it is playing the volume game rather than the quality game. So, because it’s so easy to create books, they’re just pumping out as much as possible. And that is the flood everyone’s complaining about. If you read the comment section of any videos about Amazon KDP on YouTube, everyone’s saying that, “Oh, people are just pumping out AI slop and flooding the market with junk.” And although there are some truth to that, it’s actually not a big issue which you would understand if you understand how the Amazon algorithm works. But anyways, the main thing is to understand that this is not an Amazon KDP problem. This is literally a every single business model in the entire world problem, right? Every single business got flooded for the exact same reason of AI lowering the barrier. Agencies, e-com, freelancing courses, YouTube, all of it. AI lowered the barrier everywhere, not just with Amazon KDP. So, if you’re planning to leave KDP for some other business because you think, for whatever reason, this specific issue is only happening in the KDP space and if you go to the other side (grass is always greener on the other side, so you think it’s better) you go to another business, you will encounter the exact same thing. So, now that we understand what happened, right? Let’s talk about what stopped working because of that change. In my opinion, this is the biggest change. Publishing a pile books that all look like everyone else’s, that doesn’t work anymore. So, if you’re just simply ripping off the number one book in the niche, basically seeing, you know, the top seller in whatever topic you’re trying to go into, and then just copying everything from the cover style to the title to the positioning everything, without having any unique angle for your book, that doesn’t work either. And publishing your book and just waiting for Amazon to bring you sales, that never really worked before, even before AI anyways, but it definitely doesn’t work now. Yes, Amazon puts your book in front of millions of shoppers, and it handles payments, printing, shipping, and refunds. Absolutely amazing stuff, like it’s crazy how much Amazon does for us, but it doesn’t market your book for you, and it doesn’t get you reviews, right? That part is yours, at least in the beginning. You know, once you do that yourself and the book starts picking up momentum, yes, Amazon will absolutely take over a good chunk of that, but you still have to get that started. So, a lot of people complain how Amazon KDP is too saturated and how you competing with thousands of books, right? But as I said earlier, if you understand the Amazon algorithm, you would understand that that is actually not true. Because even if there are 10,000 other books on your topic, you’re not actually competing with all 10,000 of them. So, let’s say there are 10,000 books in your niche, right? And people see that number in the Amazon search results, they see the 10,000 and they get discouraged, and they quit before they even start. But once again, you’re not competing with 10,000 books because almost all of them are terrible. Most of them, like a lot of people in the comment section complain about, are AI slop. Most of them have horrible covers. They have no reviews. They have terrible title from people who don’t understand how to title your book properly. And the good news is, the way the Amazon algorithm works is that if your book is bad and if there’s no buying signal from the customer like the customers aren’t buying it, the customers aren’t reviewing it Amazon will quickly drop your book to page 10, 20, page 100, basically way below page one. Most of the 10,000 books, literally like 9,900 and you know 80 books or so, most of them will just get dropped to page 100 or something. So again, you’re not even competing in that area because you’re not competing in this bottom-of-the-barrel zone, right? So your real competition is the 10 or 20 books that actually are pretty decent and they are ranking on page one. So whatever you see on page one, that’s like 10, 20 books, those are your real competition and that is it. So to summarize, you’re not competing with 10,000 books. You’re competing with 10 to 20 books. And if you simply create a book that’s somewhat decent, you have a real chance of positioning yourself on page one. And this is how to actually be better, right? You just need a better book cover, high-quality content that customers actually enjoy and leave a positive review. You want more reviews. And this is the biggest one that people miss is that you need a unique angle {slash} positioning. Which brings me to how Amazon KDP is moving forward. Again, this is not a KDP thing, right? In every other business, if you do other businesses, you probably will relate to this a lot, is that positioning will be more important than ever. So finding a unique angle for your book was always important, but it matters way more now because everyone is making the same book, right? AI is very good at recycling content as we all know. So if you just take, you know, your best-selling competitor and have AI just create a very similar book to that, then you’re essentially going head-to-head with all of them. And if everything else is the same like you got similar cover, title, positioning, everything else again, then the only difference a customer will see is a difference in reviews. And since your book is newer than the ones on page one that you’re competing with, obviously you will have less reviews, which means you will lose. But if you come up with something a little bit different, right? You’re the first one in the spot, first one with the unique angle, that is much, much easier to win. Now, having less reviews doesn’t matter as much anymore. So, let me show you some real examples of finding your unique angle so you can stand out. So, there are three ways to find your angle. Number one is niching down by the audience. So, that could be like writing a book on the same topic, but you’re targeting a different reader. Like, instead of doing a normal Tai Chi book, you’re doing Tai Chi for women. Or instead of doing normal yoga, you’re doing yoga for seniors, right? So, the topic already sells, we know that, but you’re just making it for a specific person. The second way is to combine two proven topics. So, you’re taking two topics that both already sell on its own, and you’re putting them together. Examples, bold and easy coloring book sells extremely well. Halloween books sells extremely well. Bam, put it together, now you got bold and easy Halloween. Or like, you know, a lot of people do like the the creepy characters, but they’re kind of cute type of coloring book, that is what I’m talking about. Another example, murder mystery word search. So, yeah, there are so many different ways to combine two topics. The third way is using the same topic, but you got a new method. Right? So, this is coming up with a completely different approach. Like, the book topic is the same, but it has a totally different method or a different format. So, you don’t need a brand new idea to stand out. You just need a different way into an idea that already sells. Once again, here are some real examples, okay? So, instead of just doing a Tai Chi book, this book niche down to Tai Chi for seniors, niching down by the audience. So, this is example number one. And this book is probably doing $500 to $1,000 per month if you include all the formats. This is the example of combining two different profitable topics and coming up with with a unique combination. So, this book is a murder mystery puzzle, and it’s number four currently in the entire Amazon store. And this book is doing $64 to $107,000 a month. It’s crazy. It’s blowing up on Tik Tok right now, and that’s another reason why. By the way, don’t try to rip this book off. Most likely you’ll get your book blocked because that’s what’s been happening. So, this is exactly why you don’t want to just, you know, see what’s working and just rip them off, right? You have to come up with your own unique angle. And this is a new method example. So, instead of doing just Tai Chi, we’re doing Tai Chi walking for weight loss, right? So, walking is a new method here. You know, there’s also chair Tai Chi. So, sitting on a chair and doing tai chi is the other method. So, it’s the same topic, tai chi, same goal, weight loss. However, the method in between is different. So, that’s exactly what you want for every single one of your book. You always want to come up with a new angle. Because if you just create the same book as everyone else, you’re going head-to-head with all of them. You need hundreds of reviews to compete because that’s the only metric your customer will use to compare your books with others. You’ll be competing on price and the buyer compares you side by side. However, if you introduce a new angle, something unique about your book, then now you’re the first one in the spot. You need far fewer reviews. You set the price because no one else is competing with you, right? You can price your book high, it doesn’t matter. Because the customer has nothing to compare you to. So, this is the biggest thing. A unique angle means you need much fewer reviews. And this is the part most people miss. If your book is basically the same as the top book, the buyer puts them side by side and they just pick based on how many reviews it has and what’s the price. And nine times out of 10, you lose that because you’re a brand new book. Most likely, you don’t have any reviews or not a ton and you’re competing against this book that’s been established on Amazon for years. But if your book is the only one made for that specific reader, there’s nothing to compare to and you can get away with way less reviews. So, that’s one big thing moving forward is that I think every single book needs a unique angle. And this is the second thing that I think will be very important moving forward with Amazon KDP. And that is speed to market. So, there are new niches and new angles popping up constantly now. And you have this limited amount of time after finding that topic or finding that new niche and jumping onto it and securing your spot and start, you know, getting a ton of sales and racking up a ton of reviews because you’re getting sales. You have a very limited time and this window is real. Once you miss it, it’s going to be a lot harder to go into it because the first couple books that jumps on it and secure their spot picks up all the reviews and the rank before anyone else shows up. Now, it’s not like you’re guaranteed to secure your spot and no one can knock you off, because of course, you know, like I said in point number one, if someone who publishes after you comes up with their unique angle that’s way better than yours, then they carve out their own market and they can still make money; but that requires skills, right? It’s a lot easier to jump on trends before anyone else. Like that’s one of the fastest and easiest way to make money quick. So, since it’s so important to find a profitable topic and jump on it as quickly as possible, you can’t really take a year to write one book anymore. That’s way too slow. But you also don’t want to whip up a book so fast that the quality is horrible, because then you’ll get replaced very quickly after the second book shows up and the quality of that book is better than yours. So, you want both, right? You want to be the first in a trending topic, then you lock in your position because your book is high quality. This is a relationship you have to understand on fast versus good, right? If you’re fast, but you got a bad book, you’re going to get replaced by people who come after you. If you’re slow and you have a good book, you just missed the window to jump on that trending topic. So, you need fast and good. You take the spot and you keep it. And this is why it’s very important to learn AI because AI helps with speed. If everyone else is using AI and you’re not, it’s going to be really tough keeping up with others and jumping on hot trends before them because you’re just not fast enough. And the whole goal with AI is to create better books faster. Although not everyone is following that, that’s what it should be and that’s exactly what we want. And if you’re wondering how I constantly find new keywords that has extremely high demand with almost no competition, that’s because I use a Niche Hunter tool by co-author.ai. So, co-author is a software I built myself and I talk about it often on this channel. But we created one of the research feature that we have here called Niche Hunter. And what you can do here is literally to sort the entire Amazon bookstore and find books that matches whatever criteria you set. So, let’s say I only want to find self-published books only in the book category that is selling extremely well, so that is 30,000 BSR below, which usually means it’s making thousands of dollars per month, but I don’t want it to be super competitive. So, let’s say it has less than 10 reviews. So, it’s selling extremely well, but only less than 10 reviews, right? And if you hit search, literally within seconds we have all these books that fits that exact criteria. This one, 300 train track logic puzzles for adults. This is my first time of hearing train track logic puzzles and I guarantee this is a new hot topic. I don’t think this is a the topic either because it’s just a generic phrase train track logic. So, obviously double check that, but I think this is going to be one of the new trends in the medium content space. So, this book only has seven reviews and yet it’s at 562 in the BSR making an estimated 18,000 almost $19,000 per month. In fact, when I go to Amazon and type in train track logic puzzles for adults, there’s only 556 results, which if you understand Amazon KDP and you’ve been doing this for a while, you know that that is a really good number and all the books on page one got very low amount of reviews, but every single one of them are selling extremely well. Like eight reviews, 300 bucks per day, 34 reviews with a bad rating, hundreds of dollars per day, this one as well. This one three reviews, 18,000 BSR. And I just found this within seconds, not scripted. I did not know this keyword existed until just now, right? So, that’s how you can find new topics. Like even this one, this is a new bold and easy coloring book idea that’s selling really well, two reviews and it’s making thousands of dollars per month and it’s just a bold and easy coloring book of nail arts. And from here you can click on the analyze competitive advantage and co-author will start analyzing this topic, reading the reviews, what people are complaining, what people are liking in the reviews and it’s coming up with your unique positioning on how you can create your book to be different and better than what already exists on the market. And this is what we got. This is the more value angle. So, it’s train track logic and brain teasers. Now it’s 600 puzzles because it says while the competitor offers only 300 puzzles with standard solutions, this volume doubles the content to 600 train track puzzles and adds comprehensive step-by-step visual solving guides for every single grid size. Gives you the positioning angle, why it fits the market. High volume puzzle searchers actively filter for large omega collections, which is true, right? That is the case. A lot of mega or super big jumbo puzzle books are selling really well on Amazon. This is a niche audience, so this is the large print train track logic and brain teasers for seniors, right? To boost memory and cognitive health. So, this book adapts a popular train track puzzle format specifically for seniors utilizing high contrast drawing print grids and simplified jargon free instructions to ensure frustration free cognitive exercise. So now we’re doing the niche and down as well as combining two different topics that are profitable, right? Train track puzzle and the memory and brain boosting, you know, puzzle book. Two topics combined. And then the last one simple and faster so daily train track logic and brain teasers in just 5 minutes a day. So so many angles and from here if you want to make any of these books, you can click on this button it will take you to the guided book flow and you can follow step-by-step to create the book. So if you try to manually do this, you literally just scrolling through Amazon endlessly hoping you stumble upon a hot keyword. That’s going to take hours if not days, but with co-author it’s seconds. So that’s exactly how I do it. If you want to check out co-author, I’ll leave a link in the description below. So what I suggest you do if you’re a beginner is you want to shotgun first and then build a series later. So a lot of people hate on doing the shotgun method, but I think in the beginning you kind of have to do that, right? So you want to test several ideas fast on what looks good and you need actual feedback. So you want to see what actually sells and then once you have a winner out of the multiple books that you published, you’ll have one that’s an outlier that’s selling better than others. Then you stick to that niche, right? And you build a series around that winner. Another thing that’s important moving forward to understand is AI is an assistant, it’s not a replacement. So there are two ways people use AI at the moment, right? The people drowning right now are using AI as a replacement, completely replacing themselves and trying to build a KDP business. They prompt the AI software, they copy the content, they just paste it into Google Doc and then they upload it to Amazon. And that’s exactly the garbage that’s flooding the market and that’s the 9,999 books that nobody buys that will just get dropped in the algorithm. The people winning right now use AI to do the slow parts a lot faster, right? Accelerating the research process, outline, first draft. But they still pick the angle, they still set the quality bar, they still read the actual book and edit it before it goes up. So same exact AI, completely different end results. Now if you tried using Claude or ChatGPT to write a full book, you probably have some experience on what happens after generating a few chapters. It gets very repetitive over time, the voice gets inconsistent between sections and when you finally read the whole book, it doesn’t sound like an actual human wrote it. Generic AI creates short conversations really well, but writing a complete book with 100 plus pages is a completely different challenge. And that’s exactly why we built Co-author. Co-author is an AI tool built specifically for Amazon KDP by people who publish their own books on Amazon and makes real money doing it. It’s designed to create complete books, so the tone stays consistent across every chapter. The structure connects to each section and the finished book reads like a real human wrote the whole thing. Links in the description if you want to check it out. So, the next strategy that’s working really well is to create a better book and price it higher. Most people price their book at whatever everyone else is charging and then they never touch the price again. But, if your book is generally better than what’s on page one, you should be able to charge more for it. And a higher price changes the whole math on when you’re running ads. If you have a higher price, you’ll have a higher profit margin, which means you can bid higher on Amazon ads and still make money. And this is one of the best ways to start making money with KDP by simply making a better book and selling it for a higher price. So, we had one of our students, Dan, who was netting around $300 a month. But, then his coach told him to raise his price from $9.99 to $19.99. So, that’s a $10 increase in the book price when everyone else in his niche was down at $6.99 to $12.99. So, he priced his book significantly higher than everyone else and a few days later his ad account ran dry, meaning he used up all his budget for ads for that month. He figured sales would slow down. Instead, the book held its rank and he made $1,244 net profit in a single day with zero ad spend. And that is just from one change of increasing the price. Another big change that I’m observing right now is that there a lot more ways to market your book now. So, book marketing used to be just one option, running Amazon ads, right? It was paid to play or you get nothing. But, now you got Amazon ads, you have TikTok shop, you have organic social media like on YouTube, Instagram, TikTok. There are multiple ways. Organic social costs you time, right? It takes time and effort to post these videos, but not money. So, you can do it completely for free. So, that’s a free traffic channel that did not exist for book publishers a few years ago. So, the barrier to entry in creating a book dropped, right? The cost of creating a book dropped significantly, and the cost of marketing a book dropped as well. Like, it’s basically free now if you want to do that route. As an example, one of our students, Heather, she’s a 40-year-old mom of eight kids, which is absolutely incredible, and she joined about a year and a half ago. And this past June, her TikTok shop did $775,000 in sales, over 27,000 orders at about a 20%margin. And this is just on TikTok shop. There are a lot of spillover sales, a lot of extra traffic from her videos on TikTok searching for her book on Amazon, and she’s making a lot on Amazon organic sales as well. So, this is her words, not mine. She says, “If a 40-year-old mom of eight kids can do this, you can, too.” So, those are the new changes that I’m observing and how you should move forward. Now, I want to talk about what hasn’t changed. First is people still buy books. That never changed. A good book in a real niche still sells, same as it did 10 years ago. So, the book business is definitely not dying, right? A lot of people say, “Oh, books are dying. Who reads books anymore?” They’re just kind of projecting their own experience, but just because they don’t read books doesn’t mean the whole world doesn’t read books, right? Even like the blogging and SEO business, way older than Amazon KDP, by the way, you would think that business would be dead, but there are people still making a lot of money with SEO. Even outside of online business, right? The restaurant business as an example. This is the oldest, most crowded business there is, right? There are thousands of new restaurants open every single year, and most of them close. However, the good ones, the ones that do it right, still fills up every single night, and you make a lot of money. And nobody stands outside of packed restaurants saying the restaurant business is dead, because the fact is, right? Not even my opinion, this is facts right here. The numbers are going up. If you look at the Amazon KDP website, they always tell you how much the Amazon KDP author earnings are, right? Like, total combined. And this number, when I started, was like literally 19 million or something like that. And over the years, month after month, this number has only gone up, never down. So, this is still true. People still buy books, good books still sells, Amazon still is the best place to sell books, although there are other ways like TikTok shop on the rise. So, KDP is dead is an excuse, not facts. Most of the time when someone says KDP is dead or when someone says, you know, anything is dead, they’re just looking for permission to not try. Because if it’s truly dead, then they don’t have to do the work, right? They don’t have to spend the money. They don’t have to spend the time to actually do this business, and they can’t fail if they don’t try. And that’s the real reason. People are so scared of failing, so they find a reason to never start, right? If they actually try and fail, all of a sudden their ego is hurt. They have to admit that they couldn’t do it. So, they’re just coping and they’re just justifying their fear of taking action. So, if that’s what you’re doing, that’s a choice that you’re making, right? It has nothing to do with Amazon KDP. As an example, one of our students, Juan, spent a whole year watching his numbers go down. And he blamed competition, he blamed AI, he blamed everything outside of him. And this is his words, right? He says, “What I didn’t do at first was look in the mirror.” And then he did exactly that. His old books weren’t good enough. So, he rebuilt it with new brand, better covers, better positioning. And then he turned his business around. Now it’s on the rise again, and he says, “What changed is just simply taking ownership.” So, there are always going to be two types of people. Those who believe they can’t, so they look for reasons why they can’t do something, and those who believe they can, so they look for ways to do it. Every successful person looks for ways to succeed, not for reasons not even try. Change is constant, not just in KDP, but in life, right? Things are always changing. And you can either complain or just accept that this is life. Things are always going to change and adapt and keep going. Again, this isn’t the first time KDP changed. This is like fourth or fifth time, or maybe even more. So many people quit at every single one of these changes in the past. But the ones killing it right now with this business are the ones who adapt and found a way to succeed despite the change. Now, if you’re learning KDP from free YouTube videos, they can teach you what a good niche looks like, but they can’t tell you if your niche is a good pick, or look at your book and cover and tell you what’s wrong. That’s what Road to Hero fixes. It’s my mentorship program for Amazon KDP. You get one-on-one coaching from coaches who are verified to have earned over $10,000 in a single month in doing this business themselves. They look at your niche, your book, your cover, and tell you exactly what to do next. Over 2,300 people have gone through the program with a 4.8 average rating on Trustpilot. If you want to see if our program is a good fit for you, you can book a free discovery call with the team. It’s 30 minutes long, and you will walk away with a personal plan whether you join or not. Plus a bonus just for showing up. The link’s in the description and the pinned comment. So, to summarize everything, no, KDP didn’t get harder, it just got different. You want to focus on creating good books, learn AI so you can jump on trends faster, and if you can do that, you can do very well with this. If you enjoyed this video, if you want more videos like this where I go a little bit deeper into the KDP topic with real examples, then let me know in the comments. Comment the word unique to let me know that you made it and you watched it until the end. And if you have any questions, I’ll answer it too, but basically these comments, likes, subscribe, those metrics will let me know to make more videos like that. So, if this video does well, I’ll do more of that. So, with that being said, thanks for watching, and I’ll see you in the next one.

  • 10/27/2026 – ViralForge Live Reveal – Watch 1 Viral Video Become 25 of Yours!

    All right, everyone. Give me a one or yes in the chat box if you can hear me loud and clear and if you can see the screen. We’re going to do a quick audio visual test cuz this is the new go to webinar. Sometimes it’s a little bit buggy. Sometimes uh you know you don’t hear me loud and clear. You don’t see. Got Katherine. We got Curtney. Let’s see who we got on the call today. We got a Jay, Alex, Allan, Anthony, and Tonin. Uh, we got Bill with us. We got Dave, Gary, we got James, Walke, we got Joe. We got two Joe’s. We got John. We got Joseph. We got Keith, Kenneth, Maria, Marlin, Nick. Let’s see. Who do we have? Um, we got Steve, Stella, Ted, Victoria, Will, Yuan. Lots of people coming in. Let’s see. Let’s see if the comments coming in. Awesome. Awesome. Lots of people are getting started. Lots of ones and yeses coming in. So guys, this is this is going to be a fun fun session. Something what we’re going to show you today is simply not possible with any AI tool out there. Chad GPT can’t do this. Clark can’t do this. Um Gemini can’t do this. This is something that is impossible to do. And we cracked the code. we figured out how you can get tons of views from the exact same audience that wants to pay for your products or services. So, what we’re going to show you today is not only just going to help you create videos, uh, but it’s also going to help you create videos that make you money. Now, we’ve got an incredible session planned out for you. We got Raheem from our customer success team who’s going to walk you through the training and then I’m going to jump in do a live demonstration. Then we’re going to do Q&A at the end. And then of course we’ve got some incredible incredible stuff waiting for you at the end of the session. So I hope you stay till the end. Make sure you get away from all distractions. Turn off your iPad put your phones on silent. Take a paper and pen. Take some notes cuz what we’re going to show you today is possibly going to change your life. Without further ado, Raheem, take the screen. Let’s get this party started.

    All right, we are officially alive. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Settle in. The room is open. And there you have it. I see lots of beautiful names coming in already. Let me know real quick if you can hear my voice. Let me know if you can see the screen. The sooner you do these things, the faster we can dive right in. And honestly, you want to see this as fast as humanly possible because what you’re about to witness is something I haven’t seen any other AI tool do ever. And it is allowing absolute beginners to finally, and I mean finally, crack the code on social media and drive a ton of traffic to any offer of their liking. And better yet, businesses are loving this. They’re standing in line. to pay our students, our users to do this for them. We’re going to show it to you all what crazy amount of case studies, success stories, proof from absolute beginners. And I can’t wait to show you how this will work for you. But yet, let me know once again if you can hear my voice, if you can see the screen, the sooner you do, the faster we can get started. See, John is here, Adam’s here, Stephen is here, Anony’s here, Lisa’s here. Great. Dave is here as well. Amazing. Amazing. Michael, good to see you. Thomas, good to see you. Excited. Yeah. Let me know if you’re excited. There you go. Awesome. I see people from New York, uh, England, amazing. London, there we have it. People from all over the world. Oi, good to see you as well. Awesome. So, with that being said, let’s go ahead and dive right in because, as you can see, I’m going to show you how to transform a 100% proven viral videos. I’m talking videos that are already raking in hundreds of thousands to millions of views and turn that into sales and commissions and paying clients for you. So, we’re talking about the art of leverage here using things that are already proven to work. This is the biggest shortcut you’ll ever see. Now, better yet, this is all possible using a one-click AI that is actually going to leverage and post these for you without filming, without editing, without showing your face, and it’s going to do it in a unique manner so you create unique content while using what is already working. Now, I can’t wait to show you how this works because anyone that literally turns this on will immediately see a rocket influx of views coming in the moment they have it. Because let’s do a quick pop quiz. Let me know in the chat box and I think all of you will have the right answer, but just give me an A, B, or C. What is the most viral form of content right now? What do you think? Is it A, image post? Is it B, short videos? Or is it C, text post? Mimi a wild guess. There we go. Everybody’s saying B and I couldn’t agree more. And as a matter of fact, the proof is in the putting. Everything I’m going to show you here today is based on actual stats and data. You can see right here, Instagram right here is right now has a record high with AIdriven reels. Instagram recorded an all-time high in global time spent per user on AI reels. AI reels are now completely beloved on the platform. It’s not just Instagram, YouTube as well. YouTube is showing, right? YouTube shorts attracted over two billion monthly users just the short videos alone. Meaning the time to capitalize on this is now. And that’s why with what you’re about to get access to today, you’ll post videos that people already want to watch. And that is a huge different from what you’ve been doing thus far. I’m going to show you how this works. You see, businesses will actually pay anything for above average views. When you’re able to do this for a business, they are going to go on hands and knees paying you every single month to keep doing this for them. I’m going to show you how that’s possible because views are the new paycheck. In today’s day and age, if you’re able to get targeted and a good influx of views, you are able to get paid no matter what. Because when you can get that attention, you can generate sales, you can generate leads. Now, answer the following question for me. If you had thousands of people that watch your content every single hour, and we’re going to literally show you that in a second, in a way you haven’t done so before, in a way you haven’t tried yet before. This is probably one of the most unique and interesting shortcuts I’ve seen today. Imagine having thousands of people watching your content every single hour. Do you see yourself getting more leads and sales every single day? Just give me a yes in the chat box. Do you see yourself getting more leads and sales every single day? Because if the answer is yes, you’ll definitely want to stick around because that’s exactly what we’re going to talk about. Now, you won’t be able to just do this for yourself, you’ll also be able to do this for others. And this is what businesses crave right now. The dentist, the chiropractor, the gym around the corner, they all are craving that exposure. They’re looking for above average views. We’re going to show you how to get them a whole lot more than that in a way they’ve never tried before. You see, right now, however, getting views lately, and let me know if you’ve noticed this as well. We definitely noticed this, hence we came to this solution. But let me know if you agree with this. Getting views has become one of the hardest things and businesses are quite frankly suffering because of it. It’s really hard nowadays for businesses to get that level of exposure. Again, tell me if this sounds familiar. Just give me a quick yes in the chat box. I already see a few coming in. Now, if you’ve maybe, you know, tried uploading videos and it barely gets seen, no matter what video tool you use, I have some of my favorite video tools that are relied on for years that it just it’s not cutting it anymore. It creates good videos, but it does not get seen. It does not get distributed. It’s not getting shared whatsoever. Let me know if you’ve noticed this as well, that your videos barely get seen no matter what video tool you use. You spend an entire evening maybe on a video. You post it. You wake up and it stalled at maybe know 143 views or even less. And worst of all, it feels like you’ve tried everything and only lost time and money. And I want you to understand, I see lots of yeses coming in. Again, let me know if this sounds more because if you say yes, then I’m so happy you’re here because we’re going to solve this. This is something that’s not just affecting you. It’s affecting everyone. every business owner, every entrepreneur, even people that were doing good before and were generating a ton of views are right now back to where it started trying to get that exposure. And that’s why we came up with a solution. Well, Obby sat down and figured something out. He found something that changes the game immediately. And it all starts with understanding that it’s not your fault. Nowadays, most people who go viral, that are being pushed by the algorithm, are number one, celebrities that already have millions of followers, that are already famous for anything. And second of all, people that show off crazy results, flashy lifestyles, people that are very, you know, eccentric, very exotic, things they can show. These are the people that seem to get all the views. Let me know if you’ve noticed this as well. Let me know if you’ve seen this or if this makes sense to you. There we go. Lots of yeses coming in. So the question that remains is what about the rest of us, right? Is social media pushing all you know the regular people out and wanting them just to watch. And this is where Abby has secretly been creating a solution behind the scenes. He solved this exact problem. And obviously he’s known for creating award-winning video apps that already has countless of success stories. His apps are being used by thousands of people as we speak. And what you’re going to witness here today will allow you to have a secret weapon to dominate social media for once and for all. Literally being able to get eyeballs on demand in volume in bulk to any type of offer that you want to sell. He has been able to force the algorithm in your favor by raising your odds to a point you simply cannot fill anymore. basically overloading the algorithm to the point it has to give you that distribution. It has to give you that reach no matter what. It’s very interesting. It’s extremely powerful. I recommend everyone to have access to this. I’m going to show you how this works. What if I told you that you’ll own an AI that finds videos that are going viral right now? So, it doesn’t just do things at random like most video generators. They’ll just create a nice video and that’s it. It first finds something that is going viral right now that has a ton of views in your niche, in your industry. Then it decodes entirely why it took off. Why is this video so well viewed? What is it? Is it the background? Is it the content? Is it what they say? Is it the music? What is it about this video? And then it turns it into 25 new videos that are your own version of it. Now, this system, this approach is basically a loophole, a hack to dominating virality over and over again that you can instantly post to Tik Tok, IG, and YouTube. As a matter of fact, it does that for you. Let me know if you’re already loving this. You’ll be able to look at any viral video and say, “I want to have 25 videos just like that in my own version while keeping everything that makes it viral.” And today, Obi’s revealing it live for the first time. The first time I saw it, it blew my mind. Then I started using it, the results are phenomenal. I’m going to show it to you all here today. After this webinar, the people that grab this, you will have videos that will be seen by thousands of people. Even if you’re starting from zero today, and you’ll be able to turn those views into clicks, leads, and commissions every single day. Your affiliate dashboard will have so many clicks coming in, it’s insane. I actually prove it to you. Abby students are right now banking big. We have people doing $1,200 and up, $2,000 and up to almost 2.5. And the best part is you don’t need to show your face. You don’t need to film or edit anything yourself. You don’t need any followers to begin with. And on top of that, you don’t even need your own API keys. You can use this system as is and make it work for you overnight. So, comment yes if you’re staying until the end. Give me a big yes in the chat because obvious blood, sweat, tears, energy into this to the point it is guaranteed to work for you and I can’t wait to show it to you. I’m using it all the time. Ob’s obviously using it. We have entire departments, students, clients that are using it and today you’re going to witness it firsthand. I see lots of guesses coming in. So, let’s dive right into the three secrets we’ll be sharing with you. Number one is the viral forge method. Almost nobody knows about this. We’re going to show you why the same videos go viral again and again and how to start every viral video from today on forward. Second of all, how to go from views to sales. Now that you’ll be able to generate views whenever you want, guaranteed, I’m going to show you three ways to turn those views into leads, clients, and sales even with zero followers. And then last but not least, direct special access. how to get it at the founding member price only on this webinar. You see, Abby always does something amazing for people that show up to the live webinar. And today is going to be exactly that. You’ll be able to get this at a steal of a deal. The biggest bonuses, the biggest discounts, the biggest opportunity, but it’s only available on this webinar. So, I hope you’re excited. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one, the viral forge method. why the same video goes viral again and again and how to start every video from today on forward. It’s no big secret that social media is right now the fastest way to get leads and sales align and it’s only getting bigger. As a matter of fact, new studies shows it has become a direct path to purchase where people just scroll, stop, and shop immediately from a given piece of content. You can see right here, social issuers

    embrace short form video. Now, the following formula is therefore responsible for the biggest success stories in today’s day and age. And it’s literally this. You post a video, it goes viral. It gets a ton of likes, a ton of shares, a ton of engagement, a ton of clicks, a ton of traffic, and all of that turns into leads and sales. This exact formula, the people that have figured it out, the people that managed to pull this off have seen successes more in one single short form video than all of their last years combined. When you’re able to crack this code, you immediately see a huge influx of leads, sales, and cash flow. However, there’s only one problem. Most people stay stuck when it comes to part or step two. It goes viral. Like posting a video, that’s the easy part. You probably already have some great AI tools that can help you with that. But getting it to take off, getting it to get in front of a ton of the right people, that’s where people stay stuck. And you can see right here, over 20 million videos right now are being uploaded to YouTube every single day. And that’s why it’s so hard to cut through the noise, right? YouTube and the platform has right now more than 20 billion videos with over 20 million of them are being uploaded daily. So therefore, we need to find a way to cut through that noise because the competition has never been more fierce than it is today. So we asked ourselves, and this is where it gets interesting, we looked at all the content pieces in the given niches, the most viral ones. We studied them. We let our agents study them. We went and analyzed the data and did this for months and months and months back to back to back and we wondered how do some videos get millions of views while most get nothing. How come even the best AI tools aren’t getting people viral is something that Obby asked himself. So we started doing deep research. We went deep into figuring this problem out because it is affecting all of us. all of our clients, all of our students, everybody is trying to get more reach and they’re not getting it. So, we studied videos with millions of views. You can see right here, this one, you know, the best AI tools, you know, free, 2.2 million views. Uh, this Excel trick, 2.2 million views. How to merge multiple sales, 1.6 million views. Almost 1 million views, you know, half a million views. Tons of shorts. We went through all of them. Whether it’s our websites, whether it’s AI, no matter what type of niche, and what we discovered changed everything. You see, when we looked at all the videos that were raking in half a million views, a million views and beyond, we realized for every viral short form video, for every viral video, there is another one that went viral before it. Let me explain. You see this video right here that almost did a million views saying cool websites you should know has a bigger video before it that actually went viral first. That is the inspiration for this video. These are two completely different users, two completely different accounts, but we traced it all the way to this video that is called eight mind-blowing websites you probably didn’t know exist. This video got 4.4 million views. And when looking at the video, it was referring to the exact same signs. So what we saw is that this video used what is already working, what it was already proven to go viral. And then the pattern became clear. We saw it again and again. Remember this one, the best paid AI tools free. This video did 2.2 million views and did a ton of traffic and sales after that by promoting different AI tools. It came from here. I replaced all my apps with these free or cheaper alternative which is the 2.5 million videos and again you know this one with the Excel this one went viral first 8.9 million all they did was create viral videos based on what’s already proven they simply did their due diligence finding out which videos are there that are already being watched that are already raking in millions of views and then they created fresh content based upon what already works. and it makes so much sense. Answer the following question. Which video is more likely to get over 100,000 views? Is it a video idea you just made up out of the blue? Or is it a version of a video that already got over 4 million views? Well, the answer is simple. There we go. I see lots of B. Exactly. Now, it’s like the old saying, do not reinvent the wheel. Use what already works. Never change a winning team. [snorts] While most people guess what to post and, you know, spend a ton of time or waste a ton of time with different video tools and credits not knowing what to post in the first place and hoping it catches on. We post what already went viral, what already is proven to get views. We start from what’s proven. And that’s the big secret. That’s how we do it. And we don’t just post one little video like most people. We immediately generate 25 different ones that put all the odds in our favor guaranteeing our success. And that’s the big difference. Now imagine you’ll be able to do that in a matter of a few clicks. This is what going to make businesses fall in love with you. And it made sense. This is exactly the exposure that businesses are begging for as well, right? The bakery around the corner, imagine being able to get them over 6.5 million views or, you know, the power washing company, 5.5 million views or the car wash over 7 million views. If you’re able to leverage this concept for businesses, they will pay you every single month. And this is quite frankly exactly how a college student, literally a college student, was able to make over 127 grand in less than 6 months just by leveraging what already works. Now, comment yes if you can see how this is the ultimate shortcut to view sales. finding videos that are extremely viral, [snorts] that are in your industry, that are exactly about the topic that you want to talk about, and then creating spin-offs of what already works. And this happens in the real world. This happens in theaters, in cinemas. We all know the classic story of Romeo and Juliet, which originally comes from 1597. Then in 1961, Westside Story won 10 Oscars. Now to the naked eye, Westside Story is just a good movie, but is entirely based on the original Romeo and Juliet. Then in 1996, William Shakespeare’s Romeo Juliet comes out. There’s 147 million. And then Gnomeo Juliet comes out in 2011. That’s 194 million. Are you seeing the pattern here? All of this is traced back based on what was already going viral years before. A movie sees, oh, people love this movie and they like this story in this particular drama. All of a sudden, a different movie with different actors, but you know, slightly similar storyline gets released and a spin-off. It has its own unique traits, but it leverages everything that worked from the movie it looked up to. If this is so powerful, if all you have to do is find viral videos and then create spin-offs of that video for your own version, your own unique fresh versions of that viral video, then why is not everyone doing this? And the answer is simple. Most apps can make pretty videos, but they can’t help you go viral. That means you have to do the research yourself. You have to come up with what should I create? What is already working? Furthermore, there’s a ton of work involved. You need to find the videos that are going viral now. Work out why they went viral. So, decode the video, then rewrite it. Because you can’t just blatantly copy it. You need to create a spin-off, a fresh video while remaining or keeping the proven elements in there that made it go viral. The scripts, the voice over, the presenters need to be on point. You need to edit the version after the version. new hooks, new captions, posting on every single platform daily and then track everything that’s working for most people. It’s simply impossible. It’s too much grunt work. But that’s all about to change. You see, Obby built a system based on this very proven concept. a system that takes one proven viral video that is already getting a ton of views and turns into 25 fresh variations that are all equally asproven to go viral. It’s like an army of videos working for you every single day, raking in hundreds of thousands to millions of views. Now, Obby calls it viral fortune, and this is what allowed him to generate a ton of traffic in the past few months alone. And here’s how viral fortune works. For the first time ever, he’s going to explain it all and show you exactly how he’s done it. You see, he simply finds a video already going viral. And then from there, he forges by keeping what worked, but making it his own. This is one of the best traits in the entire industry that you can do. Success leaves clues. Find something that already worked and build upon that. And then from there, he multiplies it. That’s the secret sauce. Multiplies it into 25 different variations. So the odds are forever in his favor. practically making it unable for him to lose, guaranteeing himself traffic and sales no matter what. Now, who here would love to be able to do that in a matter of a click? When we started testing it, the results were phenomenal. As a matter of fact, who wants to see a sample of the videos that we forged that went viral overnight? Comment yes in the chat box. Give me a yes in the chat box. Let’s see here. Let me open this up. There we go. Thomas says yes. Mike says yes. Lorie says yes. Adam says yes. Anthony says yes. Rebecca says yes. A lot of yes is flying. Now let me show you the sample first of the original viral video. This is the original viral video that the system found. This is in the relationship niche. So let’s have a look here. Listen. A man can’t lead a woman he don’t listen to. And he can’t love a woman he don’t respect. Or stop settling for disrespect just because you’re scared [music] to start over. You are the prize. You are the standard. Now, this video went insanely viral. Tons of views, tons of shares, tons of comments, tons of likes. Like, if you attach any type of product to this in the relationship niche or something that appeals to women, then you would have had a ton of traffic. Now, here’s how we were able to replicate this 25 times over in different variations and get the exact same results. We even did it in a CAD version using a different script, but still hitting all the exact points that made people absolutely engage with this content. Just let me show you how good the quality of this is. Listen, quick reminder. You can’t build love without listening. Respect matters both ways. [music] Don’t settle for less just because starting over feels scary. You’re the prize. Set your own standard. Now, this video went on and do over a 100,000 views in record time. And the reason is simple. It’s because it used all the right keywords of the one that originally went viral. Now, we also did it with an actual other avatar. Now, let me know if you’re starting to see the picture. here if this makes sense and if you want to see a few more and then we’re going to go ahead and let Obby come in and actually do a demo of how easy this is to set up. You’ll be able to grant businesses a ton of views and generate a ton of traffic for your own offers. Doing this, let me show you another one. This is for a podcast in the AI tech and business space. Now, this was the original video. This was regarding AI with Sam Alman having an amazingly good discussion and we were able to take that and create all kinds of variations even a reaction video where we put an AI after reacting to what’s being said and that did insanely well and it’s just a matter of clicking a few buttons. Now same the podcast with J Shetty which you know did crazy good numbers. People love his content and what he says and we created forged variations of it that all did insane numbers as well. No matter what niche, health, wealth, business, relationships, we’re able to dominate and go viral with the exact types of content necessary. For example, this travel vlog right here that did insanely good numbers that we found. Welcome to London. Tower Bridge is even more beautiful in person. Now we are in Scotland at the historic Edinburgh Castle. Today we’re exploring the incredible giants causeway. Legends it was built by a giant. Our final stop is the beautiful Roman baths and bath. And finally the mysterious Stonehenge. Which spot was your favorites? Let me know in the causeway in Northerlands. Now we recreated a similar video but used a panda instead and it did phenomenally well. Welcome to London. Tower Bridge is even more beautiful in person. Now we’re in Scotland at the historic Edinhur Castle. Today we’re exploring the incredible giants kiti legends that was built by a giant. Our final stop is the beautiful Roman baths in Bath and finally the mysterious Stonehenge. Which spot was your favorites? Let me know. This takes us minutes to do and it’s bringing us so much traffic we almost don’t know what to do with it. Ton of clicks, ton of leads every single day on every platform. Over 25 proven viral videos going out. And again, even with physical products. I’ll show you one of the viral formats right here. Wait, my lip balm is literally a bag charm. It’s actually so cute and convenient, and I can keep it with me everywhere. [music] Like, why wouldn’t I? We went ahead, looked at this, and created. Wait, my perfume is literally a bag churning. It’s actually so cute and convenient, and I can keep it with me everywhere. like why wouldn’t I? Now, this one is interesting because we used a handbag as well with the guy and the comments went crazy. Now, do you see how we’re simply taking what’s already working? We can apply it to physical products, digital products, surfaces, no matter what, we’re able to put in any product, any person, and keep what’s working all together. So, let me ask you a question. What if your next 25 videos started from one that already went viral? Comment yes if you want this. If you want videos bringing you leads and sales every day because if you comment yes, I’m going to bring in Obby and you want to pay very close attention. As a matter of fact, comment I want this because we only want to show this to the people that are here that actually want this. You’ll be for once and for all dominating social media and having businesses pay you to literally just leverage this simple tool that will generate you all the sales you need. Let me know in the chat. I see lots of people commenting, “I want this. I want this.” There we go. I love it. Now, Obby is going to go ahead and show you exactly how he created the videos I just showed you and more. And honestly, it’s so darn simple. This is the one tool where it literally focuses on making sure every video it gives you is based on what is already working and making sure it will work for you as well. Meaning after today, you’ll never have to worry about traffic again and you’ll be getting paid by businesses to use this for them. So without further ado, Obby, take it away. I see lots of people commenting, I want this. So go ahead and show the power of Viral Forge. Welcome to Viral Forge AI. In this demonstration video, I’m going to show you how you can create tons of viral videos that get a lot of views and get those views converted into clicks, clicks into sales and commissions for you. Now, once you log into viral for it’s super easy to you can see the dashboard here. You can see all the things that have been created, all the campaigns that you have created, all the viral video versions that you have created. To do what you need to do is click on create new project. When you do that, you can see three different options here. Search from trend radar, clone a viral video that you have already picked or video that you already found and then use from blueprint. So let’s start with uh trend radar because in case you don’t know what video is going viral in your niche. If you already know, you can select clone video. You can post the video could be a YouTube video, Instagram video, Tik Tok video and it’s going to scan that video and do it. But if you don’t have a video, if you don’t know which viral video we want to clone and create tons of variations of that, we’re going to go to search trend art. Now, once we’re in the trend radar, what we can do is we’re going to do a new search and we’re going to type in our niche. So, let’s say our niche is weight loss.

    We’re going to weight loss campaign, which is the campaign name. The niche would be health or fitness.

    or I can just type weight loss. Now, if it doesn’t show up here, you can just click on use and it’s going to use that. You can select which country this niche, this keyword you want uh trending from. And then in the weight loss niche, you can search multiple keywords like exercise,

    diet,

    protein, recipes, whatever you want. So, I’m going to just focus on exercise and diet. So, I’m going to click on find trends. Now, what trend radar is going to do, it’s going to muster up a bunch of AI agents that are going to start browsing social media to find the videos that are actually trending right now, getting tons of views. So, we can start replicating them with our own product, with our own messaging, with our own um product link added to it. Now, as you can see, it’s already found all these videos. We can scroll down and see uh what the trend score is, how many views they’re getting, uh what’s the engagement score. We can pick pretty much any video we like. So, this one’s a great option. This is a great option. This is a recipe option. This is a great option. This is a great option. Lots of different options out there that you can pick. Now, when you do this, let’s say we want to pick this one, right, from YouTube. So, what we’re going to do is we’re going to click on create blueprint. Now what blueprint does it takes everything that is unique about this video what made this video trend and then it changes everything else so it becomes unique to your product or your uh service or uh affiliate product that you’re promoting. So I’m going to click on create and it’s going to start creating the blueprint. Now once the blueprint is ready what we can do is create the project. So you can see all the blueprints here. Um, these are all the blueprints I’ve already created for all other trending videos. And this is the one that we just created. So, if I click on details, you can see the blueprint details. You can see it’s analyzing the source video right now. And it’s going to populate all of this data right here. Now, once it’s done analyzing, we can start creating clones of these videos. So, I’m going to click on create new project, which is where I’m going to create the clones of this video. So I’m going to do weight loss campaign or weight loss project.

    How many videos do I want? So I can create up to 25 videos. 25 clone videos from a single video. Now if I want like say five, I can do the five as well. Then like five from other trend video, five from other trend videos. So it just becomes more unique. Or I can just do three. Whatever you want. Then you can pick the aspect ratio. 9 is to 16, 16 is to 9 1 is to 1. If you want to change the character, you want to put your own face, you can upload your own picture here and then mention that replace the character with my place or you could just leave this blank if you don’t want to uh showcase anything. Now, if you want to watch the original video, you can do that right here as well. So, as you can see, this video is more about different types of exercises, all different kinds of exercises that are happening. um we want to change it to change it to different and I’m going to click on next. So instead of exercises we’re going to take this concept and then we’re going to create a version where it’s about um diets. Now it says you asked to create three video with one description. Uh we can have AI create all the other descriptions. We don’t really need to do this. Um, so the first we’re going to change it to a different diet, a distinct variation of same video, visibly different from the other, a distinct variation on the same visibly different from the other. So it’s going to create three different videos based on again you can change these description to whatever you want the three videos the clones to be about or to be like. Now I’m going to click on start creating videos and then what’s going to do is going to start downloading the uh reference video and start generating the video uh and cloning them. And when it’s done, we can edit, modify, change the voice over, we can add more things, whatever we want using this uh editor once the video is ready. And as you can see, it created the first video and then the other two are in progress. So let’s watch this video. So remember our source video was about different exercises being showcased in a 7-second click and we wanted it to change from different exercises to different diets. So the viral forge created a video where different diets are being showed. Five eating styles, Mediterranean, low carb, dashed and paleo. Different approaches and no one plan fits everyone. So this video is now created. What you could do if you do not want to change anything about it because you we already know uh it’s based on the genetics and the DNA of that viral video. We should just render it and get it published online. But if you want to add text, you can add text. You can add a layer. You can change the voice over. You can add an extra voice over. You can add shapes. Um you can add different properties if you want to do. You can add animations and transition, intro and outro. Um and even if you want, you can even record more video clip in to add in the beginning or audio clip to add at the end of the video. Either way you want it. But that’s how it created a new video by cloning the first video and it’s going to go ahead and start generating all these other videos. Now what I’m going to do is if I go back you can see my campaign here, my project here and it’s going to give you a live update of all the projects and all the campaigns that you are running and all the videos that are generating and you could read about that over here. All right. So while these are generating, let me show you another version of how you can clearly clone a video that is trending. So let’s go back and click on create a new project. Instead of searching from trend or picking one from the blueprints of the trend video that we have already done, let’s clone a video by uploading or pasting URL. So here’s a sample video I want to clone. So this is a trending video about a woman talking about a man can’t love a woman he doesn’t respect. So let’s do this. Let’s upload this video and start analyzing and understanding the blueprint. What made it work? What made it go wild? What made it get millions of view? And then let’s create our own version talking about uh diet or weight loss or something completely different. So what it’s going to do is going to start analyzing this video. It’s going to download it, transcribe it, analyze the hook structure, identify the pacing pattern, detecting visual style. It will score the clone potential and figure out what made it work and then help us create different versions of this for you to start posting and start getting the same kind of uh response. So you can see this is it has already analyzed it. These are the hook styles. All of this is here and the data is now ready for us. What we’re going to do is click on create new uh project. We’re going to go back here, give it a name, uh, weight loss project 2. Let’s say we want to create, just for the demonstration, I’m going to create one video right now. Let’s say we were going to create two videos. Um, uh, the first video we we replace the women with a cat.

    talking about diets.

    Keep the same audio.

    That’s right. So, these are the two videos we want to create. So, that’s what we’re done. We’re going to click next.

    There we go. And we are at the agent. Now the agent is out there. It’s going to start creating this video and I’m going to show you how it looks once it’s ready. And as you can see, our first clone video is ready. So let’s go quickly preview it. Let me play this for you real quick. Listen, diets don’t change when cravings get a yes. One snack isn’t failure. Stop waiting for Monday. Choose your meal with care. keep showing up and let progress take time. So, as you can see, we’ve changed the character and we’ve changed the script. So, now it’s talking more about um the diet and everything. And then you can add text, you can generate subtitles, you can change the style of the subtitles and add those subtitles or you can just add a caption just the way it was originally added. any sort of um uh a relationship advice, you can just add new diet.

    So, you can add a text like this,

    move it around, style it however you want. Make it a little bit thicker. Um add strokes, add a background. Um you can change the background color to whatever you want. You can change that text color to whatever you want

    and then you can just render and publish this. Now

    while this second video is gen getting generated what [snorts] you can do is once this video is rendered you can go to calendar and you can pick whatever date you want and then you can select the project you can select the video and then you can select what date and time you want this video to be published on which account and it will be scheduled to be published and then you can see all your analytics here all the data you can see which video has performed well which video hasn’t done Well, and then based on that, it will show you which blueprint has really worked and then you can keep replicating and creating more videos from that same blueprint. Now, let’s go back to our first campaign that we had created. So, if we go back here, you can see it has created the other two videos as well. Let me play and show these to you as well. Quick diet check. Meditarian, plant-based, low carb, dash, or paleo. Five styles, five different approaches. Find what fits you. Right? So again, it’s talking about diet. It’s a different style. And then it’s talking about five different diets just like how there were five different exercises in the source video. And in this one as well, which eating style could suit you. Explore Mediterranean, plant-based, low carb, dash, or paleo. No single plan fits everyone. Right. So it’s also talking about diet in the 5 seconds, talking about five different diets. And that’s how the original video was. And that’s how it has cloned. It took that original video and created three videos. The first original video was about exercise, five different exercises. And now it has cloned that same viral trend video, but instead of exercise, now it’s talking about five different diets and all of those are here. Same way it took a video about an interview about a specific topic, but it changed the character and the topic into a cat and then change the topic to diet and started creating that and then once that is ready, you publish that. So what I’m going to do is I’m going to show you a couple of samples right at the end of this demo. So, I’m going to show you a sample video and then I’m going to write like this a sample video and then I’m going to show you three different variations of those samples videos that viral for created so you have a better idea of what kind of videos you can create. But then that’s the whole key about uh viral for let you clone any trending video into your own video. a video in your niche video uh featuring your product video talking about your product video talking about your niche and then helps you publish those videos. So when you publish these videos you get ton more views. It is so much better than using all those video creation tools out there that are creating gorgeous looking AI videos but nobody really wants to watch them because everybody else is watching those videos. These videos get you more views not only on social media. Even if you publish these videos on your website, you will get more views because these videos are cloned based on videos that people loved watching. So if people loved watching those on social media, they will watch it on your website on wherever you want. All right, so let’s watch some sample videos and if you have any questions, feel free to reach out to us. Listen, a man can’t lead a woman he don’t listen to [music and singing] and he can’t love a woman he don’t respect. Stop settling for disrespect just because you’re scared [music] to start over. You are the prize. You are the standard. Listen, diets don’t change when cravings get a yes. One snack isn’t failure. Stop waiting for Monday. Choose your meal with care. Keep showing up and let progress take time. Listen, diets don’t change when cravings get a yes. One snack isn’t failure. Stop waiting for Monday. Choose with care. Choose your meal with care. Keep showing up and let progress take time. Crypto can be part of everyday life, but you don’t need to chase every coin. Learn what you’re using, protect your wallet, and never risk money you can’t afford to lose. Start small, stay curious, and make your own call. Listen, quick reminder. You can’t build love without listening. [music] Respect matters both ways. Don’t settle for less just because starting over feels scary. You’re the prize. [music] Set your own standard. Listen, a strong relationship needs listening, love, and respect. Don’t settle for less. Just because starting over feels scary. You’re the prize. Set your prize, your own standard. So yeah, as you saw, we took one viral video and we created five different uh versions of that viral video in different niches with different scripts. All completely done with AI. You don’t have to worry about scripts, micromanager anything, building characters, uploading a picture, anything. It does all of it on its own. Of course, it can clone your own voice and face if you want to do that, but it does it all so fast, so easy. If you have any questions, let me know. This is the future of video creation. Creating videos without guessing uh what works by simply cloning and replicating what’s already trending. Wow. Wow. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loves what they just saw and wants their own viral forge account? This will allow you to instantly generate traffic and better yet have a service that businesses literally will want to pay you for starting today. Let me know in the chat box if you absolutely love what you just saw and can’t wait to have your own account because this is going to make sure you dominate social media and the odds are guaranteed in your favor. I see lots of yes coming in. Now that’s it for secret number one. I want to quickly touch on secret number two. How to turn these views to sales. Now the beauty about viral forge is that it has a builtin system to also generate an income which is going to be super easy because of the amount of virality. You see remember the success formula. You post a video, it goes viral, you get tons of likes and shares which turns into leads and sales. Now, let’s specifically talk about this part right here because the best part is you don’t need to be famous. You don’t even need followers to begin with. There are three ways to turn views into sales. Even if nobody knows your name today, you can either sell any offer, which is your own offer or an affiliate offer that you want to promote. And that is simply by picking any of the hot selling offers inside Viral Forge or you pick one of your own that you already have. From there, you use Viral for to create 25 viral videos based on things that are already proven to go viral in your niche regarding your industry. And then from there, you get the traffic and sales, the engagement and comments and lead it to your sales page. Now, all of this can be done in a matter of minutes the moment you have access to Viral Forge. Now, this is how Obby students are already making sales. We have people for the first time ever cracking $1,000 days on JVZoo and other platforms. Now, we can also get paid by just posting and generating views. You see, there are tons of people that get paid by social media platforms for the views that they’re generating. How I make over 36 grand a month posting YouTube shorts. And from here, Facebook paid me over 150 grand for posting. And then right here, how I made over 20 grand with Tik Tok creator rewards program. Now, all these social media platforms have their own payout system that you can finally take advantage of now that you’ll be able to create a ton of viral content. And then last but not least, one of my favorites is getting paid by local businesses. This is going to be by far one of the easiest things to do. You see, let me ask you a question and just answer in the chat box. A or B. Who would a business rather pay to make their videos? Someone making pretty videos that most likely nobody sees or someone sending 25 videos built on what’s already viral in their niche? Like, who would the business rather want to do business with? There we go. B. It is most definitely and obviously B. You’ll have an irresistible surface that will make you stand out over anyone else offering any type of social media or video creation services because you’re different. You’re not just creating content that gets seen by nobody or just pretty videos and nicely generated images that don’t get any reach. You are focused on making sure that Viral Forge finds viral content for that business owner that it can spin off and replicate in its own unique way to grant it over 25 fresh and unique pieces of content based on what already works. And that’s going to get you paid every single week by business owners. You see, here’s what to expect. You don’t need to cold pitch. You don’t need to sell. You don’t need to chase. You literally pick any local business and that’s probably the easiest part. We have a whole list of them. And from here, you send them a viral forge sample. Hey, here’s what I created for you. Feel free to post it and let me know how it does for you. From there, they love it so much. It performs better than all the previous content combined. And they will want you to do this for them every single month. And that’s where you start getting paid. And it literally just takes you minutes. People are getting paid for this as we speak. Short-term video editors earn on average over $5,477 a month and that is the average salary. Now, we have people literally selling AI videos to local businesses for $500 a month. And this is something we’ll help you set up and do. And that’s again one of the easiest of everything because the moment you send samples of what you can do, they are in love with you. Now, small business already spend anywhere from $300 to $3,000 a month because they need to put out video content on social media. They don’t have time to do it themselves. They don’t know how to do it right, what to create or what to post. And the same videos they’ve been placing on their pages are not generating them any success. And that’s where you’re easily going to land clients. You see, let’s do the math. One business pays you on average $1,000 a month. Five businesses already makes up to 5K a month. Now, the beauty about this is you don’t have to pitch these businesses, call them, chase them. You literally show them a sample of what you can do and then you’re done. All you had to do was first send them a sample. Now, these businesses are waiting for you by the boatloads. I can literally go to Facebook right now and search for any business saying, you know, hiring social media manager and I’ll zoom out. You can see right here, oh, we’re hiring social media manager right here. Uh, this is posted 9 hours ago in United States or a creative house. We are hiring a social media manager. Same goes here. We’re hiring 5 days ago, a social media manager. Um, left, right, and center. all these businesses. We’re hiring a social media manager yesterday. We’re hiring Cooper’s Rose Boutique. We need a social media manager, content organizer. All these businesses left, right, and center. I mean, by the boatloads, they are begging for someone that can come in and, you know, blow up their social media, help them get above average views. And all you have to do is send them a sample to show them a taste of what you can do and watch them crawl back for more. So, comment yes if you can see how these views turn into leads, clients and sales for you no matter what. Whether you want to sell your own offers, promote affiliate offers, or just get paid by the platforms or want to do it for businesses. Heck, you can even do all three. And we are on the inside there to help you with setting it up effortlessly. [clears throat] So, comment yes in the chat box because that’s it for secret number two from views to sales. [snorts] Now, this takes us to secret number three. You’re moments away from having direct special access to Viral Forge in a way nobody else will ever be able to grab their hands on. This is an absolute must-have, a unique opportunity to stand out in a way no other tool can even come close to. You’ve seen it with your own eyes. You understand the concept behind it. Now, you need the system to actually use it. Here’s everything you’re getting today. You’re going to get access to the founding member VIP Viral Forge premium account, something we’re only going to allow access to for the people that grab this on this very webinar. This includes the Trend Raider. This finds what’s going viral. You saw Obby demo it firsthand. This is the magic, the secret sauce that will make your competitors wonder how you’re able to all of a sudden rake in hundreds of thousands of views like it’s a piece of cake. Now, next to that, you’ll have the DNA decoder that takes what’s viral and understands why it is viral so it can replicate those proven elements. You also have access to the swap engine to make it completely yours in a matter of a few clicks. You have 25 versions being distributed, created, 25 fresh hooks for any offer, any service, any business in a matter of a click. And you have AI presenters and voices built in. You’ll be able to post to Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube. And on top of that, you have an offer library with all the best offers to promote in there. Not only that, zero API keys necessary, zero API bills. You can use this without having to worry about credits. Now, here’s loving everything they’re getting in the premium account. This alone makes it so that you will wake up to traffic, views, and sales every single time because of 25 proven to go viral videos going out on your behalf in any niche. Decoded after what works using the DNA decoder and leveraging the trend raider to making sure it’s content that is proven to go viral. Now, let me know in the chat box who here is loving the premium account features. There you go. Lots [laughter] and lots of yes coming in. Now, the real world value of this alone is close to $2,000. Your next 25 videos will start from one that already went viral, guaranteeing you results like no other tool has been able to do thus far. This is going to be probably the best video investment that you could ever make in your business and one that is going to pay you out a lot the moment you have access to it. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something very special. You’re going to get the complete Viral Forge bundle. And today, we’re going to do something extra special, something Obby has quite frankly never done before. a very rare opportunity that we’re going to unveil with the special bundle deal. On top of your initial account, the premium account, you’re also going to get access to the unlimited edition. Now, instead of just being able to do 100 videos, which is the cap of the regular premium account, you’ll have a no 100 video cap. As a matter of fact, you’ll be able to go up to 2,000 videos every single month. It replenishes on autopilot. And trust me, when you’re publishing 2,000 videos a month, the amount of traffic, the amount of commissions, the amount of sales is insane. So, you’ll be able to unleash up to 2,000 videos a month. Furthermore, you can do it in batches of 100. Not just 25, but in batches of 100. When I said you’re going to dominate social media, this is what dominating social media looks like. And you’ll be able to do it in a matter of a few clicks. Now, it auto post for you. So, you don’t even have to pay any mind. It literally runs on autopilot, bringing you new fresh traffic and eyeballs every single day. You’ll never run out of videos to post. This means on top of your premium account valued at 1997, you’re also getting the unlimited, allowing you to have up to 2,000 videos every single month ready to publish in its most viral format based on what already works. Now, it doesn’t stop there. You’re also going to get access to the Viral Forge vault. Now, these are pre-analyzed viral blueprints that we’ve already went through. Now, you’ll have access to these exact viral formats that are personalized to your given niche. Whether you want to work with local businesses, whether you have an affiliate marketing offer you want to promote, we have the perfect DNA viral ready content that is fill-in- thelank, ready to be swiped and used by you. It’s cloned in one click, which means you can skip the search and immediately start from winners that we’ve already proven. This is guaranteeing you views from day one. Meaning on top of the premium account, on top of the unlimited, you’re also getting the vault. This is what I mean by you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck only on this webinar. And to top it off, you’re also going to get access to the Viral Forge agency. You see, once you’re able to do this, you’ll have businesses begging you left, right, and center to do this for them. Heck, they will want to pay you consistently every single month to publish their videos. And that’s why we’re going to give you access to the white label, which means you can rebrand Viral Forge as your own and keep 100% of the profits selling it as a service. You’ll have the lead finder and outreach built in, meaning you’ll never have to worry about finding or landing clients because the system has that taken care of. You’ll have a full agency website with hosting included, all set up for you. And this website turns people into buyers, into clients every single time. It’s one of our highest converting websites that we’ve ever built for a surface and it works like a charm. Now, on top of that, you’ll have full client and team access opportunities and all the reseller rights included with your white labable, meaning you can rebrand it as your own and keep 100% of the profits. Now, I have to ask, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? You’ll get paid by local businesses because you have access to the premium account, the unlimited, the vault, and the agency. You’re literally getting a software on a silver platter that you can rebrand, one that’s so powerful and unique that you can claim as your own with full reseller rights with the agency model. And it keeps I see a lot of people in the chat loving it. Now, let me tell you this. It keeps getting better. Now, we promised to give the biggest bang for your buck, and that’s exactly what we’re going to do. You’re also going to get access to Viral Forge Ultra, and this is very special. This means you’ll have the best AI voices, the best AI presenters. This means you’ll be on our Ultra model. This is our higher tier engine where you have better outputs than anyone else. You’ll also have access to premium B-roll content that fits within your core content, allowing your content to be more diverse, more vir, more dynamic, giving social media exactly what it wants. You’ll also have priority render, meaning your videos finish first and faster over anyone else’s account. That is the power of being upgraded to Ultra, and you’ll have that included in this special webinar bundle deal. Now, you’ll have access, especially with the Sharper AI presenter and voices, to videos that look like a studio has made them. This means you’ll have the premium account, the unlimited, the vault, the agency, and the Viral Forge Ultra. Now, if that’s not enough, we’re also going to give you some of our best softwares that have created the biggest success stories today. And that’s none other than Content Real 26 and Viral Real AI. These are two of Aby’s cherish apps that go hand inhand with Viral Forge. Now, at this point, you’ll practically be unstoppable, a force to reckon with. Starting off with content reel 26, you’ll be able to turn any keyword into a video. The AI picks the topics, writes full-on scripts, creates full talking hands, and clone voices, vertical, wide, square videos. You’ll have the ultimate video making machine besides your viral engine working together for you to create any type of video and have the rights to sell it. On top of that, you’re going to get viral real AI, which creates stories, memes, carousels, as well as faceless AI avatars and voiceovers. It can do in 20 plus languages. It can batch create weeks of content. And it also autopublishes to IG, Tik Tok, and YouTube. Meaning at this point, you are once again a force to reckon with. You’ll be so powerful online that it is impossible for you to fill. You’re going to get the entire Viral Forge bundle. The premium account valid at 997. The Vault V at another $997. The agency valued at close to $2,000. The Ultra valued at $497 and content re plus Viral Real combined value at $997. the total value of $7,482

    will be in the palm of your hands. And on top of that, because you were smart enough to show up live and make it to this webinar, you’re going to get seven founding member bonuses. Starting off with the red carpet VIP bonus. This is a live training that you’ll be able to attend. Other people will have to pay for it. You’re going to get it included, a free ticket to a dedicated training to hold your hand over the shoulder and show you click byclick how to succeed. You’ll have a 100 viral hook swipe file that we literally only give away to our highest paid inner circle students. We’re going to give it out to you as a bonus for being on here and being one of the founding members. You’re also going to get our top 50 offer lists. Now, these are most high converting offers that anyone can promote and instantly generate commissions with. You’re also going to get our 30-day posting plan, so you immediately know exactly what to do for the entire next 30 days and have it run on autopilot for you. You’re going to get our bio link click playbook to get a ton of traffic from social media and a ton of link clicks to your bio. You’re also going to get access to our new account setup checklist. A lot of people don’t know where to start when it comes to setting up a social media account for success. We have a simple checklist that anyone can walk through to instantly have the perfect account set up. Also, our Black Friday video playbook. Now, this is huge because as you know, Black Friday is around the corner and together with Viral Force, you can take so much advantage of these upcoming holidays. not only Black Friday, but also Cyber Monday and every other holiday after that, end of year sales. When you’re able to reach people and create a ton of content that generates a ton of engagement and shares, you’ll need to know how to navigate that properly using the power of Black Friday and the other holidays. We’ve made an entire playbook that you can plug and play into your business with your upcoming success with Viral Forge and instantly see a cash flow influx because of it because this is the exact playbook that will be applying as well. So, your entire Viral Forge bundle so far includes a premium account, the unlimited, the vault, the agency with white label valued at $1,997, ultra val at $497, content reel plus viral re val seven launch founding member bonuses only because you decided to show up here today and grabbing this on the webinar, which is a total combined value of $8,41. Now, I said it before and I’ll say it again. This is a onetime opportunity. This is only available on this webinar. Outside of this webinar, this will be $997 annually. And that is without the bonuses. And again, this has to be annually, right? Because the amount of maintenance, you literally don’t need to use an API key. We literally give you access to over 2,000 monthly videos that you can create. I mean, this is a monthly and that’s something that you can count on being maintained, something that you know you’re going to get quality out of, a product that’s only getting better and better as you’re using it. Now, the 997 annual is for everyone outside of this webinar. We figured to do you a huge discounted deal and immediately drop it all the way down to just 317 a year. Now, let me know in the chat box who here loves that a whole lot more and it sees 317 as a way better, quite frankly huge discount compared to $97 a year, especially considering all the value that you’re getting. Let me know in the chat box who here is loving that major discount. And here’s the thing, I see people asking for the link already. Let me tell you, it’s going to get even better. If you want an even better deal, I mean 317 is a steal. Honestly, you need to grab this at 317. I mean, this is something that will guarantee you to dominate social media without fail. However, if you want an even better deal, comment the word live. Comment the word live in the chat box or question box or wherever you can type. Comment the word live right now. Because when you prove that you’re alive, that you’re here with, that you made an effort to show up, action takers get rewarded. We’re going to give you a special coupon code to drop it down to as low as 267. Go to the link in the chat box. I’ll ask the team to drop the link right now. and you will be the founding member of what can only be described as one of the most powerful video assets that will generate you a ton of traffic, leads, and sales starting today. Go to the link in chat. The founding price is locked in, meaning it will stay just 267 for you. Use the special coupon code bundle, which is only activated during this webinar. Now, grab the bundle right now. The link is in the chat. There you guys like people commenting live. Uh the team just dropped the link and all you have to do is click the link in the chat to take advantage of this unique opportunity and will take you directly to the special bundle page. And once you’re there and if you’re lucky, for those of you who want the biggest value of all time, Obies decided to do something phenomenal. You see, some of you might have an opportunity to even grab what we call the bundle platinum. Now, this is something brand new and something that we’ll only do once and you won’t find this anywhere else. The bundle platinum is a very rare only available on this launch opportunity to not only get the full bundle but also three live VIP calls with the founders including Obby meaning you can ask him in real time have them look at your account and get real questions and answers live three calls with Obby himself. So you have that in your back pocket. On top of that, your first batch of videos is reviewed by our team. We do a complete check, making sure you do everything right, guaranteeing your results. On top of that, you’re going to get access to seven more apps with agency rights. Now, this is huge because let me show you these seven apps. Now, these are only included when you take the platinum option. basically giving you access to apps worth thousands of dollars, all included with the platinum bundle. First off is Pot Shorts. It’s an AI that creates original podcast episodes and clips them into shorts for you. Plus, you get the full agency rides to sell it to clients. And this thing flies off the shelf. On top of that, you’re going to get our full AI podcast, which creates audio and video podcast with up to four AI host, extremely realistic. And once again, you get the full agency rights where you’ll be able to sell it to clients. Now, you’ll have the lead finder and outreach system with viral force to make sure you have clients for all of this. We’re also going to give you our entire AI socials with once again agency rights that you’ll be able to sell it to clients. This makes you a potential sixf figureure business on a silver platter handed to you because normally to get agency rights to all these ads would cost you thousands of dollars altogether. We’re also going to give you affiliate real AI. If you want to build affiliate mini sites that will bring you commissions from all your content in under 60 seconds, plus giving you the agency rights to sell it to clients as well, you’re going to have that included. And this is just the app four of seven. With the platinum, you’re also going to get AI influencers. Now, this is huge because in today’s day and age, AI influencers are ruling social media. You’ll be able to create AI influencers that post images and videos for you and you’ll have the full access included. Now, on top of that, you’re also going to get pod reel with full access, which is one of our dedicated podcasting apps that go handinhand with the other two. And then furthermore, one of the most powerful in today’s day and age is streaming. You’re going to get what we call stream real AI full access included allowing you to set up your own AI streaming system where people can watch videos, binge watch videos. You can stream them to all your favorite social media platforms. Now, all of these apps are included in your Viral Forge Bumble Platinum. On top of that, you’re going to get two dedicated VIP AC trainings because we’re going to make sure you’re going to hit those 10K months. And we have dedicated trainings laid out for you to actually make it as simple as possible. You’ll also have the ability to create high-speed multibatch so you can generate a ton of content from all your apps and systems in the fastest way possible. And last but not least, you’ll be added to our private inner circle community called AI Club. This is only for our platinum bundle members and you’ll be part of an elite group where you’ll be able to dominate social media together and actually make a real online income. Now, all of this is included in the platinum bundle. You get the full initial bundle and then on top of that, tree life founder calls ved $1,497. First batch reviewed vowed at $497. Seven more additional apps ved close at $3,000. Two agency trainings only for platinum members voted 997 high-speed batches. The AI club hub access valid 297 a total value of close to $15,000. Now this right here, the platinum bundle is something we’re only doing right here, right now. After this, the platinum is gone for good. And just to be completely transparent, it will be when you find this anywhere else 1997. That is the ticket price people pay to become part of the AI club hub community and have access to some of our platinum features. On this webinar, we’re discounting the high ticket viral forge platinum all the way down instead of $2,000 to just $417. This includes the entire bundle pack plus all the added extras. Now, you can either choose to take just the bundle for 267 or the bundle platinum for 417. The difference is just 150. That’s about 41 cents a day. Now, let me show you exactly how to check it out. When you go to the bundle page, you’ll see your pre-applied bonus discount will expire soon, so you’ll have to ask fast. Again, congratulations, Alexander Miller. Uh, super excited to see you on board. We see a ton of people joining in. I’m going to congratulate all of you in a second, and I’ll mention your names as they come up right here. Cavia, congratulations to you as well. And if you’re watching this and you’re still not in or you’re on the fence, make sure you take advantage of this. You have a money back guarantee. You have nothing to lose. And quite honestly, the moment you have this is the moment you can start generating result. Congratulations to you as well. So when you’re on this page, you’ll see two options. One is the Viral Forge bundle. This gives you everything is promised the entire bundle. The other one is the rare and limited time opportunity of the Viral Forge bundle platinum. This is everything that comes with the bundle plus seven additional apps, two live training calls, a tree founder calls, and high-speed creation. Now, choose whichever works for you, but I highly recommend to take advantage of the platinum, which obviously gives you the biggest bang for your buck. William Oke Kelly, congratulations. And to break down everything you’re getting in the bundle all together again because in the bundle platinum you’re also getting everything that’s in the bundle just to show you once again you’re going to get first of all the premium account access. This gives you the proprietary viral DNA the trend radar DNA decoder the swap engine and the fresh hooks. You’re going to have the offer library which gives you the hottest offers from all platforms that you can easily promote and make make commissions with. You’re going to have the AR presenter voice script and B-roll in multiple languages. You have the smartuler for Tik Tok, Instagram, and YouTube. Our bio and link page analytics and the ability to clone them. Zero API keys and zero AI bills only when you grab this on the webinar. For this alone, you should take action right now. Go to the link because this is huge. You’re going to get over $990 in launch bonuses, including our red carpet live training. All of the videos are included. Training videos are there. Auto posting function. You have our viral viral forge vault. You have the agency with white label access leadinder outreach and the ultra where you have our sharpest AI presenter and voices. Content re 26 is included. Three live VIP training calls with the founders. your first batch reviewed by our team, two VIP AECs, seven more of our apps, high-speed multi-batch, AI club hop and private members, and 14-day first batch guarantee. Now, all of this is included when you grab the platinum, the three VIP live training calls, the two VIP AC trainings, your first batch, the seven additional apps with agency rides on four of them. All of this is platinum. Now, when you just take the bundle without the platinum, you won’t have access to these things, but you will have access as well as to the unlimited, which is also included in the platinum. But you will have the unlimited, which allows you to have unlimited rendering, unlimited batches of the 100 videos, unlimited viral clones. You have unlimited offer swaps, niches, presenter voice and language versions, unlimited fresh hooks, unlimited social posting, unlimited MP4 downloads, unlimited campaigns, no API keys, no AI bills. We cover every single AI cost. I’ll mention this again only when you grab this right now. We’ll cover all AI cost for all the renders, all the videos. There’s no other AI tool that does this for you. And you have a 14-day money back guarantee. You’ll also have access to the vault which gives you the proven viral blueprint already decoded oneclick clone into your own batch readymade presenters readymade templates that we’ve already proven every blueprint personalized for your account built for the multiplier and fresh hooks no API keys once again we cover all the AI costs you’ll also have the agency upgrade which comes with the white label and the lead finder the outreach system or team member access client account access client previewer we even made a full website for you that is extremely high converting with 5 years of enterprise website hosting all free. You’re getting the biggest bang for your buck. We have all client contracts laid out, lead magnets laid out, client branding, PDF and reports. We even give you our bonuses where we’re going to show you how to get free ad credits from Facebook and Google and X up to $1,000. And again, no API keys. We cover everything. You even get an agency license to sell your videos. That is the beauty because it’s also white label. Now, furthermore, you have content reels, one of our biggest success story creating apps complete on a silver platter that will allow you to create a ton of videos as well. And same goes for the infamous viral real AI. Together, you’ll have an unstoppable system allowing you to dominate social media in your sleep. Now, if you want in particular the three live VIP training calls, your first batch reviewed by our team, two VIP agency trainings, seven additional apps such as Paw Shorts, and more with agency rights on four of them, and then on top of that, high-speed multibatching, access to our inner circle AI club hub. Make sure you then go for the bundle platinum. If you want just everything that’s in the bundle without these additional things, then simply go with the bundle. Either way, take advantage of what’s in front of you right now because this offer is only right here right now. When you click on the bundle platinum, for example, it will take you to the order page and all you have to do here is enter your name, um, first name, last name, email, and then use this special coupon code to get a discount on the platinum as well. And in case you missed it, you can see it in the chat as well. It is VP Platinum50. So, I’m going to go to the checkout page. I’m going to enter VP Platinum

    Platinum 50. Let’s double check that here. So, it’s 1 P. So, V Platinum 50. Click on apply and you’ll see the price magically drop down from 467 all the way down to just 417. This includes everything in the bundle plus seven more apps that you normally would pay thousands of dollars extra for. Three live VIP calls with the founders. first batch review and launch only pricing. This is only locked in while you’re here live. After this or anywhere else, you won’t be able to find this price. Only for the people that grab this right now will be founding members. Now, if you’re lucky, you’ll also see this little box hovering and that is for the people that love for things to be taken care of for them. That’s why we offer a white glove service where you have the ability to take advantage of our complete done for you setup. Our team logs into your account, our team gets your batch ready, our team turns on the trend radar. You literally don’t have to lift a finger as our team sets your account up, finds everything that needs to be posted and gets things going. Now, if you want the done for you, highly recommend it as well. Make sure you check this box. It’s only a onetime 197 and it allows you to get everything done for you in your account. Now, all of this is only available right now when you grab this on this webinar. Make sure you either take advantage of the platinum bundle deal or just the regular bundle deal. Whichever you choose, grab one of them right now because this is your ticket to approach social media in a way you haven’t done so before. To take advantage of social media in a way you haven’t done so before. You right now can either grab the Viral Forge bundle instead of 997 annual or 317 annual. You can grab it for just 267 annual and you have a full 14-day money back guarantee. Or if you want the bundle platinum, this gives you everything inside the bundle plus three VIP live calls, first batch review by our team, seven more apps with agency rights which include pod shorts, AI podcast, AI socials, affiliate real AI, AI fluencers and podre and stream real AI, two VIP agency trainings, a high-speed multibatching, and access to the AI club hub private group. This is included in the bundle platinum and the difference is 150. If you want the bundle platinum, you’ll be part of our inner circle. And this is huge. This is a guaranteed onestop shop to success. Now, the bundle platinum normally is 1997. And instead of that, you’re going to get a massive discount including a coupon code for just 417. So, pick and choose whichever you want, either the bundle or the bundle platinum. The difference is 150. Make sure you take advantage of this. If you’re lucky, you might still see the box on the checkout page, which is the Viral Forbes done for you, where your first 90 videos and 30 days is handled by our team completely. We set up a branded workspace in your account. We set up 10 proven viral blueprints for you. Something you might have been trying for years. We come in and fix for you just like that. 90 ready to post videos and a 30-day content calendar all set up for you. Meaning your first 30 days is handled for you. You right now have two options. I want to congratulate everyone that is in already. You’ve made an extremely wise and profitable decision. Now, if you’re on the fence or if you’re still not in, you have two options. You either keep guessing what to post and hope something hits or use tools that are inferior that have no idea how to get you viral or how to get you views. You maybe get a few hundred views per video and it’s time you never get back and every day you wait, you’re not making more money and someone else is becoming a success story. Or you give it a shot. You start every video from one that already went viral using the Viral Forge system. You post your first batch risk-free for 14 days and see the results with your own eyes. And then you can still decide if you want to keep this. And if you’re not happy with it, you get every scent back just like that. The only way to lose is to not at least try it out right now. This is for you if you want more views. This is for you if you want to promote affiliate offers. This also for you if you just want paying clients. And this is for you if you hate filming and editing or using tools that are very technical. Now, it’s not for you if maybe you’re already going viral on every single post. Maybe you love filming and editing and doing all the nitty-gritty stuff. Or maybe you just don’t want to post anything at all and don’t want to generate any traffic. Now, here’s [snorts] why I personally would go straight for the platinum. because I love it when I use a software and can immediately speak to the founder and show them how I’m using it and get their direct insights. Meaning, if you’re on the page right now, make sure if you have the opportunity to even still get the platinum, go for the platinum. It gives you three live calls with Obby and the founders. Your first batch is reviewed by the team. You get seven additional apps, four with AC rights to sell. On top of that, two VIP trainings on landing local business clients. Meaning, these are highlevel trainings that you normally have to buy a 997 ticket for. Close to $1,000 per training session. You’re going to get two of them for free. You’ll be added to half your seat. That’s where we’re going to turn you into client generating machine allowing you to create a 5 figureure agency from scratch. And the platinum bundle is just 150 more than the bundle for the founders in your corner. Now, if you’d rather just have us do it all for you, then our team can set your first day 30 days up inside your account. Make sure you check the box and take advantage of the done for you as well. Now, this means you’ll have 90 ready to post videos on a 30-day calendar. Your workspace is set up on 10 proven viral blueprints. So, when you see the done for you after the checkout, make sure you check the box and say yes. Now, again, the link is in the chat. Congratulations to everyone that is grabbing this. I’m going to show you one more time. When you go to the page right here, you either have the bundle option or the uh Viral Forge Platinum bundle option. The coupon codes are activated. You can find them right above the buttons right here. The difference is only 150 and the difference in value is huge. I mean, you’re going to get so much more bang for your buck with the platinum. If for any reason the platinum is just out of your reach, then at least grab the viral forge bundle because it will still give you access to the unlimited, to the vault, to the ultra, to the agency, as well as to content reel and on top of that to viral real AI. It’s just that with the platinum, you’re also going to get the live call, the handholding, seven additional apps that normally would cost way more. So either way, you’re getting a ton of value. Either way, you’re going to generate a ton of results. But if you’re able to get the platinum, I highly recommend you to take advantage of this unique opportunity. Now, if you’re still watching this and for any reason you’re not in, and by the way, congratulations to the people that are joining in as we speak. I see, you know, more and more names. I see Nina just got in. Congratulations, Nina. Super excited for you. I saw Jeffrey earlier getting in as well. Anthony earlier getting in as well. I mean, Thomas, I saw you were in as well. Lori, congratulations to all of you. Super excited. I see Logan Hill just got in from Lingberg. Congratulations. And these are real people that are taking advantage of this. They’re taking advantage of the live coupon that know they have a 14-day money back guarantee to at least try it out. Isabella Adams congratulates to you as well. Now, I want to address a few questions in case you’re on the fence. Number one, you might be thinking, “Well, I don’t have any followers.” Now, the great thing is you don’t need them. New videos will reach new people that will start following you. You now have a system that is designed to attract more followers for you every single day. If you’re wondering, well, I’m not techy. You simply pick a viral video using the trend raider and boom, 25 fresh videos are going to be posted for you. It’s just a matter of clicking. You don’t have to do any of the hard work yourself. Now, if you’re maybe saying, “Well, I don’t have an offer to sell or to promote.” And you never have to. We have a fresh list of the hottest offers that you can promote today. Plus, you’ll have agency rights, white label rights, handholding, and training to sell this as a service as well. Now, furthermore, you might be wondering, well, I don’t have my own offer or I don’t want to show my face. Well, you never have to, right? We have the AI presenters. We have the AI voices that do it all for you. You might be wondering, well, uh, what if I get stuck? Platinum is that is then your best answer. What if I get stuck? Now, first of all, we have great support, but especially if you’re the type of person that needs a little bit of extra handholding, that really wants to guarantee their success, take the platinum. It gives you three live calls with Obby and the founders. You can’t go wrong. Now, if you’re the type of person that’s wondering, well, I don’t really have a lot of time. And the great thing is this posts for you. You don’t have to dedicate any time to this because the AI will do it all for you. All of this is literally set up for you, especially with the done for you. So, if you’re a person that doesn’t have a lot of time, take advantage of the platinum, take advantage of the done for you, and you won’t have to worry about a thing. You can be rest assured that you have a thriving and growing social media engine that is fueling your business with traffic, clicks, leads, and sales. and you barely lift a finger. If you don’t have time, definitely take the done for you. Now, fresh videos will be going out for you every single day. Viewers tapping your link, buying your offers, local businesses paying you every single month. And it’s all starting right here, right now, from videos that already went viral. A huge change that Obby found out that guarantees people to get more traffic than ever. Now, if you’re still watching, you know by now that just watching changes nothing. Taking action does. You can either grab the viral platinum bundle right now, which gives you everything in the bundle, including three live VIP founder calls, your first batch, hand reviewed, seven more apps with agency rights, two VIP agency trainings, high-speed multibatch, and AI club hub private group access, or just grab the bundle. Either way, make sure you pick one and take advantage of this right now because when this ends, the bundle goes up to 997 a year and the platinum goes to $1997 a year. So, $2,000. [snorts] The platinum and the live founder calls will be gone for good and the $990 in bonuses will disappear. So, take advantage of the opportunity in front of you if you’re able to get the Viral Forge Platinum. This is a rare occasion where we’re offering a platinum deal. Make sure you grab it and if not, grab the regular bundle. Both will be shown on the page the moment you go to the link. Either choose this one or this one. When you click on the VForge bundle, it will show you you’re going to get every upgrade included. The unlimited vault HT and Ultra, two bonus apps for free, which is content viral reel, and the founding prize locked in. On top of that, you can get the done for you where our team sets this all up for you. You just connect your accounts and all you have to do is check this box. Furthermore, of course, go ahead and enter your details right here. And then make sure you use the coupon code, which is Vbundle T. And you’ll notice that instead of 317, if you’re going for the regular bundle, it will go all the way down to just 267. Make sure you grab it right now before it is too late. Now, I want to answer a couple more questions while we’re here live. One of them being, well, does it work in any niche? And the answer is yes. The Trend Radar finds what’s going viral in any niche, including yours. Now, what platforms does it post to? Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, the hottest short form platform where every eyeball is. And you can download it in any MP4. Uh, how fast can I start? You can literally start the moment you grab this. Go to the link right now. The team will drop it in the chat. Your first 25 videos are literally just one click away. Now, if you’re wondering, can I use it for my clients, and the answer is definitely yes. You have the agency in your bundle with white label and client access. So, make sure you grab this right now. Like I said before, you have two options. You can either keep guessing with the post and hoping something hits, or you can go ahead and start every video from one that already went viral. You have a 14-day risk-free guarantee, meaning if you’re not happy with it for any reason, you get every scent back. And the only way to lose is by not trying this out. Once again, this is for you if you want more views. This is for you if you want to promote affiliate offers. This is for you if you want paying clients. And it’s for you if you hate filming and anything. So, make sure you grab this right now. Both options are still on the page. You’re going to get everything as promised and it is now or never. Now, the power of this is phenomenal and I want to showcase that one more time. She lost her waitressing job, so she started posting short videos about side hustles on Tik Tok and Instagram [music] promoting affiliate offers. She told CNBC she’s averaged $8,600 a month in commissions. No product of her own, just short videos and affiliate links. Views are the new paycheck. But if you’ve ever tried to get those views with AI video, you’ve probably run into the same wall everyone hits. You know what you want. Videos that go viral and send people to your link, but you don’t know what [music] to make. And let’s be honest, you don’t want to spend your evenings filming and editing either. So, you buy an AI video app and the videos look great. Lifelike presenters, clean voices, slick captions. You post them and nothing happens. A few hundred views, no clicks, no sales. So, you buy another app. Better presenters, better voices, same result. Some even bill every flop to your own API key. Here’s what nobody tells you. Looking good was never the problem. YouTube says [music] viewers are matched to the shorts they’re most likely to watch and enjoy. Not the best looking ones, the ones people want to watch. And every [music] one of those apps starts the same way. A blank box and your guess. A greatl looking guess is still a guess. A lot of the [music] biggest hits online weren’t guesses. They were remakes. One creator saw Excel tutorials blowing up on Tik Tok and made the same kind of video about PowerPoint. His third video hit 22 million views. Mr. Beast remade Squid Game in real life. 100 million views in 4 days. Same proven format, their own take. And Meta welcomes it. It says creators can join in on a trend, adding their unique take. You don’t even need followers. Tik Tok says follower count isn’t a direct factor in what it recommends. The catch? By hand, it’s slow. Study it, rewrite [music] it, film it, edit it, one video at a time. That’s exactly why our team, JV Zoo’s number one vendor 7 years in a row, built Viral Forge. Viral Forge is an [music] AI video app that starts from proof, not a guess. It finds what’s already going viral, decodes why it worked, [music] and remakes it as 25 brand new videos of yours in your niche with your link [music] in every one. It copies the format, never the footage. So, every video is your own original, built on something people already proved [music] they want to watch. No filming, no editing, no API key. Let me show you. Other AI apps start here. A blank box and a guess. Viral Forge starts here. Trend Radar shows me what’s blowing up in my niche right now. But watch this. This tier list blew up in fitness. 6.3 million views. Different niche? Doesn’t matter. I paste the link. Viral Forge decodes its viral DNA. The hook, the five-step ranking, the fast cuts, the bold captions, everything that kept 6 million people watching. Now I give it my niche. It keeps the format and rewrites everything else. I ranked five side hustles [music] from worst to best. Number one is a trap. I pick a presenter, a voice. I paste my link. Now the best part, slide to 25. Fresh Hooks writes 25 different openings. One click, no API key, no AI bill. Here they are. 25 brand new videos, same proven format, 25 [music] different hooks, 25 shots at a hit instead of one. Inside each one, a lifelike presenter, a natural voice, captions timed to every word, matching B-roll. I didn’t film, edit, or record a thing. Want it in Spanish? A whole new video, not subtitles. Square for the feed, wide for YouTube. Done. schedule all. They post to Tik Tok, Instagram, and YouTube. Three a day, every one pointing to [music] my link. One viral video in, 25 of yours out. Other apps make a greatl looking guess. Viral [music] Forge makes 25 remakes of something that’s already working in your niche without copying a single frame. Our beta testers noticed it, too. Leo used to run a repost page. Aisha’s camera shy, and Linda’s 58. It got buried. Now, these are my own videos on formats that already work. I never showed my face or recorded a single word. I set up my first batch of 25 on my own. So, what could one of those videos be worth? Here’s the simple math. Say one video gets a 100,000 views. If just 1 in 10,000 viewers buys through your link, that’s 10 sales. At $40 a sale, that’s $400 from one video. And you just made 25 of them with one click. That’s an example, not a promise. But every video is another shot at the one that takes off. So here’s what you get when you join Viral Forge today. Trend Radar, DNA decoder, swap engine, and fresh hooks. Find what’s viral, see why it worked, remake it around your link, and turn it [music] into 25 versions. Lifelike AI presenters and voices in multiple languages and every [music] format. The smartuler for Tik Tok, Instagram, and YouTube. Your own biolink page. analytics and clone again to turn your winner into your next batch on your phone, too. A built-in library of offers from JVZoo, ClickBank, and Warrior Plus. And no API key. We cover every AI cost. And because you’re joining at launch, you also get $919 in launch bonuses. Red carpet live training, a $497 value. Our team trains you live on getting the most out of Viral Forge and [music] how to grow, scale, and make more money with it. So it never becomes one more login you forget about. The 100 [music] viral hooks swipe file. Proven hook formulas sorted by niche. A $97 value. The top [music] 50 offers list. Handpicked offers that suit short video. A $97 value. The 30-day posting plan. What to post every day for your first month, a $47 value. The biolink click playbook. Get more profile visitors to click your link. A $47 value. The new account setup checklist. Set up new Tik Tok, Instagram, and YouTube accounts the right way, a $37 value. And the Black Friday video playbook. Get your videos and offers ready for the biggest buying weekend of the year, a $97 value. That’s $919 in bonuses, and they’re for founding members only. You’ll see the price right below this video. But first, look at what this [music] costs anywhere else. The big AI video apps charge you every month. Hey Genen is $49 a month. Synthesia is $89 a month. And they still start you from a blank box. To do what Viral Forge does, [music] you’d need four tools. One to find winning videos, one to make AI videos, an editor, and a scheduler. About $192 a month, more than $2,300 a year. You take zero risk. You’ve got 14 days. Forge your first batch. If Viral Forge isn’t for you for any reason, open one [music] ticket and we’ll refund every scent. Waiting costs you more every hour. Trying it cost you nothing. Click the button below this video. Your login lands in your inbox within minutes and you can forge your first 25 [music] tonight. Because right now, somewhere in your niche, a video is going viral. Somebody’s going to remake it. It might as well be you with your link [music] in every version. Click the button below before the next price jump.

    And there you have it. This is officially your last chance to take advantage of this special deal. You’re going to get the founding members access premium account, Viral Forge agency with white label, the red carpet VIP bonus, the Viral Forge fault, and if you’re lucky, I saw a couple of people still asking in the chat about the done for you. We still have a few spots available where you’ll be able to get 90 ready to post videos in 30 days of posting set up for you. Our team builds your workspace and a full calendar and your bio, a link in bio page, fully branded workspace, fully launch plan. Everything is done from start to finish and over 90 videos are created each with their own hook. A full-on niche kit is deployed and your calendar is filled. If you want to take advantage of the done for you comment or ask for it if you missed out, just comment DFY and the team will drop the link to still grab this since we still have a few spots availables. Now, this is only available for the people that grab this right now. It includes your own branded workspace set up for you. 10 proven blueprints for your niche, 90 ready to post videos, 30-day content calendar, bio link page with five matched offers, captures and hashtag starter sets, personal launch plan, niche walkthrough video, personal welcome video. I mean, we take care of everything for you. We literally just need you to fill a quick intake form, connect your Tik Tok, Instagram, and YouTube. We set it up and your account starts posting. Now, if you want this, make sure you take advantage of it right now. Angela said, “I’m not techy. I filled in a form, connected my accounts, and a week later, my calendar was full.” Chris said, “I bought it because I knew I’d never get around to setup. Best decision of the whole order.” And Monnique was new to affiliate marketing and said, “The launch told me exactly what to do each morning, and for the first time, I wasn’t guessing anymore.” If you want to take advantage of the done for you and want to see what 90 videos would cost you anywhere else, if you go ahead and let 90 videos be generated by any other tool or any other service, you’ll be paying up to $2,000 or close to $2,000. Furthermore, if you want to have an editor, you know, properly edit them out for you, you’re talking about $3.97 a month for just 30 videos alone. Now, we make sure everything is done for you and it’s a onetime 197 or if you look at it only $2.19 per video. So, all you have to do is click the button that says yes, set it up for me and then everything is will be set up for you. So, there you have it. Congratulations once again to everyone that has taken action. Super excited to see you on board. Harold Nelson Knoxville just picked up the done for you as well. Congratulations, Harold. Great to have you inside. For anyone that is still watching or still on the fence, it is now or never. You’re going to get access to everything as promised, including the seven member bonuses such as the red carpet live training, 100 viral hooks, swipe file, top 50 offer list, 30-day posting plan, biolink click playbook, new account setup checklist, and our Black Friday video playbook, which is something we personally apply as well. Now, you can either choose, as you know, for the bumble, which includes everything you see right here, including these bonuses, or if you want the special opportunity, which is the platinum, then you can take advantage of the platinum as well, which gives you access to the entire bundle, including additional three live founder calls, first batch reviewed by us, seven more apps, two agency trainings, agency access to four out of the seven apps, and access to AI Club Hub. Now, you can choose your options right here. When you go to the page and you scroll right here, you either take the bundle or take the bundle platinum. Now, obviously, we recommend the bundle platinum because it’s biggest bang for your buck. But if in for any reason you simply cannot get this one right now, make sure you at least get the Viral Forge bundle. Now, for both of these, you have a coupon code. So, the price is lower than what you see right here. For example, if I copy the VB bundle coupon code and click on buy now and then take it to the actual bundle page and I simply enter the coupon code here. Make sure your name uh last name and emails entered as well. You’ll see the 317 will turn into only 267. So, let me make sure that is being applied. Right here says updating order. And there we go. it is down to 267. You’re getting a huge discount both on the bumble or the platinum bumble. And if you want, you can check this box and get the done for you included for a onetime 197. All in all, super excited to have you on board and I can’t wait to see you on the inside.

    Awesome. Thank you, Raheem. Um, folks, we’re going to be around here for just a little bit more answering some questions. Give me a second. Let me just quickly share my screen with you. Hold on.

    Yeah, looks like I have some bug on my end. Can’t share my screen. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to keep answering some questions here. Um, whatever question that you have, shoot those questions over in the chat and let me know. I’ll answer all those questions. For anybody who hasn’t picked up the DFI upgrade, what I’m going to do is I’m going to ask the team to drop the done for you upgrade link in the chat or just comment DFY and I’ll send you the DFY link to you so you can upgrade to the done for you because done for you definitely includes some really really critical stuff. Just to answer a couple of the questions, Ted is asking, will there be thumbnails for YouTube videos? Yes, the app creates thumbnails for every video it does. PayPal is not working. Uh Ted, try and try closing your browser and try again

    or just send us like what error you’re saying. We can help you with that. Um Coney is asking, “Is there faster way if we only have 14 days money back guarantee for the DFY?” Um, Gordy, we usually try and deliver faster, but yeah, again, uh, if you deliver DFY, uh, your ex your your guarantee extends if you deliver later than 14 days.

    Let’s see what other questions we’ve got. Can you show the side by side of bundle versus platinum? Kurt, you can see that on the uh bundle page. Let me send you the link real quick.

    There you go, Courtney. I’ve sent you a link. You can see the breakdown right over there.

    [snorts] Okay. Let’s see. Let’s see. Let’s see. Can you show the benefits of done for you? Again, let me send you John the link to done for you and you can see all the breakdown here.

    But yeah, just to cover what we do for you in done for you is something that you would not see anywhere. We do we create 90 ready to post videos for you, each with its own hook. We give you a 30-day calendar with three posts a day scheduled. A branded workspace with your name, color, presenter, and voices added. Your own niche kit with 10 proven blueprints for your niche. A biolink page with five matched offer ready for you for your viewers. So, you start actually making money from all the views that you’re going to get by posting these viral videos. And then we also give you a launch plan and video showing you exactly what to do every single day. Ben is asking, “How does MCP work with your software?” MCP is currently available only for our founding members and it will be available after 2 weeks for you.

    Yeah, but you generally won’t need an MCP because the app works easier than you would ever uh need an AI agent to help you do it.

    Let me just answer some more questions. Uh, if there’s anything that’s holding you guys back, let me know. Post those questions here. I’ll be happy to answer those cuz the more you wait, the prices are going to go up and I don’t want you to end up buying later and then paying more while you could still have paid less.

    Let me see what else. Yeah, Ben, Chad really loves uh MCPS. Um but the way we build our apps, the apps chat builds are very different than ours. Ours are a lot easier to use, so don’t really need it, but we’ll have an MCP, so you don’t have to worry about it. Um Courtney’s asking, “I’m a newbie. Don’t know how about doing this stuff. Scared I won’t make much. Do I need LC?” No, you don’t need an LLC. You don’t need an LLC. You don’t need anything. You just start creating videos, start posting these videos, start um the easiest way to monetize these videos to make money from these videos is to promote other people’s product which is affiliate products and it’s super super easy. You simply get a link will help you get those product will help you get approved on those products and uh it just works. Ben is asking how do you recommend getting approved for Tik Tok shop? So Ben, if you have about like a thousand real followers, you get approved for a Tik Tok shop. We’ll show you how you can get thousand real followers. It’s very easy. We’ll we’ll show you this in in in the uh in the training that we do. So if you’re part of the red carpet training, which is um included in the bundle platinum, we’ll show you how you can get these thousand uh followers or how you can get approved for Tik Tok shop.

    Um John’s asking my hesitation is that it has been very difficult trying to get local clients with other softwares that pay. Um so John again the easiest way you can do is you can use Wildforce to generate leads which are local clients. So what you can do is you can find videos that are um you know popular selling services to local clients and then you clone those videos and put your email or phone number in the caption or in your bio and then people will start calling you. That’s how you generate leads. I hope this answers your question because it’s very simple. I know a lot of our beta users who are into local marketing and they’re absolutely killing it with this.

    All right, let’s see. Ted, how would you use this to attract local businesses for local marketing service like AI services or social media services? So Ted, literally what I just explained, what you do is you find viral videos uh in local marketing niche. So you go into trend radar in the app, you type in local marketing, it will find you all the videos uh in the local marketing n. So you start cloning and posting those videos. Then what you do in in your caption, you put in your email, your phone number or your website link where people can opt in or contact you. And you do the same in your bio as well. So when your video start going viral, people start reading comments and they start reading the cap uh the captions. They often end up in your profile. They click the link in your bio or if they find your phone number, they start uh calling you. So I hope that answers your question that this is very very simple. A lot of people uh do that.

    Ben saying, “Hey, I was in Tik Tok shop last night and new format just started. They are now allowing auctions live. How can we leverage your software with this new trending uh product?” So, Ben, again, uh when we talk about Tik Tok, it’s all about attention, guys. Listen, when you want to get a lot of views, it’s it’s all about attention. attention, attention, attention. So what viral re helps you do, it helps you literally find videos that get you this attention so people keep watching those videos. So what you can do is you can use wire real to create these videos and then what you can do is um uh put these auctions as an overlay on top of the videos. Right? So the videos are getting you the view, but the auctions are on top of them. So you’re just getting more auction data as well. So, it’s super super easy. It’s super super popular and it works really great. Like a lot of people do that on Twitch with streaming, but you could replicate that on Tik Tok shop as well. Certain, will you help us set up a Tik Tok and YouTube account? Do we post on LinkedIn, too? So, Curtine, we can help you, but it’s really easy. You can use your own YouTube and Tik Tok account. You don’t need to set up new accounts. And you can post on LinkedIn as well if you want. You can post pretty much anywhere you want. Any platform. the more you post, the more platforms you post, the better it is. If that helps because again, our our goal is to post a lot, get out there, um publish this content as much as we can because again, the more we post, the more locations we post, the more social media accounts, social media platforms we post, the more view more views we get. And the views are, as I said, the paychecks like you get paid for views.

    All right, folks. I’m going to stick around for another minute or so. So, if you have more questions, drop in your questions and I’ll be happy to answer those for you. Ben Green is asking, “Do you get penalized by using AI videos or do you have to let these platform know that these videos are AI?” Uh, generally, it’s a rule of thumb that you tell them these are AI videos. And when you do that, you actually do get better exposure because platforms do like AI videos. There’s no such thing as like having an AI video get you panalyzed. Uh Curtney, do you give us suggested list of sites to post it? Yes, we’ll give you we’ll show you that during the training. John saying congratulations on creating a great looking software. Thank you, John. Appreciate that. Happy to have you on board. All right, folks. I’m going to be around here for another 60cond. I’m going to put a timer for 60cond and then once that is done, we’re going to wrap up the webinar. The prices are going to go up. I’m going to drop in the link one more time. Make sure you pick up the bundle platinum and then also upgrade to the done for you before the prices go up because they will go up. And if you have any questions, drop them here still around. Marcus, how much credit do you get to start each offer with? U Marcus, if you’re picking up the bundle platinum today on the webinar right now, you don’t have to worry about credits. You don’t have to worry about the API keys. Everything is unlimited for you.

    Ben saying, “Thanks, Abi. Uh, you make great software. Definitely picking it up, guys. This is a great software.” Thank you, Ben. Appreciate you. Right. So, I hope Marcus, I answered your question. See, like most apps would ask you to add your own API key or they give you credits. Like even if you look at the some of the best video creation apps in my opinion out there like Hicksfield creating a minute long video will cost you about5 to $10 depending on what kind of video you’re creating. So if you end up for like okay even if it cost you five bucks right one video for 100 videos that’s $500 the more you create the more you end up spending. But with Viral Forge, what we’ve done for our founding members, if you pick up the bundle platinum, we just let you create as many videos as you want. Definitely, we’re going to end up paying for that. But we want our founding members to get the best deal. And then I want you guys to go out there, talk about it, tell good things about Viral Force, tell your people, tell your friends, tell your uh family, and then that’s where we make profit. So, we want to give you something more.

    Awesome, Curtney. Awesome, Marcus. I hope uh I was able to answer your questions, folks. Last last round. If you have any more questions, drop those questions in the chat. If not, we’re going to call it the night. And uh I’m going to drop in the link to both the bundle platinum and the DFI in the chat one more times. So, copy and paste these links with you if you haven’t picked it up. Save these links before the price goes up because the price will go up tonight. So, you have just a last just a couple more hours left before we wrap up and the price jumps and I would hate hate it for you to end up buying this and paying more and not getting the live webinar attendees bonuses that we had for you all. With that being said, if there’s no more questions, I really appreciate everybody taking the time to jump on this call. I hope uh you got to learn something, you got to see something incredible. And for everybody who picked up Vire 4ji today, I’m very excited for you guys. Uh super excited to have you on board. We’re going to have some incredible training, incredible stuff for you. For anybody who has any questions, any problems, feel free to reach out to our support team. I’m going to paste in the email for our support team. So, if you have any questions about the product, about the billing, um if you need to understand something uh on on how to purchase this or how to use this, feel free to reach out to our support team. We’ll be happy to help you. That being said, I’ll take leave. Have a great day. Have a great night. Have a great afternoon wherever you are. And I’ll see you guys later. Cheers.

  • 10/24/2026 – The $20K/Month Faceless TikTok Blueprint – How TokMax AI Creates Cinematic Videos & Posts 30 Days of Content for You

    All right, we are officially alive. Welcome, welcome, welcome everyone. Let me know if you can hear my voice. Let me know if you can see the screen. The sooner you do these things, the faster we can go ahead and get started. And today we’re going to talk about a very underrated platform, which pretty much everyone knows. It’s one of the fastest growing social media platforms. You’re going to find out some really interesting things about it that barely anyone, if not anyone, is talking about that we’re going to show you here today that we found out and how you can actually take advantage of this in the fastest and easiest way possible. I hope you’re excited. We’re talking about none other than Tik Tok. Let me know in the chat box once again if you’re here, if you can hear my voice, if you can see the screen because I can’t get started unless you let me know. So, I’m going to have a quick look here. I see uh Millet saying voice is screen good. Thank you. I already see some questions coming in. Amazing. Um John Duffy from London. Um top of the afternoon to you. There we go. Cynthia’s here as well. Amazing. Lots of yeses. I see more people joining in as we speak. I see Alan, Awanda, Anna, Anthony, Antoine, Becky, David, Emily, Frank, Fred. There we go. Gerard is here. Hussein is here. Ilas is here. Jensen is here. Mark, Marvin, Mike, amazing. Ricky, Rick, Robert, Sebastian, Stephan, Susan, Tanya, Tony, Yuki, and Titi, Susan as well, and many, many, many more names. Amazing. Pleasure to have you. Again, this is actually live. So, take advantage of that. Ask questions, use the interactive chat system. The entire support team is here. I’m here. I can see the chat. So, without further ado, let’s dive right in. As you can see, this new brand new Tik Tok AI turns your Tik Tok into a daily traffic and sales machine. And honestly, this works so phenomenally fast. If you are in desperate need right now of traffic, this is what’s going to solve that problem for you. Even if you’re a complete beginner, it’s actually very interesting. Now, first of all, what you might not know is that Tik Tok is officially the fastest growing social media platform. It’s getting the most downloads back to back to back even across all the giants that we know today. You know, Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Tik Tok is the freshest, the newest, and the one that is the most attractive to the global public. You see right here um in a juggernaut with over 1.4 4 billion monthly active users dominating. It is one of the fastest growing networks ever and that’s quite a feat for a new platform to come in a couple of years now to you know take on the big tree that were already established and it’s one of the biggest and fastest growing platforms that people are currently downloading every single day to this day. As you can see right here, it’s one of the fastest platforms to even go viral on because it’s interestbased. The for you algorithm to Tik Tok is extremely unique. It distributes content based on engagement metrics rather than follower count. And Tik Tok was the first to do it. Other platforms started catching on, but Tik Tok is still to date one of the fastest and easiest platforms to grow traffic on, to go viral on. With that being said, let’s do a quick pop quiz because like I said, we’ve done a lot of research on this topic. We’ve generated a lot of results for our beta students. You’re going to see that in a second with the system that we’re using and it’s all because we’ve done a ton of research and due diligence that allowed us to understand this like none other. So, answer the following question. How much time do you reckon does the average user spend on Tik Tok every single day? And take a wild guess. Is it a about 15 minutes a day? Is it B 95 minutes a day? Literally, you know, think about an entire week. This is literally the every single day over an hour and a half or 45 minutes on average. What do you think? I’m going to tell you my honest answer. I thought it was either A or C. Uh but we’ll see who is correct here. What do you think? I see C. There you go. B. Awesome. I see C. B. There you go. B, lots of B’s coming in. Well, you’ll be surprised. I personally lean towards C as well. I don’t have no way somebody’s spending over 95 minutes every single time out of their living day on this platform. And yet, facts, stats, and studies show it is in fact 95 minutes a day. Let that sink in. That is just one day. Think about a week, a month, a year. That’s a large part of your lifespan being spent on that platform and that’s because the platform itself is very addictive. They obviously know done a lot of study on how to make it so that people spend a lot of time on there and stats show and this is what most marketers are not talking about out of all the platforms talking threads LinkedIn the WhatsApp the Facebook the Instagram to YouTube you know Tik Tok is on top with nearing a daily of 100 minutes spent per user with YouTube coming in on a second place and Instagram being nowhere near and you can see it right here and has developed over time to now 2026 people spend an hour and 40 minutes almost two hours every single day on the Tik Tok platform. Now that is quite phenomenal. Let me know if you think that is it might be even a little bit concerning but more importantly it’s pretty interesting to know because that means there is a ton of traffic on there. That’s over 1 billion people spending 95 minutes every day. And while everybody’s concerned with trying to dominate Facebook and YouTube and Instagram, the most competitive platforms out there, barely anyone is looking at how easy it is to generate traffic from Tik Tok. That’s what we’re going to show you here today. Because, however, even though it’s one of the fastest growing platforms, people spend a ton of time on there, most people still to this date have no idea how to generate traffic and sales from Tik Tok. Even worse, tell me if this sounds familiar. Just give me a quick yes if this sounds like you. Because then I know you came to the right place because we’re going to solve this for once and for all. First of all, give me a quick yes if you feel like you have great offers to promote. Maybe it’s your own offers, maybe an affiliate offer, maybe AI tools or services, but not enough people to see them. If this is a problem that you’re having right now, just give me a quick yes in the chat box. Furthermore, you maybe’ve tried posting on Tik Tok. Maybe you posted a video or two and you’re barely getting anyone to watch. Or you tried it on other platforms, talking Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, and it’s just not getting the traction that you’re looking for. And worst of all, you never know what to post next. And even worse than that, tons of time and money spent with nothing to show for it. Now, if any of this appeals to you, sounds familiar to you, just give me a yes in the chat box because I’m going to give you an answer to all of this. Now, most people h are yet to really exploit Tik Tok, are yet to really dive deep onto this and that is because of two things. I’m going to explain that. First of all, it is not your fault and you came to the right place. You see, the problem is most AI video tools still need you to do most of the work. They need you to either come up with the script, you know, come up with the content, think about what the post, a lot of the way, the posting, the publishing, the coming up with the storylines, it all comes back to you and that puts a lot of burden on you if you don’t know what is working right now online. So that is the first problem. But second of all, even if you have some tools that fix that and figured it out, most tools, if not none of them are trained for performance on Tik Tok. Tik Tok is a beast of its own. It is one of the most fastest viral platforms and has a very unique algorithm to it. And most, if not all the AI tools that we’ve gone through, that we’ve looked at, they’re great at creating pretty pictures and amazing video content, but they’re not designed to help you grow on Tik Tok. And that’s a shame because it is clearly a platform that holds so much traffic that you can send to your offers, to affiliate offers, to your services. I mean billions of people are spending an hour and 40 minutes every single day. Even if you convert only a tiny percentage of that, you have a daily traffic to your offers and getting sales. And that’s exactly what Dr. and Engineer Atul have solved behind the scenes. You see, they sat down, got the whole team together, analyzed this, and found out the perfect solution for this. They decided to finally show you their biggest Tik Tok creation yet and how they were able to grow accounts from zero to hundreds of thousands of followers and views in a matter of weeks. And the people that take action today, you will see views flowing in from Tik Tok, even if you’re a complete beginner. That means even if you start an account today, even if you’ve never made an account before, or even if you’ve tried posting and it hasn’t worked until now, the system that you’re about to witness is designed to make sure your content gets seen by the right people in bulk, allowing you to grow your account at an incredibly fast pace where you literally sit back and watch more views coming in, new followers coming in. That’s exactly what we’re going to show you. There’s no tool like this. Most video tools are, you know, they’re great as they are, but they’re designed to just post for your website or maybe on Instagram or maybe on YouTube. None of them are specifically created for Tik Tok. And that’s what we’re going to show here today. So, I hope you’re excited because when you grab this today, you’ll have a Tik Tok machine that finds what’s trending for you. So, you don’t have to do any of the research. It literally finds out, all right, everybody’s posting about this now. This is what needs to be posted. Then, it turns words into videos. You don’t have to be a prompting engineer. You just tell it something. It creates a video out of it and it posts every single day and it schedules it out for you. You’ll have consistent traffic, consistent followers, consistent eyeballs to your offers. And what most people don’t know, something we’re going to talk about in this training as well, is that you even get paid pe uh Tik Tok recently adjusted its creator rewards program that people now quickly can get paid with the new creator rewards program by Tik Tok, which is encouraging new users to come on and use their platform. We’re going to show you how to get paid by just posting videos. Now, new report even shows that on Tik Tok shops, which is also a feature of Tik Tok, you can now grow immensely. A lot of these things we’re going to show you, all in all, you’ll be dominating on this platform that has almost no competition and that is the easiest to go viral with. And the best part is you don’t need to show your face. You don’t need to film or edit anything. You don’t need to have any tech skills and you don’t need followers to start with. So, comment yes if you’re staying until the end. Now that you know what we’re going to talk about, now that you know the topic of this, now that you know what we’re going to solve here today, let me know if you’re excited. If for any reason you’re like, I don’t want to grow on TikTok, then feel free to exit at this point because this is all we’re going to talk about. We’re going to explain why, how, and the system we’ve built around it so you can see exactly how it works, how powerful it is, and the quality of content that you’ll be able to put out is very, very high. So, I hope you’re excited. Once again, I’m going to have a quick look at the chat here. Amazing. I see yeses flying in. Awesome. There you go. There you go. I left the quick math there, Gunther. Amazing. So, with that being said, let’s dive into the three secrets that we’ll be covering today. Number one is the Tik Tok posting machine. I’m going to show you how AI finds the trends, makes the videos, and post them for you every day. And honestly, when you have this solution, you are set. It’s like you have a traffic machine working for you. Now, once you know how to turn that on, I’m going to show you the Tik Tok income. how to now turn those eyeballs, that daily traffic, those daily likes and views, how to turn them into clicks, leads, and buyers for your offers and services. And last but not least, because you’re on this webinar, and honestly, a huge shout out to yourself because you could have been anywhere, you could have been sleeping, you could have been watching TV, you decided to show up and educate yourself. And that is something we don’t take for granted. We’re going to do something what we call the instant head start, allowing you to grab this in a way nobody else outside of this webinar can. You’re going to get the biggest bonuses, the biggest discounts, and we’re doing something very special as well to give everyone a fair chance to be able to start using this. So, I hope you’re excited. Once again, without further ado, let’s go ahead and dive right into secret number one, the Tik Tok posting machine. Because quite frankly, it’s no big secret that social media is the fastest way to get traffic and sales online. I don’t have to explain it to you by now. You already know. Social media is a source of a ton of traffic and sales. Their entire businesses that have been blown up completely through social media. And most local businesses are begging and are desperate to get exposure on platforms like Tik Tok. But here’s what they don’t tell you. Not all traffic on social media is created equal. And that’s where most people go wrong. You see, answer the following question. Which person is more likely to buy something? Is it someone that runs into a random ad or someone that is binging videos of a topic that he or she loves? Now, it’s a little bit of a rhetorical question, but it gets the point across. The answer is, and I love it. I see lots of B’s in the chat coming in. It is most definitely B. And even though we know this and it’s a very straightforward answer, most of the time businesses are trying to do this. They’re trying to, you know, put something out there randomly and hope it lands in front of the right person somehow somewhere. And for, you know, most reasons or most businesses, it doesn’t get anywhere close to the right person. Whereas when you create specific videos on a topic, it can be fly fishing, it can be AI, it can be business, health, weight loss, realtors, uh any type of topic, you create the right attractive bingeworthy videos for it, a person will watch them back to back to back, follow your account, love the content on there, even sends it to others and keeps following it. Meaning, whenever you do a call to action telling people, “Hey, click the link below or grab my guide or check out our website,” they are so inclined to go and check that out because they love the content you’re putting out there. Now, when you are able to get in front of this person, that’s when you’re able to turn views into sales. That’s exactly what we’re going to show you how to do. You see, Tik Tok is full, and I’m talking filled with ready to buy viewers. 61% of Tik Tok users discover new brands and products on Tik Tok and they’re one and a halfx more likely to buy what they find right away. So to translate, Tik Tok has a lot of what we call impulse buyers, a lot of cold traffic that just on seeing this, just you know from loving the platform, the way the platform is built, the culture on there, it is filled with people that buy on first sight. This is something that you don’t find with places like Instagram, YouTube, or Facebook where it requires multiple occurrences or really good persuasion. Tik Tok is filled with a lot of people that the moment they see content they like, they’re quickly inclined to buy. Nearly half of the consumers surveyed, 49% use Tik Tok as a search engine as well to find new products, to find things that they like, to find businesses. And that is exactly what we’re going to show you how to take advantage of. On top of that, there’s something new called Tik Tok Symphony. A lot of businesses don’t know about this, and it adds images to video and text to videos with generative AI tools. This shows us that Tik Tok is actively encouraging people to use AI. Whereas some platforms are kind of trying to dim down AI, telling, hey, you know, you need to be very original content, can’t use too much AI, Tik Tok is taking the other side, saying, no, use more AI. We see it as something good, leverage it ethically, and we even provide you AI tools. Now, when all these things come together, you’re in the perfect time and place to actually grow an account on Tik Tok. We live in the greatest time right now to get seen. All you have to do is post a video. Tik Tok will share it to all the people on there and then your account grows. From a bird’s eyee overview, this is the process. This is what happens. Now, obviously, there’s a little bit more to it, especially where it starts out right here. You see, despite having more AI video tools than ever, most new accounts still cannot grow because they’re stuck in the old way. And that is the AI makes a video for you, but leaves the rest for you. And that is the sentiment of the video, the intent of the video, the call to action, the finding out what trend to use, what hashtag to use, what audience to go after, what type of topic to leverage for your video. And worst of all, it doesn’t help you get seen. And that is something that Dr. Me and engineer tool wanted to fix. We started doing deep research and this is really important to understand. What we realized next changed everything. Here is the exact things that will determine if your videos will do well on Tik Tok. First of all, you need to find a trend, right? It’s hard to start one on your own. It’s hard to get discovered without a trend. Once you have leveraged a trend, there’s always a trend related to your industry. Once you have leveraged one, then you can start doing more of your own thing because people follow you for you. But to get discovered in the first place, you need to ride some kind of wave where everybody’s already watching. Let me know if that makes sense because that’s the first thing that most people do wrong. They don’t find something where all the eyeballs are already at. Once you found the trend, you pick a topic. From there, you write the hook for it, which obviously is extremely important. If you can’t hook people in, then you already lost them. From there, you make the video. You leverage captions and tags. These are super important for SEO purposes. From there, you look at the best time to post because there are heights on where a lot of traffic and a lot of eyeballs are on Tik Tok and there are moments where it dims down a little. Now, furthermore, you want to post daily. The more ad bats you have, the faster you get viral, the faster your trend catches on, the faster you get in front of the right people, and then you make sure to track the results. When you see which content performs well, you double down on that. At the end of the day, this is the formula. This is what it comes down to. We’ve looked at all the scripts, all the accounts, the best ones. We’ve looked at the ones that didn’t go viral. We looked at different industries across all of them. This is the common denominator. Now, each of these little things, finding the trends, writing a good hook, making sure your SEO proper, knowing exactly when to post, it all takes a ton of time and skill of its own. something a regular AI can do for you. An AI can maybe create a video for you, but it stops right about there. And doing all of this by hand is almost impossible. And that’s why Dr. an engineer tool put the world’s top ranked AI video models together inside one system that not only creates the video, but it finds it, it creates it, it posts your Tik Toks for you. So, every day you’re enjoying leveraging a trend. You’re seeing more eyeballs, new followers finding out about you. People are more excited about your account every single day. So, let me ask you a question. I’m going to look at the chat box here. What if one AAI did all of this for you every single day without fail? It finds trends in your niche. It creates videos from a few words. It schedules for an entire month in a matter of minutes. It posts straight to Tik Tok and grows your views and followers. If you had one dedicated machine, an engine that’s running on the background doing this for you while you sleep, while you work on other things, do you see yourself growing on Tik Tok a lot faster? Let me know in the chat box. Give me a yes. Do you see yourself growing on Tik Tok a whole lot faster if you had a system that did exactly what is required to do that? that will every time you log into the app, you see new followers, you see new engagement, you see over 45.8,000 views, you see over 1,200 or,200 followers nonstop coming in. Once you have an engine running that does this for you without fail, the games becomes really easy. It becomes really easy. So, if you want this, see lots of yes, see Tonia, I see Ilia, Cynthia saying yes, Millet saying yes. Amazing. Now pay very close attention. You see Dr. need an engineer tool have created something so good. And when I say so good, I’m talking about something that actually works and does everything I just mentioned to the moment you can go to sleep tonight and by the time you wake up tomorrow, your account has grown more than in the entire past month or any other month for that matter that you’ve tried to grow your account. You see, TalkMax AI keeps fresh videos going out on Tik Tok every single day. Now, who wants an inside look? Comment. I want this. If you want an inside look and what I’m going to do, I’m going to first play a little teaser so you can see the quality and the power of this something created with TalkMax itself. And then we’re going to show you the demo of how we created that, how this system actually works. comment. I want this if you want to see it. I see Millet. I see Cynthia. There you go. See Golian saying yes. Ilia saying yes. Amazing. So, with that being said, let’s first have a quick little teaser so you can see the power of what it creates and then we’re going to show you the actual demo of how it’s created.

    Two billion people every night watching and almost none of them posting. A baby tasting a lemon for the first time. That’s it. One line. Watch.

    Nobody filmed any of this. No camera, no studio, no actors, just a sentence.

    Millions scroll Tik Tok for hours every day. This winter, be the one posting without showing your face, filming, or editing a single video. TalkMax AI run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one command.

    Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here already loved what they saw? We’re about to get into demo. Let me know. Did you enjoy the power of what you just saw? that was created within itself with TalkMax AI getting you to understand that two billion people heading into especially the season now with winter holidays coming up scrolling is going to be at an all-time high and you’ll be taking advantage of that using a system that does it all for you. Let’s go ahead and see the power from the inside out with the full demo.

    One platform, powerful AI models, endless creative possibilities. TalkMax AI run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one command. Let’s dive in. Everything starts with the TalkMax AI dashboard. This is your central workspace where you can get an overview of your video creation activity and quickly access the platform’s main features. You’ll find four key statistics. Videos created, videos scheduled, videos published, and total views. These indicators help you understand your current content activity at a glance. The quicklink section provides shortcuts to useful business tools, while recent videos lets you preview existing projects and quickly return to videos you’ve already created. On the left, you’ll find the main navigation menu, including AI video creator, video library, calendar, anduler, trend analysis, DFY kit, analytics, AI agents, leadfinder, and video editor. Each section is designed to help you manage a different part of your video creation and content workflow. The dashboard brings your essential tools and project activity into one convenient starting point. Now let’s explore the AI video creator. TalkMax AI offers two primary workflows, text to video and image to video, helping you transform ideas and images into engaging videos. First, let’s explore the texttovideo creative styles. You can choose from options like cinematic slow motion, fashion tryon motion, texttovideo quotes, day-life montage, multi-angle video, multi- character scenes, product videos, full long story, and many more. Let’s select cinematic slow motion and see how it works. This is your AI video generation workspace where you can select from powerful AI models including Grock, Hiluo, Happy Horse, Cling, Sea Dance, Veo, Juan, and other available models. Next, you’ll find three important fields: subject, specific action, and lighting condition. The subject field defines what appears in your scene. The specific action field explains what that subject should do. The lighting condition defines the visual atmosphere, helping establish the look and mood of your video. Based on these inputs, TalkMax AI presents a prompt preview, also called the master prompt. This combines your creative instructions into a more detailed description for video generation. You can review the prompt and use the enhance option to refine it before proceeding. Next, choose the aspect ratio that fits your intended video format and select from the available durations. When everything is ready, click generate. Within moments, your generated video can be ready to preview. Let’s preview the result.

    Oh, the goal is to create a video that brings your original idea to life in the way you imagined it. Let’s preview a few more videos we’ve created to see the different visual possibilities. Bloom.

    Take it easy, buddy. Slow down. No. No. No. No, no more adventure.

    Oh my god, I gave up. Whoa, whoa. Hey, hey, hey, hey. No, no, no, no, no.

    And action.

    I’m okay.

    And remember, cinematic slow motion is just one of the many creative styles available. You can also explore fashion tryon motion

    day in the life montage.

    Multi-angle video,

    multi- character scenes,

    product videos.

    Full long story.

    and more. Simply choose the style that best matches the kind of video you want to create. Now, let’s explore image to video. Image to video is useful when you already have an image that you want to animate. Here you can explore creative styles such as bring old photos to life, before to after reveal, food sizzle effect, multi-image to video, split screen comparison, cartoon and anime style motion, cinemagraph effect, and many more. Let’s select bring old photos to life. Just like text to video, you can choose from the available AI models including Gen 4 Turbo, Grock, Hiluo, Cling, Sea Dance, and other supported options. Next, upload your source image. Then, enter the emotion field to describe the feeling or expression you want the animation to convey. TalkMax AI then provides a master prompt preview describing the intended motion and visual treatment. You can review and enhance the prompt before generating the video. Just like text to video, choose your preferred aspect ratio and available duration. Now click generate and your image to video result will be ready to preview once processing is complete.

    Want to grow on Tik Tok without spending hours creating content? Meet TalkMax AI. Create AI videos. Build faceless channels and schedule your content all in one place.

    This workflow can be useful for animating portraits, creating product visuals, bringing illustrations to life, or developing short visual stories from existing images. Once generation is complete, the resulting video can be reviewed alongside your other projects. After creating videos, the next step is managing them. The video library brings your projects into a single interface. Each video appears as a card containing a preview thumbnail, title, current status, and relevant date or time information. The search bar helps you find specific videos, while the status filter lets you narrow the collection according to the available statuses. This becomes especially useful when you’re producing multiple videos for different campaigns, clients, or social media accounts. Now, let’s explore calendar anduler. This section provides a monthly calendar view for planning and tracking video content. You can move between months and review the dates on which videos have been scheduled or assigned. The new video button provides a shortcut to create additional content, while schedule video opens the scheduling workflow. Inside the scheduling window, choose the videos you want to include. You can select individual videos or use select all when appropriate. Next, choose your scheduling frequency. Daily schedule is designed for a recurring daily plan. Weekly schedule supports a weekly publishing pattern, while custom schedule allows a more tailored arrangement. You can then configure the required start date and time. The posts per day setting defines the planned publishing frequency and the time zone field helps align the schedule with your intended audience or operating location. Once you’ve selected the required information, submit the schedule. The calendar provides a visual overview of your planned content, making it easier to organize upcoming posts and manage your content schedule. Now, let’s go to Tik Tok Studio. Here, you can check your scheduled videos and see what’s planned for the upcoming days. You can review your content and check which videos are ready to go live. You might see zero views on your scheduled videos because they haven’t been published yet. But scroll down and look at my already published videos. They have already reached millions of views. And here’s where TalkMax AI makes things much easier. Instead of creating and scheduling videos one by one, you can use TalkMax AI to prepare and schedule content for 30 days or even longer. Imagine having your content planned for an entire month in just a few steps. Once your schedule is set, you can focus on creating new ideas, reviewing your content, and growing your Tik Tok channel. Now, let’s explore Tik Tok trend analysis. Want to know what’s trending on Tik Tok and which topics are getting more views and likes? Simply enter one keyword related to your niche. For example, let’s search for Halloween. Why? Because when a topic is trending, it’s a great time to explore it and create your own content. Now, click search. Here you can see videos with their views, likes, comments, and hashtags. Look at this. Millions of views and millions of likes. Let’s check out this video.

    Look at this. She’s just walking at night in a Halloween costume, but look at how many people are watching. And guess what? You can create videos like this with TalkMax AI using just one simple idea. No need to spend hours filming or editing. Find a trend, create your video, and get your content ready to post. The right idea, the right time, the right tools. That’s how you give your content a better chance to grow. And with TalkMax AI, you can turn your ideas into videos. Now, let me show you one of the most useful features of TalkMax AI, the DFY kit. What if your Tik Tok videos were already made for you? Sounds great, right? That’s exactly what you get with the DFY kit. Inside, you’ll find over 100 plus AI videos created by our social media experts, ready to use on your Tik Tok channel. And these videos cover different categories including Halloween, entertainment and comedy skits, food and cooking, fitness and health, fashion and style, dance, beauty, pets, and much more. So no need to create every video yourself, think of new ideas every day, or spend hours searching for trends. We’ve already prepared the content for you. And the best part, we add new videos every month, so you always have more fresh content to choose from. Whether you’re just starting out or already running a Tik Tok channel, the DFY Kit makes content creation much easier. Your videos are ready, your content is ready. Just pick, post, and grow with TalkMax AI. Next, let’s look at analytics. This section displays a table of published videos along with their publication status and available performance information. Each entry includes video details, its status, live analytics indicators, and an action to view the corresponding content. The visible engagement indicators include views, likes, comments, and shares. Here you can access your Tik Tok channel’s performance overview and review how individual videos are performing through the available metrics. This can help you evaluate your content, compare video performance, and make more informed decisions about future posts. Now, let’s explore AI agents. TalkMax AI comes with smart AI agents that help you manage different parts of your Tik Tok channel all in one place. Let’s see how each agent can make your work easier. First, we have the video publishing agent. You can choose a video you’ve already created with TalkMax AI or upload your own video from your computer. Add your caption and description. Choose whether to post it now or schedule it for later and hit publish. It’s that simple. Next, we have the video scheduling agent. Simply chat with the agent and ask it to help you plan your posting times for the coming week or month. It helps you organize your posting schedule so you can plan your content in advance. Want to understand how your videos are performing? Ask the analytics agent to help you review your video performance and available results. Use these insights to understand what’s working and plan your next videos. The video caption agent helps you write captions for your videos. Just tell it what your video is about and it can suggest captions that match your content. This makes it easier to prepare your videos for posting. Want to grab attention in the first few seconds? The viral hook generation agent helps you come up with strong opening lines for your videos. Use these hooks to make people curious and encourage them to keep watching. Next is the hashtag generation agent. Tell it your video topic and it can suggest relevant hashtags for your content. This helps you choose hashtags without having to think of them all yourself. The short script generation agent helps you create scripts for short videos. Simply enter your topic or idea and get a script you can use to make your next video. Not sure what to post next? Ask the trending content ideas agent for fresh content ideas related to your niche. It helps you explore new topics and plan what to create next. The video description agent helps you write descriptions for your videos. Just provide your topic or video details and it can create a description that fits your content. You can then review it and use it when preparing your post. Finally, we have AI query. You can use it to ask questions and get help with your content planning and Tik Tok strategy. Whether you need ideas, suggestions, or help with your next step, simply enter your question and explore the response. And that’s what makes Talkmax AI powerful. Multiple AI agents working together to make your content workflow easier. From ideas and scripts to scheduling, publishing, and analytics. TalkMax AI also includes a video editor where you can edit clips, combine multiple short videos, and connect different story scenes to create one complete longer video. This is useful when you want to bring separately generated clips together into a more complete video project. You can use this workflow to build longer stories, combine scenes, and organize your video content into a cohesive sequence. With Talkmax AI, you can effortlessly turn multiple clips and story scenes into one seamless professional video. TalkMax AI also offers a powerful agency section to help you manage clients, teams, branding, and your entire agency workflow from one place. The white label feature allows you to customize TalkMax AI with your own branding. You can upload your logo and click save changes to apply your branding. This allows you to explore a branded platform experience for your business depending on the features available in your account. Stop scrolling, start creating, turn your ideas into cinematic videos, automate your content workflow, and take your Tik Tok game to the next level. TalkMax AI, one command. Endless possibilities.

    One command, endless possibilities. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw? Let me know in the chat box. Let’s see. Let’s see. Let’s see. I mean, this will allow you to create any type of video. And did you see, for example, the one with the dynamite in his back pocket? That’s such a good opening hook because people will keep watching to figure out, you know, what’s going to happen. Is he going to explode? And it’s little things like that where TalkMax understands how to keep those eyeballs focused on your screen on your video. So, that being said, do you see yourself getting automated views and followers with the power of Togmax AI? It knows exactly what to post. It knows exactly how to keep the viewers engaged. And the quality of the video is by far top-notch. I mean, you saw how good the videos look, how real the videos look. I mean, the quality is to die for. So, let me know in the chat box if you absolutely loved what you just saw. You’ll be able to create amazing videos. I mean, just to show you a view. For example, we take, you know, one of the pet accounts here, Fluffy and Co. I mean, can you see the views that it’s generating? 23.9 million, 6.3 million views, 5.1 million views, 1.5 million views mean anyone will be now able to create these videos. And just like that, we have many more. And I can’t wait to show you the power of not only TalkMax AI’s content, but also how you can turn this traffic into an income, which is what I want to show you in number two, Tik Tok income. It is clear by now that you’ll be able to generate views. When you grab this, you will have eyeballs and traffic. It’s designed to get you that and knows how to keep the viewer engaged and the quality of the videos are just too good. So now TalkMax will turn your Tik Tok into a daily traffic channel. Even if you’ve never used Tik Tok before, maybe you know you’ve never posted on Tik Tok before. I saw a few people mentioning that earlier in the chat as well. That’s completely fine. this will still work for you. As a matter of fact, you’ll immediately do it right from the get-go and have a Tik Tok account that other people will be jealous of because of how successful it will be. Now, let’s do the math. For example, let’s say you let Talkmax AI post three videos for you per day. Well, that in of its own is 90 videos per month that are being posted for for you by TalkMax AI. That’s already 180 videos over two months. Now, let’s say if each video only gets a,000 views. And let me tell you ahead of time, you’ll get way more than a,000 views on a ton of videos. But let’s for all things equal, for simple math, every single video will do a,000 views. That is combined. I mean, look at the sheer volume of what you’re putting out, the amount of people that’ll be watching, the eyeballs. I mean, you’ll have traffic through the nose. That’s over 180,000 views combined. And you can turn that into income in three different ways. One, you can recommend products and services. Let’s say your videos are about hiking and trailing and backpacking or maybe about books or, you know, stories you want to recommend. Now, you can go ahead and have them, you know, click a button to go to your website and buy a product there. Furthermore, you simply do this by letting TalkMX AI research and create the video for you. Then it posts it for you. So it schedules it out. It’s going to promote that product for you. You send the viewers to an offer. It can be an AI tool, can be a business tool. You have a link in bio. I mean this is the easiest lead gen and moneymaking model where you can earn from your phone. Now, second of all, what most people are not aware about, Tik Tok actually updated its creator rewards program and made it a lot easier to attract more people to the platform and stay competitive. So, you can actually get paid by Tik Tok for views as well. Even without selling anything, you still get paid. And it’s as simple as letting TalkMX AI finding out what’s trending. So, it does its due diligence. It finds out what is the best type of content to post right now, what is flying off the shelves. From there, you let TalkMX AI keep posting for you and then you get paid from the monetization and creator rewards. And then last but not least, my personal favorite is getting paid for service delivery. You see, there’s one thing you need to understand, and that is that businesses are desperate to get exposure on Tik Tok. It’s like the one thing they’d love to have, and they just don’t know how to get to. And therefore, you can use Stockmax AI for yourself and for clients. Whether it’s a coach, whether it’s an affiliate marketer, whether it’s an agency, whether it’s a local business, an online store, a course creator, for whatever reason they want to use it. There’s so many people that want to generate views on Tik Tok and they just don’t know where to get started. As a matter of fact, I can go to Upward right now. Um, and actually, let me try and do that. Let me do that on the screen here and just show you the sheer demand of people needing help with Tik Tok. Right? If I, you know, I put it on jobs right here, you can see back to back. I need Tik Tok video editor. Need a Tik Tok video editor. Need a Tik Tok video editor, faceless, need Tik Tok video creator, Tik Tok setup, Tik Tok video editor, back to back to back. And you know, it goes on and on and on. You know, the demand for it is insane. And we can send a simple message as well saying hey uh I found your business on Tik Tok and your videos get very few views with while your competitor which can be any other similar business gets thousands. Now I actually make Tik Toks for local businesses want me to try and fix it for you. So it’s very low barrier entry. You’re just telling them hey let me do the next few videos. If I do a better job than what you’ve been doing so far then we might be able to do some business here. Now, let me know if you understand how that is actually a very attractive deal for any type of business. You look at their Tik Tok, say, “Hey, I notice it’s not going that well. I’d love to create the next few videos for you. See if they do a lot better. And if that’s the case, then we might be able to do some business.” Now, for a business, it’s a winwin situation, and you got nothing to lose because it takes you minutes to create them. Now, this is something we actually help you with and teach you how to get clients. It’s very easy to do so. But let me know if that makes sense. If you can see how this simple message gets you Tik Tok clients left, right, and center. Now, we’ve done this for contractors, for roofers that have no idea where to start. We’ve done this for restaurants whose pages were pretty much dying and they’re loving it. So, tell me, can you see how there are multiple easy ways? Whether you want to sell your own products, whether you want to do this for clients, or heck, even if you just want to get paid for the views from the creative rewards program, can you see how there are multiple easy ways to make money now that you know how to show up on TikTok every day and let TalkMax AI do it for you? Getting you new orders, new messages, over 4,000 views on a normal day. That’s the power of what Dr. and Engineer Tool have created here. See Cynthia saying yes, love it. James asking for the link already. Ilas saying thank you. Amazing. So, with that being said, we’re about to get into the good stuff. You see, it’s such a good thing that you decided to show up here live today because we’re going to do something that you won’t see us do anywhere else outside of this webinar. And you’re going to soon see why that is. We’re going to give you an instant head start. Now, first let me start by asking who here by now absolutely loved what they just saw and wants to see everything you’re getting. Because if for any reason you watched everything, you saw the power of this, you saw the demo, you saw the quality, you saw the results, but for some reason you don’t want to grow on TikTok or want to get paid to do it for others, then there’s no point in looking any further from this point because we’re going to now open the doors to only a handful limited amount of people because we’re going to do something very exclusive to allow you to take advantage of this in a way nobody else will ever be able to. And in order to be eligible for that comment yes if you loved everything you just saw. So I see lots of yeses coming in. Amazing. So um literally so for Ilas I see Ilas asking I just don’t know how my niche works on Tik Tok. Well that’s the beauty about Talkmax. It does the niche research for you. It finds out what the trend is. It finds out what topic to post. Everything I just mentioned, TalkMax will go through so it creates the right videos for you in your niche. So, let me break down everything you’re getting. You’re going to get first and foremost your TalkMax AI creator account because without an account, you can can’t do anything. Now, the real world value of this alone is $4,997. And this includes the ability to turn your works into Tik Tok videos. So, Golden Retriever serving at sunset. The cinematic voice captions and music all done for you. You have the script and hook generator completely done for you. So, even if you don’t know what niche, what topic, what hooks, it’s all taken care of. You have the trend finder for your niche. So, it finds all your trends for you. And on top of that, you have the content agent that plans out 30 days of content for you. So, you tell it, “Give me 30-day Tik Tok plan for my bakery or for my client.” and it does all of that for you. With one click, you add it to calendar. You have the content optimizer who makes sure that everything you’re putting out is getting results. Strong hook, better caption, trending hashtags. It optimizes existing content for clients or businesses. And it makes your content even better. And the built-in video editor. If there’s anything specifically you want to tweak or edit, something very specific or finite that you want to put in there, you simply can with the video editor. All in all, you have complete control if you want to, but you can also just use the AI and the videos as is. So, this also comes with schedule and bulk scheduling. So, you don’t have to create videos one by one, but you can schedule them out and create them all in one go. You have the entire content calendar inbuilt as well as the entire video library where you can see all your videos, the ones that are published, the ones that are scheduled, and everything looks so phenomenally well. And furthermore, analytics in plain English because notice how sometimes analytics are very analytical word it where you don’t really understand what it means like CRM, CPC, CTR. Like we keep it simple so you know exactly what every single metric means. And on top of that, we’re going to give you 10,000 credits to start. And I know that’s a big thing for most people because the first thing you’re wondering about, oh, how many credits do I get? How many videos can I create? And I’m going to tell you when you’re on this webinar, when you stick around until the end, you’ll be able to turn these 10,000 credits in a whole lot more. I’m going to show you how in a second. And furthermore, it is 100% cloud-based, so you can use it anywhere at any time, from anywhere in the world, and you have a commercial license included, so you can work with any business and keep 100% of the profit. This means whether you’re doing it for yourself or you’re doing it for others, your Tik Tok keeps posting even on the days that you’re busy. You don’t miss a day ever. You always get more traffic, which means more commissions or more sales or more leads. So, I have to ask it one more time because this is where it gets very important. Who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? everything all the way from the turning words into Tik Tok to the entire built-in video editor and everything in between plus all the other features that are included. Give me a thumbs up. Give me a yes in the chat. There you go. So far so good. Say Cynthia says yes. Now, in order to open up your account, and I’m going to be completely honest with you, it would normally be outside of this webinar just to open up your account. What I just showed you is 197 to open up your create your account to get access, not even the upgrades or additional features, just to open up your account and have all the power that I just mentioned. Now, we figured for the webinar, we’re going to allow people to open up their account for only 97, which is already considerably a huge discount. Let me know if you agree that being able to open up your account for 97 bucks is a huge discount where you can do all of this. sports to Tik Tok videos, voice captions and music, scrip the hook generator, the trend finder, which is one of the most powerful assets, the AI content agent that does all the work for you, the content optimizer, built-in video editor, scheduleuler, calendar, smart video library, plain English analytics, 10,000 credits to start, 100% cloud-based commercial license, and the entire tool of within itself only 97. Let me know if you think that it’s already a huge steal of a deal. There you guys see. Amazing. Yes. So far so good. Yes. Amazing. Now, because you’re on this webinar, we’re going to do something very interesting. Something that will only be done on this webinar once in a lifetime. This means this is your only opportunity to be able to see this and get this in this manner. We’re going to allow you to open up your TalkMax AI creator account and start using its initial features as is and everything that I just showed you for only 37 bucks one time. Now, let me know in the chat box who here absolutely loves that and wants to open up their account no matter what. This will give you access to everything you see right here. Let me know in the chat box. I’ll wait for you to let me know if you absolutely love that. Now, again, we can only do this on this webinar. We won’t be doing this anywhere else. Only on this webinar, you’ll be able to open up your AI creator account for just 37 bucks. Now, I see Stea. I love it. David, crazy. I’m in. Amazing. Lots of yeses coming in. If you don’t comment, I’m going to consider you don’t want it. So, make sure you show a sign of life. Amazing. Lots of yeses coming in. Now, since you’re already getting such a steal of a deal, we’re going to do something even more interesting. Who wants an even bigger discount to unlock every single upgrade in one go with what we call the Fast Pass? Bypassing all the separate one by one add-ons and getting even all the upgrades in a mass discounted deal where on top of your account, you have all the features unlocked to be quite frankly unstoppable. Let me know in the chat box if you’d love that. There you go. David’s asking, “Where’s the chat box?” There it’s right there. There we go. Yeses, Fastpass. Amazing. So, here’s what’s included with the Fastpass. You’ll be able once you unlock your account for only 37 bucks. Once again, you’ll be able to get the Fastpass upgrade, which will give you access to our Faceless TalkMax AI upgrade, which includes an entire faceless channel builder. It literally builds your entire channel, your Tik Tok channel from start to finish in a phases manner. So if you don’t have a Tik Tok account yet or you’re starting from scratch or opening up a new one, this is where this comes in handy. It does deep trend research. It goes beyond surface level, but even crawls the entire internet outside of Tik Tok, Google volume, making sure it finds out exactly not just what’s trending right now, but trends that are emerging. And if you’re able to spot a trend that’s emerging and create content before it’s a trend, that’s when you win the most because the moment it becomes a trend, your videos are the ones that always pop up the first. Now, furthermore, you have a viral hook generator so you can generate the most viral hooks on demand and you have a binge worthy series builder. You see, one thing we’ve seen that works on Tik Tok really well is when you create Tik Toks that have a part two, a part three, a part four, it just creates this binge effect where people immedately want to go to your account and watch the next one and then go to your account and watch the next one. Kind of like your favorite series, maybe you know, Lost, Prison Break, Friends, whatever you’re used to watching um you know, one of the best series out there, they always have a cliffhanger at the end. And this is inbuilt into the Faceless series. This means you’ll be able to build a faceless channel around any topic you love and have people literally hanging on, clinging to your account, wanting to watch every single video of it. On the on top of the TalkMax AI faceless, which is included in the Fast Pass, you’re also going to get the TalkMax AI power account. And this gives you all the power features. High-speed video processing, so you don’t have to sit and wait, but you’re one of the fastest to create, upload, and publish. scheduling and bullet posting with speed as well. Expanded bandwidth in storage because all those videos that you’re going to create, they need to be stored somewhere. We’re going to give you all the storage space for it. And premium optimized done for few videos. So besides just checking the hook, it’s also going to check pacing, retention levels, things that make sure people keep watching from start to finish. Now, these are our power user features allowing you to create faster and keep your calendar full with the best type of content. So, your Fastpass now includes the TalkMax AI faceless plus the TalkMax AI power user account. Now, my all-time favorite is what’s next? You know, as a business owner running business, multiple businesses for that matter, and if you have any offers you’re selling or promoting, you know that traffic is one of the most important things for a business. So, we’re going to give you TalkMax AI auto traffic. Now, this is my most favorite feature because it does the automatic posting. You don’t have to schedule it with your hand one by one by one. It already thinks about what to post next, what to post next, what to post next. So, it’s just an ongoing training in thousands and thousands and thousands of views that turn into clicks, that turn into leads, and that turn into sales on an ongoing machine. You can let this go on one faceless channel and make it promote one core offer and see ongoing sales come in. Now, from there, the trendjacking system. Now, this is extremely powerful because it goes on something that is already working for someone else. It takes that, gives a spin to it, and makes it work for you. This is one of the most known tactics on Tik Tok that is blowing people up from the get-go. They just find someone that already has a viral video. They take that video, they spin it up to make it unique enough, and they post it as well. It’s one of the most known tactics that takes anyone from zero to a well-known account overnight. Furthermore, smart traffic dashboard, so you can see your traffic, not just the views, but also the clicks, leads, and sales. And here’s the big one, multiple Tik Tok accounts. You don’t just want to be able to use TalkMax for just one account. That means you’ll have to promote one offer or create one type of content all the time. Now, with the auto traffic, you can schedule and do everything for multiple Tik Tok accounts. And better yet, it has the auto posting feature included. So, tell me, who here is loving everything they’re getting so far? This means your account stays active around the clock and you’re getting on your Fastpass the TalkMax AI faceless, the TalkMax AI power, and the TalkMax AI auto traffic. Now, you already see what’s coming next. It’s insane that we’re even going to include this, but let me know who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. And if you do, you’re in for a treat. you’re in for a treat because what’s coming next is I think for most people the most attractive part of everything and I can’t blame you. You see, done for you is usually the most expensive upgrade because that’s where our team has to come in and literally do the work for you. That takes manpower. You know, our team are experts, certified experts, so they get paid really well and they have to manually do set everything up for you, work in your account, make sure you’re getting results. So, it is often if you’ve ever bought a done for you service, it’s the most expensive part which you usually get separately. Now, we’re going to include it in the fastass. This means someone else will do the work for you and you can see it with your own eyes. Now, this is valued at 9997, one of the highest out there because it’s done for you. You’re going to have a complete hands-free setup. Our team comes in, set ups your Tik Tok channel, sets up your account, integrates everything. You are sitting back watching it all happen in front of your own eyes. From there, you have a dedicated account manager that is connected to your account, your account ID whenever you have a question. It’s like your white label concierge. From there, you have a full done for you Tik Tok channel built in any given niche, ready to rake in a ton of views, and you have 12 ready to launch niche kits. Now, we’ve created and taken the most viral kits, the most viral niches that we know you can exceed in extremely fast where you can plug and play any one of them with the done for you. We deploy it and make sure you’re up and running. This means even if you’ve never had a Tik Tok account before, you’ll do better than anyone else that is trying to create one or has been running a Tik Tok account thus far. Your Tik Tok gets built and loaded for you. If you have, you know, for example, the gardening niche, which has some great affiliate offers, mind you, we set it up, the garden tails, we set up the account, we make sure the videos get views, everything is set up for you. Now, again, who here loves the fact that they’re getting the done for you. This is worth its weight in gold. Now, the Fast Pass is only available for people that first grab their creator account. Remember, 37 bucks. You open up your creator account and then only the people on this webinar will be able to also get the fastpass that has this included. And as great as this already is, I see people saying very good. It actually keeps getting better. I think I saw Sunny in the chat asking about white label. And guess what? We’re going to do it. This is also worth one of the most in the entire Fastest Bundle because with the white label, it’s like you have your own white label software. Like nobody will even know it’s Stockmax. They think it’s your own dedicated software. This gives you white label branding. You can create a client account and they think you’ve built this software. They see this as your invention. Furthermore, there’s no watermark of TalkMax anywhere on any video. You’ve branded client reporting with your logo, your dashboard. A client has their own portal. This is like you created your own sixfigure software and it’s just yours and you keep 100% of the profits. Now, Pogmax sells like hotcakes. any business loves it. Any creator loves it. And now you’ll have your own version of it with your name, your branding that you can sell like hotcakes. And we give you all the marketing material for it. And we even help you with it as well. You can sell TalkMax under your own brand, your own agency to businesses, have them create their own accounts and pay you monthly. Now, what I like to do, and I’ll teach you once you’re on the inside, is give away trial accounts saying, “Hey, I notice you’re active on TikTok. I have my own software and I’m looking for beta testers. Here, take an account. Let me know how you like it. The moment they start using it, they don’t want to let go of it. And there you have your first white label user. And we’re going to teach you that on the inside. But first, once again, let me know who here is loving all the value they’re getting. We’re looking at $33,985 in value thus far. That’s even without the bonuses. Meaning on top of all that, you’re getting four fast action bonuses. Number one, I’m going to do a live training. I’m going to show you how to set up your first Tik Toks. I’m going to show you how to get your first white label clients. This is going to be one of the most practical and gamechanging trainings for you. We’re going to show you our Tik Tok growth and content blueprint. You’re going to get that as a bonus. You’re going to scale your content with TalkMax and our audience growth masterass adding at least a thousand new followers to your account. Now, all of this is included in the Fastass. Now, at the very least for the Fastpass alone, we should be charging no less than 997. I mean, come on. Look at what you’re getting. 997 is a steal for even just the done for you aspect of it. Let alone the auto traffic, the power, the faceless account, the white label access, and the live training bonuses where we come in and actually help you do everything and ask questions, answer everything, show you around the clock, look at your account, and give you the dedicated attention. But because you’re on this webinar, we figured to go half off and for the Fastpass, go as low as 497. And that’s one time you’re not paying us for the maintenance of the account as we have ongoing fees and, you know, keeping everything up and running. People on this webinar will get lifetime access. However, since you’re getting a huge discount on the creator account to open up your account, we figured we’re also going to give you a huge discount on the Fastpass. So, you tell me who wants a $767 off. It is so much the Fastass. And all you have to do to claim that is comment the word live to prove that you’re here live. You see, like I said before, we don’t take it for granted when you show up live. And we want to encourage you to keep showing up for lives. And that’s why we go to these extents. You could have been doing anything right now. You could have waited for the replay. You could have, you know, slept it off. We want to make sure that only on the live you get the biggest bang for your buck. And we want to reward you for showing up live. But then again, this is something you can only get when you grab it right now. This means the entire Fast Pass with every upgrade is only 230 one time. So here’s how you get everything. You open up your account for 37 bucks and then if you want all the upgrades, which is optional but highly recommended because this is the only time you can get it at this discount. It’s just 230. The link will be dropped in the chat box right now. Make sure you take advantage of this steal of a deal because this is the only time you see this offer. Outside of this, we immediately have to go to recurring because we have a lot of maintenance. We have to take away the done for you because that is only for the people on the webinar. Meaning, this is the best time to take advantage of everything. And remember, when you grab this, the 37 bucks and the 230 upgrade for all the fastest included, you have a 30-day money back guaranteed, meaning you can try it out, post as much as you want, even let it run, attend the training, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So, go to the link in the chat box right now if you want access to your creator account plus every upgrade I just mentioned which is only available on this webinar. And if you’re lucky, the people that grab both, you’ll see what we call the mega bundle right after checkout. And the mega bundle is for the people that want to be able to create almost an infinite amount of videos. And we’ve thought of that. And we’re going to give you a huge discount to be able to do that as well. You see, with the mega bundle, we’re going to give you over 30,000 plus extra credits for free. Now, this will last you for more than enough where you can make enough viral videos, enough views, and sales coming in. Plus, you’re more than good. From there, you have unlimited auto posting. So, you don’t pay credits for posting whatsoever. The system runs automatically and you don’t pay a dime for it. You have unlimited faceless workflows, unlimited client accounts and teams, unlimited white label client access, so you can resell this as many times as you want. And priority support plus one-on-one help. You get our dedicated account manager to also be your one-on-one conciers. So you don’t have to wait like everyone else in line for your ticket to get seen. You have a direct one- on-one person that is already waiting for you on the inside. Now the mega bundle, we have a limited spots available for simply because of the nature of the offer. You’ll never run out of credits halfway through. And the mega bundle is a one-time 147. And that’s only on this webinar. Now, this is only available when you grab your account and when you grab the Fastpass while we are live right here, right now. The link is in the chat. It is first come first serve. Meaning, when you wait for too long, you’ll miss out and you won’t see everything that we’ve shown you here today. This is your only chance to grab this. I see Phil alive, living and live. Um, uh, David’s asking, “Is each video an additional price?” No, it is not, David. So, there you have it. Live, live. I’m here live. Amazing. So, team, can you drop the link to everyone that has commented that they’re live and then again, you’re going to get the biggest discount right here, right now. Grab your account for only 37 bucks. If you want all the Fastpass upgrades discounted in one go to have the ultimate account, make sure to grab it. That’s only 230. And then better yet, on this webinar, you’ll have the unique opportunity to get the mega bundle which gives you unlimited power as well. And that’s a one time 147. The link is in the chat. I’m going to go to the link as well to show you how easy it is. I see someone saying or Cynthia saying the link is not working. The team just reposted the link for you. I’m going to go to the link as well to double check. So, let’s see here. So, I’m on the link. I’m gonna real quick. I’m going to click on the buy now button top right. So, right here you can see 37 bucks. You even have a little coupon if you want to use it for another two bucks off. So, I’ll copy that. Always nice. So, you click on buy now. This will open up your account. We even have our local client closing kit that will be included. So, once you’re here, only you on this webinar will see this special box. This is the Fastpass upgrade that I was talking about. You have your initial account and then when you check this box, all the Fast Pass upgrades are unlocked and all you have to do is enter your email and you’re off to the races. Everything’s included right there and then. This means you have the whole nine yards and all you have to do is check this box. It gives you all the seven upgrades plus extra work credits. There you go. You have the faceless, the power uh user feature, the auto traffic, the done for you where the team handles the entire business setup, the white label where you built your own brand and agency. You have the VIP training access, the fact action bonus pack. You have more credits, more tools, and more possibilities. All of this is included only when you grab this right now. And the only way to grab it is by checking that little box. And it instantly gives you access to everything I just mentioned. So, let me know if the link works for you, Cynthia. And for everyone that’s in, congratulations. I see you people joining in as we speak. Amazing. So, and all you have to do, so for Sunny, all you have to do to get the Fastest is literally just this this little blue box here. Just check that and it is immediately added to your account, giving you access to the biggest and most powerful account in all of COMMAX AI. This gives you all the superpowers, all the features. It turns you into an absolute powerhouse of a user. Awesome. Congratulations.

    So, uh, for Sunny, you get 10,000 initially with the, um, Talkmaxi creator account. Then you get another 10,000, which, you know, it’s a lot. It’s not little. You can create at least 40, 50 plus videos with that. Another 10,000 with the Fastpass. And then if you’re lucky, you might see what we call the TalkMax AI mega bumble. And that will give you a whooping 30,000. I’ll put it on the screen here. A whooping 30,000 additional credits right here. It’s at this point, you you’re set. you you quite frankly might as well have infinite credits because you also have unlimited trending video analysis, unlimited auto posting, unlimited posting your own videos, unlimited storage, unlimited traffic. Everything is pretty much at the highest order you cannot fill at this point anymore. Now, this will allow you to go on Tik Tok, one of the fastest growing and most underrated platforms, and quite frankly, knock it out of the water. hit a home run the moment you’re on there. We even have a lead finder included where it finds businesses for you that need this service and you get paid monthly to do and run TalkMax AI for them. Or heck, you can get paid with your white label account to give them an account and get paid monthly because you’ll have unlimited white label client access with the mega bundle. You also have, remember, one-on-one premium assistance and our extended priority support. All in all, you have everything you need to dominate with Tik Tok. If you ever wanted to generate more traffic, if you ever wanted to have your views blow up and get so much exposure, then try this out. Because remember, with everything you see here today, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Meaning you have everything you need. All the risk is a miss. And we know for a fact you’re going to love it. We know for a fact you’re going to see more results than ever because StockX AI is designed to get you results. It’s designed to get you to views. So once again, congratulations to the people that are picking it up. As soon as you’re in, you haven’t mentioned it yet. I want to call you out by name. So make sure you let me know so I can go ahead. So Fred is asking how many credits come in with the mega bubble. That’s 30,000 credits, Fred. That’s 30,000 credits. So that gives you more than enough videos to create. Awesome. If you have any questions, drop them in the chat.

    and the so for Senny the way to get the uh fastpass is when you’re at the checkout you see the box or it should show up for you if uh unless it’s sold out already. When you check the box for the 37 or when you see the 37 you check the box it says 230 and you have all the maximum upgrades. And to show you one more time all that of which it includes because you’re getting the real deal here. You’re getting a powerhouse. You’re getting everything included which means you have the faceless which is about a 3997 faceless channel builder, deep trend research, viral hook generator, bingeworthy series builder. Then you have the ability to get access to the power which is the high-speed video processing scheduling and book posting expanded bandwidth and storage and premium optimized done for you videos. You also are able to have a full calendar with the auto traffic which auto post auto schedules which means automatic traffic trendjacking system to get viral traffic as it goes out there and jumps on trends that are already working giving you almost a ton infinite amount of traffic to your offers to your services and you can offer this as a service to clients and they’ll be extremely happy with you. Now, furthermore, you have access to the done for you. And this is worth its weight in gold. You see, the done for you is completely hands-free setup. The done for you gives you a dedicated account manager. The done for you gives you all the work on a silver platter done for you. So, if you ever want the system where you don’t have to go in and figure everything out, then this is it. the done for you Tik Tok channel build. 12 ready to launch niche kits are included. So, it’s all on a silver platter made for you as our team will log in. You’ll have a dedicated account manager and you’re set to dominate. This almost makes it so that you have a guaranteed successful Tik Tok account from the start. And you have a 30-day money back guarantee to witness it with your own eyes. your Tik Tok gets built for you and loaded for you with the right videos that get all the right views in the right niches. Now, furthermore, you get the white label where you can resell it and keep a 100% of the profits where it even finds businesses for you like the salon, the the bakery, peak fitness, the dental practice. They all want exposure on Tik Tok. Then, last but not least, our fast action bonuses where we give you a live training. We’re going to make sure all of your accounts are going to pull in numbers that you could only dream of before. Now, the Fastpass is only available right here on this webinar where instead of having to buy all the upgrades one by one, you can bypass and have a huge discount and get all of them in one sweep with your account. And all you have to do is literally just grab your creator account at 37 bucks and then from there get the upgrades by checking the blue little box. And if you’re still lucky, and I can’t guarantee so, but I hope if you’re still lucky, you might see the mega bundle shortly after, which is on the next page if it prompts because there’s limited availability for that. This gives you practically unlimited usage and access to everything. You’ll never run out of credits halfway through the month because you have more than enough. Now, grab the mega bundle while you’re checking out. It’s only a one time 147. Nothing here is recurring or monthly or yearly. We’ve made it so that you’re set the moment you grab this. You have a done for you conscious that does everything for you. So, you’re getting something that is going to work for you. and our team makes it happen for you. Which means at this point you can either keep posting into the void and watch everyone else grow or let Talkmax keep fresh videos going out for you every single day. Now, if you’re wondering, do I need any followers to start? And the answer is no. You can start from zero today and let Talkmax, especially with our done for you, do all the work for you. Now, if you’re wondering, how soon can my first video be live? It’s literally today. Mind you, you have a 30-day money back guarantee, and you can start seeing results as soon as today, which means you have to at least try this out. If anything, just get the creator account. If the Fastpass upgrade is out of your reach or the mega bundle’s out of your reach, make sure to at least get a creator account which is only 37 bucks because that is at least something that you can get started with. But ideally, you take advantage of the special deal that will only be presented on this webinar. Now, furthermore, if you’re not great with computers or you consider yourself not to be tax-savvy, if you are skilled enough to find your way here to this webinar, which takes a quite some hoops, you need to, you know, find the link, sign up, register, and then, you know, go to webinar, you need to click a few buttons here and there. If you’re able to do something as simple as that, then you can use Talkbox AI because it does all the work for you. And mind you, we actually have a done for you inside where it is all done for you by our team and you have a dedicated account manager. So even if you’re not savvy or you consider yourself not to be techy or you’ve never used Tik Tok and you you think it’s not for you, our team will make it work for you. There’s too much traffic on there to take for granted. There’s tons of potential, not only businesses, but traffic that can turn into leads and sales for your affiliate offers and your own offers that are right now scrolling 95 minutes per day that you’re just letting go, missing out on because you’re not taking advantage of this deal. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, try it out if anything. Now, if you’re wondering, can I sell these videos to local businesses? And the answer is yes. you have a full-on commercial license and we even help you and train you with this and that’s probably going to be the easiest part because every business wants this. Now, furthermore, I want to once again emphasize the three ways to generate Tik Tok income. You can get paid for your products and services. If you want that, grab TalkMax AI right now with the Fast Pass. You can get paid for views. If you want that, grab this right now. and you get paid to deliver this as a service. If you want us to help you with that, grab this right now. Remember, you have white label included, done for you included. Everything to make this work is there.

    You’re just turn it on and watch it post over 180 videos in less than two months. you’re gonna make a ton of views and on top of that a ton of sales because Tik Tok has the highest buying rate over any other platform. You can look that up. That is a statistic that is proven over one and a half time 1.5x more than any other social media platform. Now, all it takes is opening up your account for 37 bucks. And if you want the upgrades, it’s optional. You can also just start with the $37 account and, you know, see what you make of that. But since you’re getting a unique opportunity to get all the upgrades, grab it for 230 and you’re off to the races. Now, this is only while we are live. Now, at this point, you have two options. you either go back to more competitive platforms and trying to break through or see what you’ve been doing or heck even try yourself and I’ve seen people despite having the latest AI video tools most accounts are not able to grow. They’re stuck in the old way of trying to figure out how to find the right trends and worst of all doesn’t help you get seen. They have to do it all themselves and it’s because there’s a lot that goes into it. You need to find the trend, pick the topic, write the hook, make the video caption, find the best time to post, post daily, track the results. And this takes a ton of time and skill. And we’re giving you an opportunity to make it as simple as this. You post a video, Tik Tok will share it out for you to all the right people, and your account grows every single day. It is officially the fastest growing social media platform. Can’t argue with that. If you want to take advantage of that, a platform where people spend 95 minutes a day on average, more than any other platform, more than YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, all of these, Tik Tok triumphs over all of them, the span on them, the attention on them is longer than any other platform. and take advantage of this because most people have no idea how to do this and you’ll become so valuable to the marketplace because you focus on one particular platform that people are yet to crack. So if you feel like you have great offers but not enough people to see them and you’re you’re posting videos right now, you’re barely getting anyone to watch them or you just don’t know what to post and you’re spending tons of time and money with nothing to show for it, then it’s not your fault. The problem is most a video tools waited on you to get the results and they’re just not trained for performance on Tik Tok. So, if you want to dominate the platform for once and for all, make sure you open up your creator account, which gives you access to turning words into Tik Tok videos, voice captions, script hook generator, the niche finder, all the agents that write 30 days out of content for you, content optimizer, built-in video editor, both scheduling, content calendar, video library, analytics in plain English, 10,000 credits to start, 100% cloud-based, and commercial license. Your Tik Tok will keep posting every day. then go ahead and grab your account for just 37 bucks. This will give you everything I just mentioned. And if you want an even bigger discount and 10x faster results, make sure you unlock the one-time opportunity to take advantage of the entire Fastpass upgrade, which includes the faceless, the power users, the auto traffic, the done for you white label, and the fast action bonus. So, the team will drop the link in the chat one last time and answer a couple more questions. In the meanwhile, I’m going to play a few, you know, features and demos and clips of the power of TalkMax so you know what you can expect on the inside. You once again know the power of what you’re about to get access to. But trust me, you’ll only see this opportunity here once and only now. So, make sure you grab this while we are live because the moment this webinar ends is the moment this entire offer will disappear. This is a once ina-lifetime opportunity. Go ahead and take advantage and first let’s have some looks at the type of content. But again, the demo, the features, everything that is waiting for you on the inside. And congratulations, by the way, to all the people that are picking it up as we speak. I see more people joining in as we speak.

    Everywhere you look, people are watching.

    On the way to work, during a coffee break,

    even when they should be working,

    even when the day is over, even millions of miles away, you watch videos every day. You have dozens of ideas of your own. He has ideas, but turning those ideas into videos, that’s the hum. Don’t worry. Meet Talkax AI. Enter your idea. Turn it into a stunning video with AI. Have more ideas? Then schedule your videos for the next 30 days. More videos, more views, more followers. TalkMax AI. Run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one command. run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one. Come on. Did you see the quality of that video? That is what you’ll be able to create, plus much more. I’m going to show you one more time how to get access to this. All you have to do is go to the link in the chat, click on the buy now button in the top right corner or the big one here that says get TalkMax AI. When you click on it from here, it immediately takes you all the way down showing you everything you’re getting as promised, plus the bonuses where we’re even going to give you our thousand viral Tik Tok prompt vault, our 3-second hook swipe file with 300 openers that stop the scroll, our 30-day faceless posting calendar, our faceless Tik Tok monetization playbook, and the local client closing kit. You’ll have everything to succeed and make money with this. And all you have to do is click on buy now. From here you have the unique opportunity to check this box that says TalkMax AI Fastpass unlock every upgrade. Simply check this box and you are set. Your order will be updated from here. All you have to do next is enter your details and you’re able to go ahead and get started. And then if you’re lucky enough, you might see the opportunity to get the TalkMax AI Fast Pass, which will give you access to all the unlimited features, plus a ton more credits simply because you’re a special user from this webinar, which gives you 30,000 additional credits, unlimited trending video analysis, unlimited auto posting, unlimited posting your own videos, unlimited video storage, unlimited traffic tools, unlimited faceless video workflows, unlimited caption, unlimited multiformat, unlimited client accounts, unlimited team members, unlimited lead discovery. I mean, everything right here will be included in the mega bundle. And even with that, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, make sure you take advantage of the mega bundle if you see it as well. With that being said, let’s have a quick look once again at the power of what you’re getting access to.

    Want to grow on Tik Tok without spending hours creating content? Meet TalkMax AI. Create AI videos, build faceless channels, and schedule your content all in one place. Join our pre-launch webinar and discover what TalkMax can do for you. Oh, and by the way, this cracker won’t blast until you blast those pre-launch webinar emails.

    Two billion people every night watching and almost none of them posting. A baby tasting a lemon for the first time. That’s it. One line. Watch.

    Nobody filmed any of this. No camera, no studio, no actors, just a sentence.

    Millions scroll Tik Tok for hours every day. This winter, be the one posting without showing your face, filming, or editing a single video. TalkMax AI. Run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one command.

    One, one platform, powerful AI models, endless creative possibilities. TalkMax AI. Run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one command. Let’s dive in. Everything starts with the TalkMax AI dashboard. This is your central workspace where you can get an overview of your video creation activity and quickly access the platform’s main features. You’ll find four key statistics: videos created, videos scheduled, videos published, and total views. These indicators help you understand your current content activity at a glance. The quick links section provides shortcuts to useful business tools, while recent videos lets you preview existing projects and quickly return to videos you’ve already created. On the left, you’ll find the main navigation menu, including AI video creator, video library, calendar anduler, trend analysis, DFY kit, analytics, AI agents, leadfinder, and video editor. Each section is designed to help you manage a different part of your video creation and content workflow. The dashboard brings your essential tools and project activity into one convenient starting point. Now, let’s explore the AI video creator. TalkMax AI offers two primary workflows, text to video and image to video, helping you transform ideas and images into engaging videos. First, let’s explore the texttovideo creative styles. You can choose from options like cinematic slow motion, fashion, tryon motion, texttovideo quotes, day in the life montage, multi-angle video, multi- character scenes, product videos, fulll long story, and many more. Let’s select cinematic slow motion and see how it works. This is your AI video generation workspace where you can select from powerful AI models including Grock, Hiluo, Happy Horse, Clling, Seance, Veo, Juan, and other available models. Next, you’ll find three important fields: subject, specific action, and lighting condition. The subject field defines what appears in your scene. The specific action field explains what that subject should do. The lighting condition defines the visual atmosphere, helping establish the look and mood of your video. Based on these inputs, TalkMax AI presents a prompt preview, also called the master prompt. This combines your creative instructions into a more detailed description for video generation. You can review the prompt and use the enhance option to refine it before proceeding. Next, choose the aspect ratio that fits your intended video format and select from the available durations. When everything is ready, click generate. Within moments, your generated video can be ready to preview. Let’s preview the result.

    Oh, the goal is to create a video that brings your original idea to life in the way you imagined it. Let’s preview a few more videos we’ve created to see the different visual possibilities. Bloom.

    Take it easy, buddy. Slow down. No. No. No. Oh no, no more adventure.

    Oh my god, I gave up. Whoa. Whoa. Hey, hey, hey, hey. No, no, no, no, no.

    And action.

    I’m okay.

    And remember, cinematic slow motion is just one of the many creative styles available. You can also explore fashion tryon motion

    day in the life montage.

    Multi-angle video.

    Multic character scenes.

    product videos.

    Full long story.

    and more. Simply choose the style that best matches the kind of video you want to create. Now let’s explore image to video. Image to video is useful when you already have an image that you want to animate. Here you can explore creative styles such as bring old photos to life, before to after reveal, food sizzle effect, multi-image to video, split screen comparison, cartoon and anime style motion, cinemagraph effect, and many more. Let’s select bring old photos to life. Just like text to video, you can choose from the available AI models, including Gen 4 Turbo, Grock, Hiluo, Cling, Seance, and other supported options. Next, upload your source image. Then, enter the emotion field to describe the feeling or expression you want the animation to convey. TalkMax AI then provides a master prompt preview describing the intended motion and visual treatment. You can review and enhance the prompt before generating the video. Just like text to video, choose your preferred aspect ratio and available duration. Now click generate and your image to video result will be ready to preview once processing is complete.

    Want to grow on Tik Tok without spending hours creating content? Meet TalkMax AI. Create AI videos, build faceless channels, and schedule your content all in one place. Listen baby,

    this workflow can be useful for animating portraits, creating product visuals, bringing illustrations to life, or developing short visual stories from existing images. Once generation is complete, the resulting video can be reviewed alongside your other projects. After creating videos, the next step is managing them. The video library brings your projects into a single interface. Each video appears as a card containing a preview thumbnail, title, current status, and relevant date or time information. The search bar helps you find specific videos, while the status filter lets you narrow the collection according to the available statuses. This becomes especially useful when you’re producing multiple videos for different campaigns, clients, or social media accounts. Now, let’s explore calendar anduler. This section provides a monthly calendar view for planning and tracking video content. You can move between months and review the dates on which videos have been scheduled or assigned. The new video button provides a shortcut to create additional content, while schedule video opens the scheduling workflow. Inside the scheduling window, choose the videos you want to include. You can select individual videos or use select all when appropriate. Next, choose your scheduling frequency. Daily schedule is designed for a recurring daily plan. Weekly schedule supports a weekly publishing pattern, while custom schedule allows a more tailored arrangement. You can then configure the required start date and time. The posts per day setting defines the planned publishing frequency and the time zone field helps align the schedule with your intended audience or operating location. Once you’ve selected the required information, submit the schedule. The calendar provides a visual overview of your planned content, making it easier to organize upcoming posts and manage your content schedule. Now, let’s go to Tik Tok Studio. Here, you can check your scheduled videos and see what’s planned for the upcoming days. You can review your content and check which videos are ready to go live. You might see zero views on your scheduled videos because they haven’t been published yet. But scroll down and look at my already published videos. They have already reached millions of views. And here’s where TalkMax AI makes things much easier. Instead of creating and scheduling videos one by one, you can use TalkMax AI to prepare and schedule content for 30 days or even longer. Imagine having your content planned for an entire month in just a few steps. Once your schedule is set, you can focus on creating new ideas, reviewing your content, and growing your Tik Tok channel. Now, let’s explore Tik Tok trend analysis. Want to know what’s trending on Tik Tok and which topics are getting more views and likes? Simply enter one keyword related to your niche. For example, let’s search for Halloween. Why? Because when a topic is trending, it’s a great time to explore it and create your own content. Now, click search. Here you can see videos with their views, likes, comments, and hashtags. Look at this. Millions of views and millions of likes. Let’s check out this video.

    Look at this. She’s just walking at night in a Halloween costume, but look at how many people are watching. And guess what? You can create videos like this with TalkMax AI using just one simple idea. No need to spend hours filming or editing. Find a trend, create your video, and get your content ready to post. The right idea, the right time, the right tools. That’s how you give your content a better chance to grow. And with TalkMax AI, you can turn your ideas into videos. Now, let me show you one of the most useful features of TalkMax AI, the DFY kit. What if your Tik Tok videos were already made for you? Sounds great, right? That’s exactly what you get with the DFY kit. Inside, you’ll find over 100 plus AI videos created by our social media experts ready to use on your Tik Tok channel. And these videos cover different categories including Halloween, entertainment and comedy skits, food and cooking, fitness and health, fashion and style, dance, beauty, pets, and much more. So no need to create every video yourself, think of new ideas every day, or spend hours searching for trends. We’ve already prepared the content for you. And the best part, we add new videos every month, so you always have more fresh content to choose from. Whether you’re just starting out or already running a Tik Tok channel, the DFY Kit makes content creation much easier. Your videos are ready, your content is ready. Just pick, post, and grow with TalkMax AI. Next, let’s look at analytics. This section displays a table of published videos along with their publication status and available performance information. Each entry includes video details, its status, live analytics indicators, and an action to view the corresponding content. The visible engagement indicators include views, likes, comments, and shares. Here you can access your Tik Tok channel’s performance overview and review how individual videos are performing through the available metrics. This can help you evaluate your content, compare video performance, and make more informed decisions about future posts. Now, let’s explore AI agents. TalkMax AI comes with smart AI agents that help you manage different parts of your Tik Tok channel all in one place. Let’s see how each agent can make your work easier. First, we have the video publishing agent. You can choose a video you’ve already created with TalkMax AI or upload your own video from your computer. Add your caption and description. Choose whether to post it now or schedule it for later and hit publish. It’s that simple. Next, we have the video scheduling agent. Simply chat with the agent and ask it to help you plan your posting times for the coming week or month. It helps you organize your posting schedule so you can plan your content in advance. Want to understand how your videos are performing? Ask the analytics agent to help you review your video performance and available results. Use these insights to understand what’s working and plan your next videos. The video caption agent helps you write captions for your videos. Just tell it what your video is about and it can suggest captions that match your content. This makes it easier to prepare your videos for posting. Want to grab attention in the first few seconds? The viral hook generation agent helps you come up with strong opening lines for your videos. Use these hooks to make people curious and encourage them to keep watching. Next is the hashtag generation agent. Tell it your video topic and it can suggest relevant hashtags for your content. This helps you choose hashtags without having to think of them all yourself. The short script generation agent helps you create scripts for short videos. Simply enter your topic or idea and get a script you can use to make your next video. Not sure what to post next? Ask the trending content ideas agent for fresh content ideas related to your niche. It helps you explore new topics and plan what to create next. The video description agent helps you write descriptions for your videos. Just provide your topic or video details and it can create a description that fits your content. You can then review it and use it when preparing your post. Finally, we have AI query. You can use it to ask questions and get help with your content planning and Tik Tok strategy. Whether you need ideas, suggestions, or help with your next step, simply enter your question and explore the response. And that’s what makes Talkmax AI powerful. Multiple AI agents working together to make your content workflow easier. From ideas and scripts to scheduling, publishing, and analytics. TalkMax AI also includes a video editor where you can edit clips, combine multiple short videos, and connect different story scenes to create one complete longer video. This is useful when you want to bring separately generated clips together into a more complete video project. You can use this workflow to build longer stories, combine scenes, and organize your video content into a cohesive sequence. With Talkmax AI, you can effortlessly turn multiple clips and story scenes into one seamless professional video. TalkMax AI also offers a powerful agency section to help you manage clients, teams, branding, and your entire agency workflow from one place. The white label feature allows you to customize TalkMax AI with your own branding. You can upload your logo and click save changes to apply your branding. This allows you to explore a branded platform experience for your business depending on the features available in your account. Stop scrolling, start creating, turn your ideas into cinematic videos, automate your content workflow, and take your Tik Tok game to the next level. TalkMax AI, one command, endless possibilities.

    And there you have it. TalkMax AI, one command, endless possibilities. This is officially your last and final chance to take advantage of what you see in front of you. What you just saw will allow you to dominate a platform in a way you’ve never been able to do so thus far. And must I remind you, Tik Tok is officially the fastest growing social media platform in 2026 and beyond. And it’s on top of that one of the fastest platforms to go viral because of its dedicated interestbased algorithm. For the number one type of content where you don’t need any followers and want to get a lot of views, Tik Tok is the place to be. Now, as you already know by now, 95 minutes per day are spent on Tik Tok by every single user, which is over billions of people. And that’s more than any other platform combined. Meaning all the odds are in your favor to have TalkMax take advantage of that for you and effortlessly promote an affiliate offer, make commissions, make far more than what it takes to grab this here today. Now, if you’re still struggling with not knowing how to get traffic and sales, not knowing how to get your offers seen by the right people, not getting any views, not knowing what to post, and have spending tons of time and money without nothing to show for, then this is what’s going to solve that for you. Unlike most tools where it all usually depends on you or most tools that are completely not designed for Tik Tok, Dr. Meet and engineer tool have made it so that you can now dominate this platform without fill. You’ll see views flowing in from Tik Tok, even if you’re a complete beginner, allowing you to grow your account at an incredibly fast pace. Just imagine yourself, you have a 30-day money back guarantee, sitting back and watching the results come in. Meaning, when you grab this today, you’ll find out what’s trending automatically. You’ll turn words into videos effortlessly, and you post them every day. And you saw that in this little video right here, the teaser, what we call it, how easy it is.

    Two billion people every night watching and almost none of them posting. A baby tasting a lemon for the first time. That’s it. One line. Watch.

    Nobody filmed any of this. No camera, no studio, no actors, just a sentence.

    Millions scroll Tik Tok for hours every day. This winter, be the one posting without showing your face, filming, or editing a single video. TalkMax AI. Run your entire Tik Tok channel with just one command.

    with just one command. Now, with that being said, like I said before, it is truly now or never. I saw some good questions coming in that I want to address. I saw, you know, Sunny asking about, do I also get, you know, all the abilities with the white label to sell it in terms of the marketing materials, the sales pages? We provide all of that for you. Now, as you already know by now, people are now getting even paid to post on Tik Tok. The best part about what you’re getting access to is you don’t need to show your face. You don’t need to film or edit. You don’t need any tech skills. And you don’t need any followers to start. So, if you want this, if you want to try it out, at the very least, make sure you take advantage of this because when you grab this today, you’ll be able to get in front of the person with a topic that he or she loves. And when you get in front of this person, you can turn views into sales. That’s exactly what Tik Tok is designed to do. People are 1.5x more likely to buy what they find immediately, meaning you can expect instant sales with TalkMax AI. Now, this is only available during this webinar, which is about to end any minute now. Now, you can either figure out how to find trends, how to pick topics, how to write hooks, how to make videos, how to do proper Tik Tok SEO, how to figure out what times to post, how to post daily, and on top of that, track all the results and keep track of everything and do it all manually, which takes tons of time and skill. Or you can leverage the top ranked AI video modules that Dr. Me and a tool put under one roof inside one system where it did everything for you. It finds strengths in your niche. It creates videos from a few words. It schedules a month in minutes. It posts straight to Tik Tok. And it grows views and followers. Now, the people that paid very close attention know that this is a gamecher that is ready to generate you instant views, instant sales, and have people loving your account, following your account, sharing your account. And it’s all possible because of what you’re getting access to today. Now, if you see yourself getting automated views and followers with the power of Talkmax AI, you deserve it to at least try it out because you have a 30-day money back guarantee. On top of that, it will turn all the traffic it generates into or all the views it generates into commissions and traffic. Now, if we do the math, if you post about three videos a day, which equates to 90 videos a month, which equates to 180 videos over two months, that even if in worst case scenario, you only get a,000 views per video, which is quite easily obtained at this level with this level of quality in the trend research, this is the bare minimum, you might say. Even if all of them just do a thousand views, look at the sheer volume of traffic that you can direct to any offer of your liking. You can look at an offer in any niche and say, “I want a ton of people to watch this or a ton of people to click on this.” You’ll be able to orchestrate that with the power of TalkMax AI. And that’s just one of many. You can understand your own offers. You can create amazing stories and get paid for views or you can provide it as a service, especially with the white label access. Let TalkMax research and create videos, then let it post them for you and send viewers to an offer. And furthermore, with the creative rewards program provided by Tik Tok, you’ll be able to let Talkmax find what’s trending. Let TalkMax keep posting daily for you on your behalf on autopilot in the hottest found trends and niches and you get monetized by Tik Tok and literally take advantage of their creative rewards program on autopilot. And then last but not least, my personal favorite where I know for a fact that businesses are craving to get exposure on Tik Tok is use surface delivery. You can literally give them an account with your white label access and it can happen for any given business. We even have all the material to sign them even the client finder that finds the businesses for you. So if you want to leverage this, you can only do that on this webinar by grabbing access to your creator account which has access to everything as promised bulk scheduling everything mentioned cloud-based. Then on top of that, you can take advantage of the entire Fastpass, which gives you access to the Faceless, which is the Faceless channel builder, the Dprint Researcher, the viral hook generator, and the bingeworthy series builder to have people stick around on your account longer and have them follow your account, click your link more often. Build a faceless channel around any topic you love. Furthermore, you have the power account which gives you high-speed video processing, schedule and bul post pulsing, expanded bandwidth and storage, premium optimized done for you video. If anything, this saves you a ton of money because you’ll create faster and keep your calendar full. And then the auto traffic, one of my favorites, auto posting trend jacking system to find what’s working for someone and then alter it for yourself. Smart traffic dashboard and multiple Tik accounts you can use. Now, your account stays active around the clock when you grab this right now. So, team, can we give one last and final chance, one final link drop for everyone to take advantage of the special deal which is only being released on this webinar because when you grab this, you’re also getting the done for you. Something which normally is only available separately, you can now grab included. So, I’m going to ask the team to drop the link right now. So, please give the link in the chat box or question box and that will include the complete hands-free setup, dedicated account manager, done for you Tik Tok channel build and 12 ready to launch niche kits. All in all, you’ll have everything and your Tik Tok gets built and loaded for you. Now, it doesn’t stop there. You have the full white label, white label branding. You can create client accounts, no watermarks and brand branded client reporting as you’ll be able to sell talkmax under your own brand. If that’s not enough, the fast action bonuses live training to make sure this works for you. And you have a 30-day guarantee on all of this. Now, we could be charging 97 separately just for the Fastpass upgrades alone, but you’re getting it for just one time 230. All it takes is unlocking your account at 37. And if anything, if for any reason this is out of your reach, unfortunately, make sure you don’t leave empty-handed. At least grab a Talkback account. That’s the best 37 euro ever spent. And even with that, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. And remember, if you’re lucky, you can even get the mega mega bundle, giving you 30,000 extra credits, unlimited auto posting, unlimited faceless workflows, unlimited client accounts and team, unlimited white label client access, and priority support, plus one-on-one help, making you never run out of credits halfway through the month. And you can grab the mega bundle for just one time, one for seven. So, you can either keep posting into the void and watch everyone else grow or let TalkMax keep fresh videos going out for you every single day. And if you’re still wondering if you need followers, you don’t. If you’re wondering how soon can this work for you literally today. If you’re wondering, I’m not techy. Can I do this? You can because you have it done for you and the AI does everything for you. Can you use this for local businesses? And yes, and you have to white label and you have three ways guaranteed to earn from using TalkWex AI. at least try it out and I’ll see you on the inside. The link is in the chat. I’ll show you one last time how to grab this. You go to the link that has just been that’s just been dropped in the chat. You go from here, you either click here on get talk next AI. It will take you all the way down. You can see everything you’re getting once again. And all you have to do is click on the buy now button. And then make sure if you’re even lucky enough to still see the Fastpass box to go ahead and check this box. This gives you all the Fast Bass upgrades, bypasses, all the other things, making sure you have the biggest discount with everything included, plus an extra 10,000 credits, putting yourself completely set to dominate, put in your delivery email, and then either check out with credit card or PayPal, and you’re good to go. Now, mind you, when you click on check out with credit card, a box will appear at the bottom right here. So, you f fill out the details right here, and then you’re set to go. You’re getting the biggest discount by far, and it’s only because you were smart enough to show up to the webinar. Go and grab the account and make sure you add the fast pass, and I’ll see you on the inside. And congratulations to everyone that picked this up. you’re ready to dominate on Tik Tok. And especially if you’ve never done this before, take advantage of this. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. You got everything to gain and nothing to lose. And this will take literally make other businesses fall in love with you because so many people are trying to succeed on TikTok and don’t know how. And you’ll have the answer to it. And you can literally hand them an account because you have the white label access. So, that being said, go to the link right now and grab it while it’s still available. and I’ll see you on the inside.